A.P.Factory Rules 1950

CHAPTER I
PRELIMINARY
1. Short title, extent and commencement
(1) These rules may be called the Andhra Pradesh Factories Rules, 1950
(2) These rules shall extend to the whole of the State of Andhra Pradesh.
2. Definitions
In these rules, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context-
(a) "Act" means the Factories Act, 1948.
(b) "Appendix " means an appendix appended to these rules.
(c) "Artificial humidification " means the introduction of moisture into the air of a room by any
artificial means whatsoever, except the unavoidable escape of steam or water vapour into the
atmosphere directly due to a manufacturing process.
Provided that the introduction of air directly from out side through moistened mats or screens
placed in openings at times when the temperature of the room is 80 degrees or more, shall not be
deemed to be artificial humidification.
(d) "Belt" includes any driving strap or rope.
(e) "Degrees" (or temperature) means degrees of the Fahrenheit scale.
(f) "District Magistrate" includes the Additional District Magistrate and any other officer
appointed by the Government in that behalf
(g) "Family" means the wife, son, daughter, mother, brother or sister of the owner of any place
wherein a manufacturing process is carried on who lives with or is dependent on such owner.
(h) "Fume " includes gas or vapour.
(i) "Health officer " means the Municipal Health Officer in a Municipality or Corporation, the
District Health Officer concerned in any area within the jurisdiction of a district board or
panchayat or such other officer as may be appointed by the State Government for any area in that
behalf irrespective of whether such area is within the limits of a municipality or the jurisdiction
of a district board or panchayat.
(j) "Hygrometer" means an accurate wet and dry bulb hygrometer conforming to the prescribed
conditions as regards construction and maintenance.
(k) Omitted
(l) "Maintained" means maintained in an efficient state, in efficient working order and in good
repair.
(m) "Manager " means a person nominated or appointed as such by the occupier of the factory
under Section 7 for the purposes of the Act.
(n) "Local Authority " means the Commissioner in the case of an area within the limits of a
municipality or corporation, the executive officer in the case of an area within the jurisdiction of
a panchayat and the president of a district board in the case of any other area.
(o) "Public Health Authority " means the Local Health Officer having jurisdiction over the area.
(p) "Section" means a section of the Act.
(q) "Week" for the purposes of Section 2(f) of the Act and these rules shall mean, for any local
area or any class of factories, the period of seven days commencing from the mid-night of
Saturday or of such other day preceding the day on which the factories of that area or class are
ordinarily closed every week according to any scheme, order, arrangement, regulation, usage or
custom, Provided that, where work is ordinarily carried on continuously in the factory on all days
of the calendar week, the term "week" in relation to any worker of the factory shall mean that
period of seven days commencing from the day on which the worker is not required to
work.
RULES 3 TO 11 PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (1 ) OF SECTION 6
3. Submission and Approval of plans
(1) In the case of any factory where,
(a) any hazardous process of the nature specified in the First Schedule of the Act is proposed to
be carried on whether or not with the aid of power and notwithstanding that the number of
persons employed is less than any number specified in Section 2(m) of the Act ; or
(b) the installed power is proposed to be or extended to 75 H.P. or more ;
No site shall be used for the location of a factory nor shall any building in a factory be
constructed, extended or taken into use as a factory or part of a factory and no machine, or plant
or any permanent fixture shall be installed or fixed, nor shall any manufacturing process be
carried on in any factory or part of a factory, unless the occupier or the owner of the factory
obtains the previous permission in writing approving the plans from the Chief Inspector.
(2) The owner or occupier of every factory falling under sub-rule (1)and the owner or occupier of
any other factory may, send to the Chief Inspector, by delivery in person or by registered post, an
application in Form No. 1 together with particulars and plans in triplicate and the original challan
for the scrutiny fee at the following rates:-
For small scale industries Rs. 100/-
For other industries Rs. 1000/-
(3) If the Chief Inspector is satisfied that the plan sent under sub-rule(2) are in accordance with
the requirements of the Act, he shall, by order grant the permission applied for forthwith and
send the said order along with a copy of the approved plans to the applicant.
(4) If the Chief Inspector is of the opinion that the plans sent under sub-rule (2) are not in
accordance with the requirements of the Act, or if he finds it fit or expedient to specify any
conditions of approval, including conditions relating to cancellation or modifications of prior
approvals, he shall, after giving the applicant a reasonable opportunity of being heard, send to the
applicant a speaking order either approving the plans subject to such conditions as may be
specified therein or refuse the permission applied for along with a copy of the plans approved or
rejected.
(5) If no order is communicated to the applicant within thirty days from the date on which the
application has been delivered in person or sent by registered post, the permission applied for
shall be deemed to have been granted.
(6) In the case of every other factory, where the installed power is proposed to be, or extended to
more than 30 HP, the owner or occupier of the factory shall, at least one month before any
manufacturing process is commenced in the factory, send to the Chief Inspector, by delivery in
person or by registered post, the particulars and plans specified in Form No. 1 ,
Provided that the Chief Inspector may, by order, after giving such owner or occupier a
reasonable opportunity of being heard, require him to modify any plan in any particular manner
so as to conform to the requirements of the Act and thereupon the owner or occupier shall carry
on the manufacturing process only in accordance with the plans so modified,
Provided further that no order under the first proviso shall be served on the applicant after the
expiry of thirty days after the date on which the plans are delivered in person or received by
registered post.
(7) For the purposes of this rule, for computing the quantity of power, the power for the plant,
machinery used in the manufacturing process, or the installed horse power of any captive
generation of power, whichever is higher, shall be taken into account and no account shall be
taken of the power for lighting, or for any office equipment or appliances or any stand by captive
generation of power.
(8) In the case of any factory not covered by sub-rule (1) or (6) of this rule, the Government or
the Chief Inspector may, having regard to any special circumstances in any particular existing or
proposed factory, by order, require the owner or occupier to submit the particulars and plans of
the factory in Form No. 1 within thirty days of the service of the order and the provisos to sub-
rule (6) shall apply to any plans so submitted.
3-A. Approval of Plans
(1) No developments shall be commenced on any site which is intended to be sold, leased, or let
out on hire-purchase for the purpose of setting up of two or more factories by any person unless
the prior written permission approving the plans by the Chief Inspector has been obtained.
(2) An application for permission shall be in Form No. 1 accompanied by plans in triplicate
along with particulars and the original challan of required scrutiny fee.
(3) On receipt of an application, the Chief Inspector may require the applicant to furnish, within
thirty days of the date of the order, more detailed particulars and declarations as the Chief
Inspector may, by order specify which may include particulars such as layout of site, roads,
drains, sewage and effluent disposal facilities, strength or load bearing capacity of any of the
structures and floors, ventilation, common facilities like canteens, latrines and urinals or any
other matter that he may consider necessary in the interest of the safety, health, and welfare of
the workers in the factories and the general public.
(4) The Chief Inspector may, after giving the applicant a reasonable opportunity of being heard,
by speaking order, refuse the permission or grant the permission with such conditions as he may
impose.
(5) While granting any permission under sub-rule (4) of this rule, the Chief Inspector may
require that every prospective buyer, lessee or tenant shall be given due written notice of such
particulars and declarations and of
the conditions of approval as the Chief Inspector may direct.
(6) No manufacturing process shall be carried on in any building in a factory which is not in
accordance with the plans approved by the Chief Inspector and does not satisfy the conditions
subject to which the plans have
been approved.
4. Grant of Licence
(1) The occupier of every factory shall, at least one month before commencing any
manufacturing process in any factory send, by personal delivery or by registered post to the
Inspector, an application for the registration of the factory and the grant of a licence in the
prescribed Form No. 2 along with the original challan for annual licence fee prescribed in the
Schedule to Rule 6 or the original challan for three times the Annual Licence Fee prescribed in
the said Schedule in case, the occupier prefers to pay for a block period of three calendar years at
a time.
(2) The factory shall be deemed to be fully licensed from the date of sending of the application
referred to in sub-rule (1) until the Inspector has refused the grant of a licence.
(3) The Inspector may, by a speaking order, and after giving the applicant a reasonable
opportunity of being heard, refuse to grant a licence,
Provided that if no order is communicated to the applicant within a period of thirty days from the
date on which the applicant has sent the application under sub-rule (1), the licence shall be
deemed to have been granted and
thereupon the licence shall be issued forthwith.
(4) If the grant of licence has not been refused in accordance with sub-rule (3), the Inspector
shall grant the licence in Form No. 4 and send the licence to the applicant.
(5) Every licence granted shall be valid till it has been duly cancelled.
(6) No manufacturing process shall be carried on in any factory unless a licence is valid for the
time being.
(7) A licence granted shall be caused to be produced on demand by the Inspector.
5. Amendment of Licence
(1) The occupier or the owner of a factory shall, within thirty days of the occurrence of any
change of name, or in the particulars of the maximum horse power installed or maximum number
of persons employed, send to the Inspector an application for the amendment of the original
licence stating the nature of the amendment to be made and the reasons therefore together with
the fee prescribed.
(2) The fee for the amendment of a licence shall be the amount, if any, by which the fee that
would have been payable if the licence had originally been issued in the amended form exceeds
the licence fee payable for the
relevant calendar year but for the amendment along with an amendment fee of Rs. 50/- (Rupees
Fifty).
6. Payment of Annual Licence Fee or for a block period of three calendar years
(1) Every licencee shall, before the commencement of any calendar year, pay the annual licence
fee of such amount as is prescribed in the Schedule to this rule for each calendar year or three
times the Annual Licence Fee prescribed in the said Schedule in case, the occupier prefers to pay
for a block period of three calendar years at a time during any part of which the licence fee is
valid
Provided that for computing the quantity of power, for the purposes of this rule, the power for
the plant and machinery used in the manufacturing process only shall be taken into account and
no account shall be taken of the power for lighting, or for any office equipment or appliances.
The total installed horse power of plant, Machinery and equipment or the captive generation of
power whichever is higher shall be taken into consideration.
(2) If the prescribed annual licence fee is not fully paid within the prescribed period in sub-rule
(1), simple interest at two percent per month or part of a month shall be payable on the part of
the fee not paid from the first
day of the calendar year till the last day of the calendar month in which the fee together with
interest is paid ,
Provided that the Chief Inspector may, if satisfied that there is sufficient reason for the non-
payment of the annual licence fee within the time prescribed in sub-rule (1), by order in writing,
waive the interest specified ,
Provided further that the Chief Inspector may waive the licence fee and the interest thereon if it
is shown to his satisfaction that no manufacturing process has been carried on in the factory on
any day of the relevant calendar
year and the owner or occupier applies for the cancellation of licence.
7. Cancellation of Licence
(1) The Inspector may, by a speaking order served on the occupier, cancel any licence issued if
the annual licence fee together with interest has not been paid, and thereupon no manufacturing
process shall be carried on in that factory,
Provided that the Inspector has previously served a written notice on the Occupier, calling upon
him to pay the fee with interest within a period of thirty days from the date of service of the
notice and the occupier has not
complied with the terms of the notice,
Provided further that the Inspector may also cancel a licence if an application has been made for
such cancellation by the owner or occupier and in such a case, the notice referred to in the first
proviso of this sub-rule shall
not be required.
8. Transfer of Licence
A licence may be transferred from one owner or occupier to another consequent to any transfer
of the factory and the transferee shall send to the Inspector, by personal delivery or registered
post, an application together with Form No. 2 along with Transfer Fee of Rs. 50/- (Rupees Fifty)
and the original licence and the acknowledging of such application shall be deemed to be the
endorsement of transfer until the transfer is formally endorsed by the Inspector on the licence
unless the application has been refused by a speaking order in writing within a period of thirty
days from the date of sending and the applicant has been given a reasonable opportunity of being
heard.
9. Procedure on death or disability of licensee
If a licensee dies or becomes insolvent, the person carrying on the business of such licensee shall
not be liable to any penalty under the Act for exercising the powers granted to the licensee by the
licence during such time as may reasonably be required to allow him to make an application for
the amendment of the licence under Rule 5 in his own name for the unexpired portion of the
original licence.
10. Loss of Licence
Where a licence granted under these rules is lost or accidentally destroyed, a duplicate may be
granted on payment of a fee of rupees Fifty.
11. Payment of Fee
(1) Every application under these rules for which a fee has been prescribed shall be accompanied
by a treasury receipt showing that the appropriate fee has been paid into the local treasury under
the head of account 0230 Labour and Employment 104 Receipts under Labour Laws-Fees
realised under the Factories Act, 1948.
(2) If an application made under these rules is rejected, the fee paid shall be refunded to the
applicant by the Inspector or Chief Inspector within thirty days of the date of order.
FORM PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (I) OF SECTION 7
12. Notice of Change of occupier or manager
(1) The occupier of every factory shall, within seven days of any change in the manager of any
factory, send notice thereof in Form No. 2-A to the Inspector.
(2) Every new occupier of a factory shall, within seven days of the change of occupation, send
notice thereof in Form No. 2-A to the Inspector.
12-A. Exemption from Section 7-A(3)
All factories in which less than one thousand workers are employed shall be exempted from the
provisions of sub-section (3) of Section 7-A of the Act.,.
Provided that this exemption shall not apply to cases where Chapter IV- A relating to hazardous
processes apply,
Provided further that where the Chief Inspector is of the opinion that it is necessary to do so,
having regard, in the case of any particular factory, to the scale of operation and the dangerous or
hazardous nature of the processes carried on or in the interest of public safety, he may, after
giving the owner or occupier a reasonable opportunity of being heard, by a speaking
order in writing, direct that the exemption contained in this rule shall not apply to that factory.
12-B. Guidelines, instructions and records
(1) without prejudice to the general responsibility of the Occupier to comply with the provisions
of Section 7-A the Chief Inspector may, from time to time, issue guidelines and instructions
regarding the general duties of the occupier relating to health, safety and welfare of all workers
while they are at work in the factory:
(2) the Occupier shall maintain such records, as may be prescribed by the Chief Inspector in
respect of monitoring of working environment in the factory.
FORM NO. 4
Prescribed under Rule 4 (4)
Licence to work a Factory
1. Licence Number
2. Registration Number
3. Full name of Factory
4. Full Address/location of factory
5. Full postal address for communications

relating to the factory
6. Maximum horse power installed regular /

standby
7. Maximum number of workers to be

employed
8. Full name, father's name, age & residential

address of the occupier and his position in the
company/firm/Government factory / local fund
factory
Licence is hereby granted to the factory at 3 above for the premises stated at 4 above for use as a
factory within the limits stated in 6, and 7 above subject to the provisions of the Factories Act,
1948 and the Rules made thereunder.
This licence shall be valid until it has been duly cancelled.
Date Inspector of Factories
ENDORSEMENTS
EXEMPTIONS UNDER SUB-SECTION (2) OF SECTION 11
15. Exemption from Section 11(1)(d)
(1) The provisions of Clause (d), (dd) and (e) of sub-section (1) of Section 11 shall not apply to
any class of factory subject to the condition that the inside walls, partitions, ceilings or s of
rooms and all walls, sides and s of passages and staircases are kept clean by effective means and
they are painted as often as necessary, and subject to the condition in sub-rule (2) of this rule.
(2) If it appears to the Chief Inspector that any part of a factory which is exempted under sub-
rule (1) of this rule is not kept in a clean state, he may after giving an opportunity to the occupier
to be heard, by written order require the occupier to carry out washing, painting or varnishing
within such reasonable period of not less than two months as may be specified in the order.
RULES PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (2) OF SECTION 12
17. Disposal of trade wastes and effluents
The arrangements made in every factory for the treatment of wastes and effluents due to the
manufacturing process carried on therein shall be in accordance with those approved by the
relevant Water and Air Pollution Boards appointed under the Water (Prevention and Control of
Pollution) Act, 1974 (Central Act No. 6 of 1974) and the Air (Prevention and Control of
Pollution) Act, 1981 (Central Act No. 14 of 1981) and other appropriate authorities.
RULES PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTION 13 (2)

17-A. Standards of ventilation
(1) In every room of a factory, doors and windows shall be provided in the proportion of 0.5
square metres at least for each worker employed in such a room, and the openings shall be such
as to admit of a continued supply of fresh air.
(2) No window provided in a wall shall be of a size less than 1.5 metres x 0.90 metres.
(3) The lower sill level of a window shall not be more than 90 cm from the floor level of the
room.
(4) The doors and windows shall be so spaced as to be not more than 3 metres from centre to
centre.
(5) A second set of windows of not less than 1.2 x 0.9 metres shall be provided if the height of
the building at the eaves 6 metres or more and fixed directly above the first set of windows and
doors.
(6) In every room of the factory where machinery is installed, roof openings to provide for
adequate natural ventilation shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Inspector.
(7) No verandah, portico or any structure shall be constructed nor any material stored so as to
adversely effect the entry of fresh air into the room of a factory.
17-B. Ventilation and Temperature
(1) Limits of temperature and air movement..- In any factory the maximum wet bulb
temperature of air in a work room at a height of 1.45 metres (5 feet) above the floor level shall
not exceed 308-C, (860-1) and adequate air movement of at least 30 metres per minute (100 feet
per minute) shall be provided; and in relation to dry bulb temperature in the wet bulb temperature
in the workroom at the said height shall not exceed the temperature shown in the Schedule below
or as regards a dry-bulb reading intermediate between the two dry-bulb readings that specified in
relation to the higher of these two dry-bulb readings.
Provided that if the temperature measured with a thermometer to be inserted in a hollow globe of
15 cm.(6 in) dia coated mat black outside and kept into the environment for not less that 20
minutes exceeds the dry bulb
temperature of air, the temperature so recorded by the globe thermometer shall be taken in place
of the dry-bulb temperature;
Provided further than when the reading of the wet bulb temperature outside in the shade exceeds
27deg C, (80.6 deg F)., the value of the wet bulb temperature allowed in the schedule for a given
dry bulb temperature may
correspondingly exceed to the same extent.
Provided further that this requirement shall not apply in respect of factories covered by Section
15 and in respect of factories where the nature of work carried on involves production of
excessively high temperature referred
to in clause (b) of sub-section (1) to which workers are exposed for short periods of time not
exceeding one hour followed by an interval of sufficient durations in thermal environments not
exceeding those otherwise laid down in this rule.
Provided further that the Chief Inspector, having regard to the health of the workers, may in
special and exceptional circumstances; by an order in writing exempt any factory or part of a
factory from the forgoing requirement in so far as restricting the thermal conditions, within the
limits and down in the schedule, are concerned, to such extent that he may consider necessary
subject to such conditions as he may specify.
(2) Provision of the thermometers.
(i) If it appears to the Inspector that in any factory, the temperature of air in a work room is
sufficiently high and is likely to exceed the limits prescribed in sub-rule(l) he may serve on the
manager or of the factory an order requiring him to provide sufficient number of whirling
hygrometers or any other type of hygrometers and direct that the dry bulb and wet bulb readings
in each such work room shall be recorded as such positions as approved by the Inspector twice
during each working shift by a person specially nominated for the purpose by the manager and
approved by the Inspector.
(ii) If the Inspector has reason to believe that a substantial amount of heat is added inside the
environment of a work room by radiation from walls, roof or other solid surroundings, he may
serve on the manager of the factory an order requiring him to provide one or more globe
thermometers referred to in the first proviso in sub-rule(l), and further requiring him to place the
globe thermometers at places specified by him and keep a record of the temperatures in a suitable
register.
(3) Ventilation
(i) In every factory the amount of ventilation openings in a work room below the Caves shall,
except where mechanical means of ventilation as required by Clause 1
(ii) are provided, be of an aggregate area of not less than 15% of the floor area and so located as
to afford a continued supply of fresh air.
Provided that the Chief Inspector may relax the requirements regarding the amount of ventilating
openings if he is satisfied that having regard to the location of the factory, orientation of the work
room, prevailing winds, roof
height and the nature of manufacturing process carried on, sufficient supply of fresh air into
work room is afforded during most part of the working time:
Provided further that this requirement shall not apply in respect of work rooms of factories-
(i) covered by Section 15; or
(ii) in which temperature and humidity are controlled by refrigeration.
(iii) Where, in any factory owing to special circumstances such as situation with respect to floor
space, the requirements of ventilation openings under clause(i) cannot be complied with or in the
opinion of the Inspector the temperature of air in a work room is sufficiently high and likely to
exceed the limits prescribed in clause(i), he may serve on the manager of the factory an order
requiring him to provide additional ventilation either by means of roof ventilators or by
mechanical means.
(iv) The amount of fresh air supplied by mechanical means of ventilation in an hour shall be
equivalent to at least six times the cubic capacity of the work room and shall he distributed
evenly throughout the work room without dead air pockets or under draughts caused by high
inlet velocities.
(v) In regions where in summer (15th March-15th July) dry bulb temperatures of outside air in
the shade during most part of day exceed 35 deg C (95 deg F) and simultaneous wet bulb
temperatures are 25 deg (67deg F) or below and in the opinion of the Inspector the
manufacturing process carried on in the work room of a factory permits thermal environments
with relative humidity of 50% or more, the Inspector may serve on the manager of the factory an
order to have sufficient supply of outside air for ventilation cooled by passing it through water
sprays either by means of unit type of evaporative air coolers (desert coolers) or, where supply of
outside air is provided by mechanical means through ducts in a plenum system, by means of
central air washing plants.
17-C
(1) Columns pillars or walls supporting the roof in a factory in which a manufacturing process is
carded on shall be at least 4.25 metres high from the floor level.
(2) Every factory shall be constructed with pucca masonry walls of brick stone or other material
approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories and of sufficient thickness.
(3) The roof material used in a factory shall be non-heat radiating and fire retarding Provided that
the Chief Inspector of Factories may approve any other material used for a roof when a
secondary ceiling of non-heat radiating material is provided with a minimum air gap of 10cms.
17-D. Powers of Chief Inspector to exempt

Where the Chief Inspector is satisfied in respect of any particular factory or part thereof or in
respect of and description of workroom of process that any requirement of the Rules 17-A, 17-B,
or 17-C is in appropriate or is not reasonably practicable, he may by order, in writing, exempt the
factory or part thereof, or description of workroom or process from such requirement to such
extent and subject to such conditions as he may specify.
RULES 18 TO 28 PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (1) OF SECTION 15
18. When artificial humidification not allowed
There shall be no artificial humidification in any room of a factory-
(a) by the use of steam during any period when the dry bulb temperature of that room exceeds
29.5 degrees centigrade.
(b) at any time when the wet bulb reading of the hygrometer is higher than that specified in the
following Schedule in relation to the dry bulb reading intermediate between any two bulb
readings indicated consecutively in the schedule when the dry bulb reading does not exceed the
wet bulb reading to the extent indicated in relation to the lower of these two dry bulb readings.
Schedule
Provided however, that clause (b) shall not apply when the difference between the wet bulb
temperature is indicated by the hygrometer in the department concerned and the wet bulb
temperature taken with a hygrometer
outside in the shade is less than 20 degrees centigrade.
19. Provision of Hygrometer
In all departments of a factory wherein artificial humidification is adopted hygrometers shall be

provided and maintained in such positions as are approved by the Inspector. The number of
hygrometers shall be regulated according to the following scale:-
(a) Weaving department:- One hygrometer for departments wit less than 500 looms, and one
additional hygrometer for every 500 or part of 500 looms in excess of 500.
(b) Other factories:- One hygrometer for each room of less than 8500 cubic metres capacity and
one extra hygrometer for each 5670 cubic metres or part thereof, in excess of this.
(c) One additional hygrometer shall be provided and maintained outside the factory wherein
artificial humidification is adopted and in a position approved by the Inspector, for taking
hygrometer shade readings.
20. Exemption from maintenance of hygrometers

When the Inspector is satisfied that the limits of humidity allowed by the schedule to Rule 18 are
never exceeded, he may for any department of a factory grant exemption from the maintenance
of the hygrometer. The Inspector shall record such exemption in writing.
21. Copy of Schedule to Rule 18 to he affixed near every hygrometer
A legible copy of the schedule to Rule 18 shall be affixed near each hygrometer.
22. Temperature to be recorded at each hygrometer
At each hygrometer maintained in accordance with Rule 19, correct wet and dry bulb
temperatures shall be recorded thrice daily during each working day by competent persons
nominated by the manager and approved by the Inspector. The temperature shall be taken
between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m. between 11 a.m. and 2 p.m. (but not in the rest interval) and between 4
p.m. and 5.30 p.m. In exceptional circumstances, such additional readings and between such
hours as the Inspector may specify, shall be taken. The temperatures shall be entered in a
Humidity Register in the prescribed Form No. 6, maintained in the factory. At the end of each
month, the persons who have taken the readings shall sign the register and certify the correctness
of the entries. The register shall always be available for inspection by the Inspector.
23. Specifications of hygrometers
(1) Each hygrometer shall comprise two mercurial thermometers of wet bulb and dry bulb of
similar construction, and equal in dimensions, scale and divisions of scale. They shall be
mounted on a frame with a suitable reservoir containing water.
(2) The wet bulb shall be closely covered with a single layer of muslin kept wet by means of
wick attached to it and dropping into the water in the reservoir. The muslin covering and the
wick shall be suitable for the purpose,
clean and free from size or grease.
(3) No part of the wet bulb shall be within 3 inches from the dry bulb or less than one inch from
the surface of the water in the reservoir and the water reservoir shall be below it, on the side of it
away from the dry bulb.
(4) The bulb shall be spherical and of suitable dimensions and shall be freely exposed on all
sides to the air of the room.
(5) The bores of the stems shall be such that the position of of the mercury column shall be
readily distinguishable at a distance of 2 feet.
(6) Each thermometer shall be graduated so that accurate readings may be taken between 50 and
120 degrees.
(7) Every degree from 50 degrees upto 120 degrees shall be clearly marked by horizontal lines,
on the stem of each fifth and tenth degrees shall be marked by longer marks than the
intermediate degrees and the temperature marked opposite each tenth degree, i.e., 50, 60, 70, 80,
90, 100, 110 and 120.
(8) The markings as above shall be accurate, that is to say, at no temperature between 50 and 120
degrees shall the indicated readings, be in error by more than two-tenths of a degree.
(9) A distinctive number shall be indelibly marked upon the thermometer.
(10) The accuracy of each thermometer shall be certified the National Physical Laboratory,
London, or some competent authority appointed by the Chief Inspector and such certificate shall
be attached to the Humidity Register.
24. Thermometers to be maintained in efficient order
Each thermometer shall be maintained at all times during the period of employment in efficient
working order, so as to give accurate indications and in particular-
(a) the wick and the muslin covering of the wet bulb shall be renewed once a week ;
(b) the reservoir shall be filled with water which shall be completely renewed once a day. The
Chief Inspector may direct the use of distilled water or pure rain water in any particular mill or
mills in certain localities;.
(c) no water shall be applied directly to the wick or covering during the period of employment.
25. An inaccurate thermometer not to be used without fresh Certificate
If an Inspector gives notice in writing that a thermometer is not accurate, it shall not, after one
month from the date of such notice, be deemed to be accurate unless and until it has been re-
examined as prescribed and a fresh certificate obtained which certificate shall be kept attached
to the Humidity Register.
26. Hygrometer not to be affixed to wall, etc., unless protected by wood
(1) No hygrometer shall be affixed to a wall, pillar, or other surface unless protected therefrom
by wood or other non-conducting material at least half an inch in thickness and distant at least
one inch from the bulb of each
thermometer.
(2) No hygrometer shall be fixed at a height of more than 5 feet 6 inches from the floor to the of
thermometer stem or in the direct droughts from a fan, window or ventilating opening.
27. No reading to he taken within 15 minutes of renewal of water
No reading shall be taken for record on any hygrometer within 15 minutes of the renewal of
water in the reservoir.
28. How to introduce steam for humidification
If any room in which steam pipes are used for the introduction of steam for the purpose or
artificial humidification of the air the following provisions shall apply-
(a) The diameter of such pipe shall not exceed 50 mm and in the case of pipes installed after 1st
day of April, 1949 the diameter shall not exceed 25 mm.
(b) Such pipes shall be as short as is reasonably practicable
(c) All hangers supporting such pipes shall be separated from the base pipes by an efficient
insulator not less than half an inch in thickness
(d) No uncovered jet from pipe shall project more than 11.5 cm. beyond the outer surface of any
cover
(e) The steam pressure shall be as low as practicable and shall not exceed 5 kg. per square inch
(f) The pipe employed for the introduction of steam into the air in a department shall be
effectively covered with such non-conducting material, as may be approved by the Inspector in
order to minimise the amount of heat radiated by them into the department.
29. Artificial lighting
Omitted
30. Lighting of interior parts
(1) The general illumination over those interior parts of a factory where persons are regularly
employed shall be not less than 65 Lux measured in the horizontal plain at a level of 90 cm.
above the floor,
Provided that in any such parts in which the mounting height of the light source for general
illumination has to necessarily exceed 7.6 mtrs. measured from the floor or where the structure
of the room or the position or construction of the fixed machinery or plant prevents the uniform
attainment of the standard specified above, the general illumination at the said level of 7.6 mtrs.
shall be not less than 22 Lux and where work is actually being done the illumination shall be not
less than 65 Lux candles.
(2) The illumination over all other interior parts of the factory over which persons employed pass
shall, when and where a person is passing be not less than 0.50 foot candles at floor level.
(3) The standard specified in this rule shall be without prejudice to the provision of any
additional illumination required to render the lighting sufficient and suitable for the nature of the
work.
31. Prevention of glare
(1) Where any source of artificial light in the factory is less than 4.9 mtrs. above floor level, no
part of the light source of the lighting fitting having a brightness greater than 55 candles per
square inch shall be visible to persons while normally employed with 30 mtrs. of the source,
except where the angle of elevation from the eye to the source or part of the fitting as the case
may be exceeds 20 degrees.
(2) Any local light that is to say, an artificial light designed to illuminate particularly the area or
part of the area of work of a single operative or small group of operatives working near each
other shall be provided with a suitable
shade of opaque material to prevent glare or with other effective means by which the light source
is completely screened from the eyes of every person employed at a normal working place or
shall be so placed that no such person is exposed to glare therefrom.
32. Power of Chief Inspector to exempt
respect of any description of workroom or process that any requirement of Rules 30 and 31 is
inappropriate or is not reasonably practicable, he may, by order in writing, exempt the factory or
part thereof, or description of work room or process from such requirement to such extent and
33. Omitted
34. Quantity of drinking water

The quantity of drinking water to be provided for the workers in every factory. shall be at least 5
liters per worker employed in the factory and such drinking water shall be readily available at all
times during working hours.
35. Source of Supply
The water provided for drinking shall be supplied from public water supply system or, where no
public water supply is available to the factory, from such other source that provides clean potable
water.
36. Means of supply
If drinking water is not supplied directly from taps either connected with the public water supply
system or any other water supply of the factory it shall be kept in suitable vessels, receptacles or
tanks fitted taps and having dust proof covers placed on raised stands or platforms in shade and
having suitable arrangement of drainage to carry away the split water. Such vessels, receptacles
and tanks shall be kept clean and the water renewed at least once every day. All practicable
measures shall be taken to ensure that the water is free from contamination.
37. Cleanliness of Well or reservoir
(1) Drinking water shall not be supplied from any open well or reservoir unless it is so
constructed, situated, protected and maintained as to be free from the possibility of pollution by
chemical or bacterial and extraneous impurities .
(2) Where drinking water is supplied from such well or reservoir the water in it shall be sterilized
once a week or more frequently if the Inspector by written order, so requires, and the date on
which sterilizing is carried out
shall be recorded :
Provided that this requirement shall not apply to any such well or reservoir the water therein is
filtered and treated to the satisfaction of the Health Officer before it is supplied for consumption.
38. Report from Health Officer
(1) The Inspector may, by order in writing, require the Health Officer at such intervals as he may
direct, to enquire into and report on the fitness for human consumption of the water supplied to
the workers in any factory.
(2) The Inspector may by order in writing require the occupier at such time or such interval as he
may direct to get the water samples tested by the laboratories recognised by the Chief Inspector
or Health Officer on the fitness for human consumption of the water supplied to the workers for
drinking purpose.
39. Cooling of water
In every factory wherein more than two hundred and fifty worker are ordinarily employed-
(a) the drinking water supplied to the workers shall during hot weather, be cooled by ice or
mechanical refrigeration Provided that, if ice is placed in the drinking water, the ice shall be
clean and wholesome
(b) the cooled drinking water shall be supplied in every canteen, lunch-room and rest-room and
also at conveniently accessible points throughout the factory which for the purpose of these rules
shall be called water centres
(c) the water centre shall be sheltered from the weather and adequately drained
(d) the number of water centres to be provided shall be one "centre" for every 150 persons
employed at any one time in the factory,
Provided that in the case of a factory where the number of persons employed exceeds 500, it
shall be sufficient if there is one such "centre" as aforesaid for every 150 persons upto the first
500 and for every 500 persons thereafter,
Provided that the distance between the place of work of any worker shall not be more than 50
metres from the nearest water centre or any distance may be specified by the Inspector.
(e) every water centre shall be maintained in clean and orderly condition The means of supply of
cooled drinking water shall be either directly through taps connected to water coolers or any
other system for cooling of water or by means, of vessels, receptacles or tanks/fitted with taps
and having dust proof covers and placed on raised stands or platforms in shades, and having
suitable arrangements of drainage to carry away the split water. Such vessels, receptacles or
tanks shall be kept clean and the water renewed at least once every day.
40. Latrine accommodation
In every factory, latrine accommodation shall be provided on the following scale, namely:-
(i) in the case of latrines of flush out system, one latrine for every twenty five or lesser number of
workers, where the number of workers does not exceed one hundred, and four for the first one
hundred and one for every fifty or lesser number in excess of one hundred, where the number of
workers exceeds one hundred
(ii) in the case of latrines of non-flush out system, one for every twenty workers
(iii) in calculating the number of seats required under this rule, any odd number of workers less
than 25, 50 or 20 specified in Clauses (i) and (ii) above shall be reckoned as 25, 50 or 20
respectively as the case may be; and only the maximum number of persons working in the
factory at any time, and not the total number of persons employed in the factory shall be taken
into account ;
(iv) where workers of both sexes are employed separate latrines shall be provided for each sex.
41. Latrines to conform to public health requirements
Latrines, other than these connected with an efficient water-borne sewage system, shall comply
with the requirements of the Public Health authorities.
42. Privacy of latrines
Every latrine shall be under suitable cover and every seat in the latrine shall he so partitioned off
as to secure privacy and each partition shall have a proper door and fastenings.
43. Signboards to be displayed
Where workers of both sexes are employed there shall be displayed outside each latrine block a
notice in the language understood by the majority of the workers "For Men only" or "For Women
only" as the case may be. The notice shall also bear the figure of a man or of a woman, as the
case may be.
44. Urinal accommodation
Urinal accommodation shall be provided for the use of males and shall not be less than 60 cm. in
length for every 50 workers: provided that where the number of workers employed exceeds 500,
it shall be sufficient if there is one urinal for every 50 males upto the first 500 employed, and one
for every 100 thereafter. Where women are employed separate urinal accommodation shall be
provided for them on the same scale as mentioned above.
In calculating the urinal accommodation required under this rule, and odd number of workers
less than 50 or 1 00, as the case may be, shall be reckoned as 50 or 100 and the maximum
number of persons working in the factory, at any time and not the total number of persons
employed in the factory, shall be taken into account.
45. Urinals to conform to public health requirements

Urinals other than those connected with an efficient water-borne sewage system and urinals in a
factory wherein more than two hundred and fifty workers are ordinarily employed shall comply
46. Certain latrines and urinals to he connected to sewage

system
When any general system of underground sewage with an assured water-supply for any
particular locality is provided in a municipality all latrines and urinals other than such septic tank
latrines and any other type of latrines
and urinals to be approved for this purpose by the Public Health authority, of a factory situated in
such locality shall, if the factory is situated within 100 feet of an existing sewer, connected with
the sewage system.
47. Cleaning and painting of latrines and urinals
The walls, Ceiling and partition of every latrine or urinal shall be kept clean and disinfected,
washed and painted as often as is necessary Provided that the Chief Inspector may, by order in
writing, having regard to the special circumstances of any particular case and after giving the
occupier an opportunity of being heard, require that the latrines or urinals be disinfected, washed
or painted in such manner and such intervals as may be specified in the order.
48. Construction and maintenance of drains
All drains carrying waste or sullage water shall be constructed in masonry or other impermeable
materials and shall be regularly flushed and effluent disposed of by connecting such drains with
a suitable drainage line, Provided that, where there is no such drainage line, the effluent, shall be
deodorized and rendered innocuous and then disposed in a suitable manner to the satisfaction of
the Health Officer.
49. Water taps in latrines
Where piped water supply is available, a sufficient number of water taps, conveniently accessible
shall be provided in or near such latrine accommodation. Where there is no continuous supply of
water, cisterns with cans should be provided for washing purposes.
50. Number and location of spittoons
(1) In any factory or part of a factory where spitting is prohibited by the occupier or manager, no
spittoons shall be provided and no worker shall spit in any such factory or part of a factory.
(2) In cases not covered by sub-rule (1), there shall be provided adequate spittoons and no
worker shall spit except in the spittoons provided.
51. Type of spittoons
The spittoons shall be of either of the following,
(a) a galvanized iron container with a conical funnel-shaped cover. A layer of suitable
disinfectant liquid shall always be maintained in the container, or
(b) a container filled with dry, clean sand and covered with a layer of bleaching powder, or
(c) any other type approved by the Chief Inspector.
52. Cleaning of spittoons
The spittoon mentioned in clause (a) of Rule 51 shall be emptied, cleaned and disinfected at least
once everyday and the spittoon mentioned in Clause (b) of Rule 51 shall be cleaned by scraping
out the to -layer of sand as often as necessary or at least once everyday.
CHAPTER IV
SAFETY
FURTHER PRECAUTIONS PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (2) OF SECTION 21
53. Further Safety precautions
(1) Without prejudice to the provisions of sub-section (1) of Section 21 in regard to the fencing
of machines, the further precautions specified in the schedules annexed hereto shall apply to the
machines noted in each schedule.
(2) [Omitted by G.O.Ms.No.978, dated 4-5-1960].
(3) Register prescribed under Section 22 (I):- Register to record the name of specially trained
adult workers shall be in Form No.35.
(4) The occupier of every 'factory', wherein the operations referred to in sub-section (1) of Sec.22
are carried on, shall provide free of cost, two sets of suitable and tight fitting clothing to each
worker who is required to wear them, the used sets being replaced by new once after the end of
every six months. Each such set shall consist of a closely fitting shirt and a closely fitting half-
sleeve shirt or vest. No worker should be compelled to wear the tight fitting clothing which was
once used by another worker and no worker shall be required to return the used set or sets on
termination of his services or when the used sets are replaced by new sets.
(5) Omitted
Schedule I Textile machinery
Schedule II - Cotton ginning
Schedule III - Wood working machinery
Schedule IV - Rubber mills
Schedule V- Special rule for printing press, jute mill, tea, brick and decorticating factories
Schedule VI -All factories
Schedule VII -Power presses
Schedule VIII -Shears, slitters, guillotine machines
54. RULE PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (2) OF SECTION 23
The machines specified in Section 28, 29 and 30 and the machines mention below shall be
deemed to be of such dangerous character that young persons shall not work at them unless the
provisions of Section 23 (1) are
complied with.
Power press other than hydraulic presses
Milling machines used in the metal trades
Circular saws
Platen printing machines
Guillotine machines
RULE UNDER SECTION 26 (3)
54-A. Omitted
RULE PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTION 28

55. Hoists and lifts
(1) The report of the competent person shall be obtained in Form No. 38.
(2) Exemption of certain hoists and lifts:- In pursuance of the provisions of sub-section (4) of
Section 28, in respect of any class or description of hoist or lift specified in the first column of
the following schedule, the requirement of the Section 28 specified in the second column of the
said schedule and set opposite to that class or description of hoists or lift shall not apply.
SCHEDULE
Class or description of hoist

Requirements which shall not apply
or lift
Hoists or lifts mainly used for Sub-section (1) (b) in so far as it requires a gate at
raising material for charging the bottom landing; subsection (1) (b); sub-section
blast furnaces or lime kilns (1)(e)
Hoists not connected with Sub-section (1) (b) in so far as it requires the
mechanical power and which hoistway or liftway enclosure to be so constructed
are not used for carrying as to prevent any person or thing from being
persons trapped between any
part of the hoist or lift and any fixed structure or
moving part sub-section 1(e)
(3) 'Competent person' means a person who is capable by virtue of his qualifications, training
and experience of conducting a thorough examination and who is approved by Chief Inspector of
Factories.
Explanation:- A person declared as competent person by the Chief Inspector of any State is
deemed to be as competent person under this rule if he obtains an endorsement on the
competency certificate from the Chief
Inspector.
RULES PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTION 29(2)
55-A. Lifting Machine
Every lifting machine and lifting tackle in use in a factory shall be thoroughly examined by a
competent person and particulars of examination shall be entered in a register in the prescribed
Form No. 37 or a report in the prescribed Form No. 37 shall be filled.
competency certificate from the Chief
Inspector.
56. Rules prescribed under sub-section (3) of Section 31
(1) Every pressure vessel or plant used in factory-
(a) shall be properly designed on sound engineering practice;
(b) shall be of good construction, sound material, adequate strength and free from any patent
defects ; and
(c) shall be properly maintained in a safe condition:
Provided that the pressure vessel or plant in respect of the design and construction of either there
is an Indian standard of the country of manufacture or any other law or regulation in force, shall
be designed and constructed in accordance with the said standard, law or regulation, as the case
may be, and a certificate thereof shall be obtained from the manufacturer or from the competent
person which shall be kept and produced on demand by an Inspector.
(2) Every pressure vessel shall be fitted with-
(a) a suitable safety valve or other effective pressure relieving device of adequate capacity to
ensure that the maximum permissible working pressure and when more than one protective
device is provided, only one of the devices need be set to operate at the maximum permissible
working pressure and at the additional device shall be set to discharge or a pressure not more
than 5 per cent in excess of the maximum permissible working pressure ;
(b) a suitable pressure gauge with a dial range not less than 1.5. times the maximum permissible
working pressure easily visible and designed to show at all times the correct internal pressure
marked with a prominent remark at the maximum permissible working pressure;
(c) a suitable nipple and globe connected for the exclusive purpose of attaching a test pressure
gauge for checking the accuracy of the pressure gauge referred to in clause (b) of sub-rule
(d) a suitable s valve or valves by which the pressure vessel may be isolated from other pressure
vessels or plant or source of supply of pressure. Such a s valve or valves shall be located as close
to the pressure vessel as possible and shall be easily accessible; and
(e) a suitable drain cock or valve at the lowest part of the pressure vessel for the discharge of the
liquid or other substances that may collect in the pressure vessel :
Provided that it shall be sufficient for the purpose of this sub-rule if the, safety valve or pressure
relieving device, the pressure gauge and the s valve are mounted on a pipeline immediately
adjacent to the pressure vessel and where there is a range of two or more similar pressure vessels
served by the same pressure load. Only one set of such mountings need be fitted on the pressure
load immediately adjacent to the range of pressure vessels, provided they cannot be isolated.
(3)
(a) Every pressure vessel which is designed for a working pressure less than the pressure at the
source of supply or less than the pressure which can be obtained in the pipe connecting the
pressure vessels with any other source of supply, shall be fitted with suitable pressure reducing
valve or other suitable automatic device to prevent the maximum permissible working pressure
of the pressure vessel being exceeded.
(b) To further protect the pressure vessel in the event of failure of the reducing valve or device,
at least one safety valve having a capacity sufficient to release all the steam, vapour or gas
without undue pressure rise as determined by the pressure at the source of supply and the size of
the pipe connecting the source of supply, shall be fitted on the low pressure side of the reducing
valve.
(4)
a) No new pressure vessel or plant shall be taken into use in any factory after coming into force
of this rule unless it has been hydrostatically tested by a competent person at a pressure at least
1.3 times the design pressure and no pressure vessel or plant which has been previously used or
has remained isolated or idle for period exceeding two months or which has undergone
alterations or repairs shall be taken into use in a factory unless it has been thoroughly examined
by a competent person externally, and internally, if practicable; and has been hydrostatically
tested by the competent person at a pressure which shall be 1.5 times the maximum permissible
working pressure,
Provided that the pressure vessel or plant which is so designed and constructed that it cannot be
safely filled with water or liquid or is issued in service when even some traces of water cannot be
tolerated, shall be pneumatically tested at pressure not less than design pressure to the maximum
permissible working pressure as the case may be,
Provided further that the pressure vessel or plant which is lined with glass shall be tested
hydrostatically or pneumatically as required at a pressure not less than the design pressure or
maximum permissible working pressure as the case may be.
Note:- (a) Design pressure shall be not be less than the maximum permissible working pressure
and shall take into account the possible fluctuations of pressure during actual operation.
(b) No pressure vessel or plant shall be used in a factory unless there has been obtained from the
maker of the pressure vessel or plant or from the competent person a certificate specifying the
design pressure or maximum permissible working pressure thereof, and stating the nature of tests
to which the pressure vessel or plant and its fittings, if any, have been subjected, and every
pressure vessels or plants so used in a factory shall be marked so as to enable it to be identified
as to be the pressure vessel or plant to which the certificate relates and the certificate shall be
kept available for perusal by the Inspector.
(c) No pressure vessel or plant shall be permitted to be operated or used at a pressure higher than
its design pressure or maximum permissible working pressure as shown in the certificate.
(5) Every pressure vessel or plant in service shall be thoroughly examined by a competent
person.
(a) externally, once in every period of six months
(b) internally, once in every period if twelve months. If by reason of the construction of a
pressure vessel or plant, a thorough internal examination is not possible, this examination may be
replaced by a hydrostatic test which shall be carried out once in every period of two years ,
Provided that for a pressure vessel or plant in continuous process which cannot be frequently
opened, the period of internal examination may be extended to four years and,
(c) hydrostatically tested once in every period of four years;
Provided that in respect of pressure vessel of plant with thin walls, such as sizing cylinder made
of copper or any other non-ferrous metal, periodic hydrostatic test may be dispensed with subject
to
the condition that the requirements laid down in sub-rule (6) are fulfilled,
Provided further that when it is impracticable to carry out thorough external examination of any
pressure vessel or plant every six months as required in clause (a) of this rule, or if owing to its
construction and use, a pressure vessel or plant cannot be hydrostatically tested required in
clauses (b) and (c) of this sub-rule, a thorough external examination of the pressure vessel or
plant shall be carried out at least once in every period of two years, and at least once in every
period of four years a thorough systematic non-destructive test like ultrasonic test for metal
thickness or other defects of all parts the failure of which might lead to eventual rupture of the
pressure vessel or plant, shall be carried out.
(d) The hydrostatic test pressure to be carried out for the purpose of this rule shall be 1.25 times
the design pressure or 1.5 times the maximum permissible working pressure whichever is less.
(6)
(a) In respect of any pressure vessel or plant of thin walls such as sizing cylinder made of copper
or any other non-ferrous metal, the maximum permissible working pressure shall be reduced at
the rate of five per cent of the original maximum permissible working pressure for every year of
its use after the first five years and no such cylinder shall be allowed to continue to be used for
more than twenty years after it was first taken into use.
(b) If any information as to the date of construction, thickness of walls, or maximum permissible
working pressure is not available the age of such pressure vessel or plant shall be determined by
the competent person in consultation with the Chief Inspector from the other particulars available
with the manager.
(c) Every new and second hand pressure vessel or plant of thick wall to which repairs likely to
affect its strength or safety have been carried out, shall be tested before use to at least 1.5 times
maximum permissible working pressure.
(7)
(a) If during any examination any doubt arises as to the ability of the pressure vessel or plant to
work safely until the next prescribed examination the competent person shall enter in the
prescribed register his observations, findings and conclusions with other relevant remarks with
reasons and may authorise the pressure vessel or plant to be used and kept in operation subject to
a lowering of maximum permissible working pressure, or to more frequent or special
examination or test or subject to both of these conditions.
(b) A report of the result of every examination or test carried out shall be completed in Form
No.8 and shall be signed by the person making the examination of test, and shall be kept
available for perusal by the inspector at all hours when the factory or any part thereof is working.
(c) Where the report of any examination under this rule specified any condition for securing the
safe working of any pressure vessel or plant, the pressure vessel or plant shall not be used unless
the specified condition is fulfilled.
(d) The competent person making report of any examination under this rule, shall within seven
days of the completion of the examination, send to the Inspector a copy of the report in every
case where the maximum permissible working pressure is reduced or the examination shows that
the pressure vessel of plant or any part thereof cannot continue to be used with safety unless
certain repairs are carried out or unless any other safety measure is taken.
(8)
(a) The requirements of this rule shall be in addition to and without any prejudice to and not in
derogation of the requirements of any other law in force.
(b) Certificates or reports of any examination or test of any pressure vessel or plant to which sub-
rules (5) to (7) to (9) do not apply, conducted or required to be conducted under any other law in
force and other relevant record relating to such pressure vessel or plant shall he properly
maintained as required under the said law and shall be produced on demand by the Inspector.
(9) In this rule,
(a) 'design pressure' means the maximum pressure that a pressure vessel or plant is designed to
withstand safety when operating normally;
(b) 'maximum permissible working pressure' means the maximum pressure at which a pressure
vessel or plant is permitted to be operated or-used under this rule and is determined by the
technical requirements of the process ;
(c) 'Plant' means a system of piping that is connected to a pressure vessel and is used to contain a
gas, vapour or liquid under pressure greater than the atmospheric pressure, and includes the
pressure vessel ;
(d) 'pressure vessel' means a vessel that may be for containing, storing, distributing, transferring,
distilling, processing or otherwise handling any gas, vapour or liquid under pressure greater than
the
atmospheric pressure and includes any pipeline fitting or other equipment attached thereto or
used in connection therewith; and
(e) 'competent person' means a person who is capable by virtue of his qualifications, training and
experience of conducting a thorough examination and pressure tests, as required, on pressure
vessel or plant, and of making a full report on its condition and approved by Chief Inspector of
Factories.
(10) Nothing in this rule shall apply to-
(a) Vessels having internal diameter nor exceeding 150 mm.(6") and capacity not exceeding
141.585 liters (5 cu.ft.)
(b) Vessels made of ferrous materials having an internal operating pressure not
exceeding 1 Kg/sq.cm (15 lbs/ square inch)
(c) steam boilers steam and feed pipes and their fitting coming under the purview of Indian
Boilers Act, 1923, (V of 1923)
(d) Metal bottles or cylinders used for storage or transport of compressed gases or liquified or
dissolved gases under pressure covered by the Gas Cylinder Rules, 1940 framed under the Indian
Explosives Act, 1884 (IV of 1884)
(e) Vessels in which internal pressure is due solely to the static head of liquid;
(f) Vessels with a nominal water, capacity not exceeding 500 litres connected in a water pumping
system containing air that is compressed to serve as a cushion
(g) Vessels for nuclear energy application
(h) Refrigeration plant having a capacity of 3 tons or less of refrigeration in 24 hours and,
(i) Working cylinders of steam engines or prime mover; feed pumps and steam traps turbine
casings; compressor cylinders; steam separators or dryers; steam strainers; steam device super-
heaters; oil separators, air receivers for fire sprinkles installations; air receivers of monotype
machines provided the maximum working pressure of the air receiver does not exceed 1.33
Kg.f /sq.cm. (20 cu.ft.); and the capacity 84.95 litres (3 cu.ft.) air receivers of electrical circuit
breakers; air receivers of electrical relays; air vessels on pumps pipe coils, accessories of
instruments and appliances; such as cylinders and piston assemblies used for operating relays
and interlocking, type of guards; vessels with liquids subjected to static head only, and
hydraulically operating cylinders other than any cylinder communicating with an air loaded
accumulator.
(11) The Chief Inspector may exempt, subject to such condition as he may deem necessary, any
pressure vessel from the operation of all or any of the provisions of this rule, if he is satisfied that
the construction or use of
the vessel is such that the inspection of such vessel is not necessary or practicable.
56-A. Gas holder
(1) The expression "gas holder" means a water-sealed gas holder which has a storage capacity of
not less than 141.5 cubic metres (5,000 cu. ft.).
(2) Every gas holder shall be of adequate material and strength, sound construction and properly
maintained.
(3) Where there is more than one gas holder in a factory every gas holder shall be marked in a
conspicuous position with a distinguishing number or letter.
(4) Every gas holder shall be thoroughly examined externally by a competent person, at least
once in a period of 12 months. ( see Form 8-B)
(5) In the case of a gas holder of which any lift has been in the use for more than 1 0 years, the
internal state of the sheeting shall, within one year from the date of coming into operation of this
rule and thereafter at least once
in a period of 12 months externally and once in a period of three years internally be examined by
a competent person by means of electronic or other accurate devices.
(i) Provided that if the Chief Inspector of Factories is satisfied that such electronic or other
accurate devices are not available, he may permit the cutting of samples from the crown and the
sides of the holder,
(ii) Provided, further that if the above inspection raises a doubt, an internal visual examination
shall be made.
(6) Every gas holder shall be provided with a gas mask readily available in case of emergency.
(7) All possible steps shall be taken to prevent or minimise ingress of impurities into the gas
holder.
(8) No gas holder shall be repaired or demolished except under the direct supervision, of a
person, who by his training and experience and his knowledge of the necessary precautions
against risks of explosion and of person being overcome by gas, is competent to supervise such
work.
(9)
(i) All sample discs cut under sub-rule (5) above, shall be kept readily available for inspection;
(ii) A permanent register in Form 8-A duly signed by the occupier or manager shall be
maintained.
RULE PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (2) OF SECTION 34
57. Excessive weight
(1) No woman or young person shall unaided by another person, lift, carry or move by hand or
on head, any material, article, tool or appliance exceeding the maximum limit in weight set out in
the following schedule.
Maximum weight of
Persons material, article,
tool or appliance in Kgs
a) Adult Male 55
(b) Adult female 30
(c) Adolescent male 30
(d) Adolescent female 20
(e) Male child (above 14 years) 16
(f) Female child (above 14
14
years)
(2)
No woman or young person shall engage, in conjunction with others, in lifting or moving by
hand or on head any material, article, tool or appliances, if the weight thereof exceeds the lowest
weight fixed by the schedule to sub-rule (1) for any of the persons engaged by the number of the
persons engaged.
58. Protection of eyes
Effective screens or suitable goggles shall be provided for the following processes-
(a) The processes specified in schedule I annexed hereto, being processes
which involve risk of injury to the eye, from particles or fragments
thrown off in the course of the process.
(b) The processes specified in schedule II annexed hereto, being processes
which involve risk or injury to the eyes by reason of exposure to
excessive light or infrared or ultraviolet radiations.
59. Minimum dimensions of manholes
Every chamber, tank, vat, pipe, flue or other confined, space which persons may have to enter
and which may contain dangerous fumes to such an extent as to involve risk of the persons being
overcome thereby, unless there is other effective means of egress, be provided with a manhole
which may be rectangular, oval or circular in shape, and which shall-
(a) in the case of rectangular or oval shape, be not less than 16 inches long and 12 inches wide
(b) in the case of circular shape, be not less than 16 inches diameter.
60. Exemptions
The requirements of sub-section (4) of Section 37 shall not apply to the following processes
carried on in any factory:-
(a) The operation of repairing a water-sealed gas-holder by the electric welding process subject
to the following conditions:-
(i) The gas-holder shall contain only the following gases, separately or mixed at a pressure
greater than atmospheric pressure, namely, town gas coke-oven gas, producer gas, blast furnace
gas or gases other than air used in their manufacture,
Provided that this exemption shall not apply to any gas-holder containing acetylene or mixture of
gases to which acetylene has been added intentionally.
(ii) Welding shall only be done by the electric welding process and shall be carried out by
experienced operator under the constant supervision of a competent person.
(b) The operations of cutting or welding steel or wrought iron gas mains and services by the
application of heat subject to the following conditions:
(i) The main of service shall be situated in the open air, and it shall contain only the following
gases, separately or mixed at a pressure greater than atmospheric pressure, namely gas, coke-
oven as, producer gas, blast furnace gas or gases other than air, used in their manufacture
(ii) the main or service shall not contain acetylene or any gas or mixture of gases of which
acetylene has been added intentionally ;
(iii) the operation shall be carded out by an experienced person or persons and at least two
persons (including those carrying out the operations experienced in work on gas mains and over
18 years of age shall be present during the operation ;
(iv) the site of the operation shall be free from any inflammable or explosive gas or vapour ;
(v) where acetylene gas is used as a source of beat in connection with an operation, it shall be
compressed and contained in a porous substance in a cylinder ; and
(vi), prior to the application of any flame to the gas main or service this shall be pierced or
drilled and the escaping gas ignited.
(c) The operation of repairing an oil tank on any ship by the electric welding process, subject to
the following conditions :
(i) The only oil contained in the tank shall have a flash point of not less than 150 degrees F (close
test) and a certificate to this effect shall be obtained from a competent analyst
(ii) the analyst's certificate shall be kept available for inspection by an inspector or any person
employed or working on the ship ;
(iii) the welding operation shall be carried out only on the exterior surface of the tank at a place
(a) which is free from oil or oil leakage in inflammable quantities and (b) which is not less than
one foot below the nearest part of the surface of the oil within the tank; and
(iv) welding shall be done only by the electric welding and shall be carried out by experienced
operative under the constant supervision of a competent person.
RULES PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTIONS 38 AND 41
61-Fire Protection
(1) Processes, equipment, plant, etc., involving serious explosion and serious fire hazards -
(a) All processes, storages, equipments, plants etc. involving serious explosion and flash fire
hazards shall be located in segregated buildings where the equipment shall be so arranged that
only a minimum number of employees are exposed to such hazards at any one time.
(b) All industrial processes involving serious fire hazard should be located in buildings or work
places separated from one another by walls of fire-resistant constructions.
(c) Equipment and plant involving serious fire or flash fire hazard shall, wherever possible, be so
constructed and installed that in case of fire, they can be easily isolated.
(d) Ventilation ducts, pneumatic conveyors and similar equipments involving a serious fire risk
should be provided with flame arresting or automatic fire extinguishing appliances, or fire
resisting dampers electrically interlocked with heat sensitive/ smoke detectors and the air-
conditioning plant system.
(e) In all workplaces having serious fire or flash fire hazards, passages between machines,
installations or piles the clearance between the ceiling and the of the pile should not be less than
2mm.
(2) Access for fire fighting:-
(a) Buildings and plant shall be so laid and roads, passage ways etc. so maintained as to permit
unobstructed access for fire fighting.
(b) Doors, and window openings shall be located in suitable positions on all external walls of the
building to provide easy access to the entire area within the building for fire fighting.
(3) Protection against lightning:- Protection from lightning shall be provided for-
(a) buildings in which explosive or highly flammable substances are manufactured, used
handled or stored ;
(b) storage tanks containing oils, paints, or other flammable liquids
(c) grain elevators ;
(d) Buildings, tall chimneys or stacks where flammable gases, fumes, dust or lint are likely to be
present; and switch yards ;
(e) sub-station buildings and out-door transformers and switch yards.
(4) Precautions against ignition..- Wherever there is danger of fire or explosion from
accumulation of flammable or explosive substances in air-
(a) all electrical apparatus shall either be excluded from the area of risk or they shall he of such
construction and so installed and maintained as to prevent the danger of their being a source of
ignition ;
(b) Effective measures shall be adopted for prevention of accumulation of static charges to a
dangerous extent ;
(c) workers shall wear shoes without iron or steel nails or any other exposed ferrous materials
which is likely to cause sparks by friction ;
(d) smoking, lighting or carrying of matches, lighters or smoking materials shall be prohibited ;
(e) transmission belts with iron fasteners shall not be used ; and
(f) all other precautions as are reasonably practicable shall be taken to prevent initiation of
ignition from all other possible sources such as open flames, frictional sparks overheated
surfaces of machinery or plant, chemical or physical-chemical reaction and radiant heat.
(5) Spontaneous ignition:- Where materials are likely to induce spontaneous ignition, care shall
be taken to avoid formation of air pocket and to ensure adequate ventilation. the material
susceptible to spontaneous ignition should be stored in dry conditions and should be in heaps of
such capacity and separated by such passage which will prevent fire. The materials susceptible to
ignition and stored in the oven shall be at a distant not less than 10 metres a way from process or
storage buildings.
(6) Cylinders containing compressed gas:- Cylinders containing compressed gas may only be
stored in open if they are protected against excessive variation of temperature, direct rays of sun,
or continuous dampness. Such cylinders shall never be stored near highly flammable substances,
furnaces or hot processes. The room where such cylinders are stored shall have adequate
ventilation.
(7) Storage of flammable liquids:-
(a) The quantity of flammable liquids in any work room shall be the minimum required for the
process or processes carried on in such room. Flammable liquids shall be stored in suitable
containers with close fitting covers;
Provided that not more than 20 litres of flammable liquids having a flash point of 21 deg C or
less shall be kept or stored in any work room.
(b) flammable liquids shall be stored in closed containers and in limited quantities in well
ventilated rooms of fire resisting constructions which are isolated from the remainder the
building by fire walls and self closing fire doors.
(c) Large quantities of such liquids shall be stored in isolated adequately ventilated building or
fire resisting construction or in storage tanks, preferably under ground and at a distance from any
building as required in the Petroleum Rules, 1976.
(d) Effective steps shall be taken to prevent leakage of such liquids into basements, sumps or
drains and to confine any escaping liquid within safe limit.
(8) Accumulation of flammable dust, gas, fume or vapour in air or flammable waste material on
the floors:-
(a) Effective steps shall be taken for removal or prevention of the accumulation in the air of
flammable dust, gas, fume or vapour to an extent which is likely to be dangerous.
(b) No waste material Of a flammable nature shall be permitted to accumulate on the floors and
shall be removed at least once in a day or shift, and more often, when possible, such materials
shall be placed in suitable metal containers with covers wherever possible.
(9) Fire Exits:-
(a) For the purpose of this sub-rule-
(i) "horizontal exit" means an arrangement which allows alternative egress from a floor area to
another floor at or near the same level in an adjoining building or an adjoining part of the same
building with adequate separation; and
(ii) "travel distance" means the distance an occupant has to travel to reach an exit.
(b) An exit may be a doorway, corridor, passageway to an external stairway or to a verandah or

to an internal stairway segregated from the rest of building by fire resisting walls which shall
provide continuous and protected means of egress to the exterior of a building or to an exterior
open space. An exit may also include horizontal exit leading to an adjoining building at the same
level.
(c) Lifts, escalators and revolving doors shall not be considered as exits for the purpose of this
sub-rule.
(d) In every room of a factory exits sufficient to permit safe escape of the occupants in case of
fire or other emergency shall be provided which shall be free of any obstruction.
(e) The exits shall be clearly visible and suitable illuminated with suitable arrangement, whatever
artificial lighting is to be adopted for this purpose, to maintain the required illumination in case
of failure of the normal source of electric supply.
(f) The exits shall be marked in a language understood by the majority of the workers.
(g) Iron ring ladders or spiral staircases shall not be used as exit staircases.
(h) Fire resisting doors or roller shutters shall be provided at appropriate places along the escape
routes to prevent spread of fire and smoke, particularly at the entrance of lifts or stairs where
funnel or flue effect may be created inducing an upward spread of fire.
(i) All exits shall provide continuous means of egress to the exterior of a building or to an
exterior open space leading to a street.
(j) Exit shall be so located that the travel distance to reach at least one of them on the floor shall
not exceed 30mts.
(k) In case of those factories where high hazard materials are stored or used, the travel distance
to the exit shall not exceed 22.5 metres and there shall be at least two ways of escape from every
room, however small except toilet rooms, so located that the points of access thereto are out of or
suitably shielded from areas of high hazard.
(l) Wherever more than one exit is required for any room space or floor, exits shall be placed as
remote from each other as possible and shall be arranged to provide direct access in separate
directions from any point in the area served.
(m) The unit of exit width used to measure capacity of any exit shall be 50 cm. A clear width of
25 cm shall be counted as an additional half unit. Clear width of less than 25 cm shall not be
counted for exit width.
(n) Occupants per unit width shall be 50 for stairs and 75 per doors.
(o) For determining the exits required, the occupant load shall be reckoned on the basis of actual
number of occupations within any floor area or 10 square metres per person, whichever is more.
(p) There shall not be less than two exits serving every floor area above and below the ground
floor, and at least one of them shall be an internal enclosed stairway.
(q) For every building or structure used for storage only, and every section thereof considered
separately, shall have access to at least one exit so arranged and located as to provide a suitable
means of escape for any person employed therein, and in any such room wherein more than 10
persons as may be normally present at least two separate means of exit shall be available, as
remote from each other as practicable.
(r) Every storage area shall have access to at least one means of exit which can be readily
opened.
(s) Every exit door way shall open into an enclosed stairway, a horizontal exit on a corridor or
passage way providing continuous and protected means of egress.
(t) No exit doorway shall be less than 100 cm. in width Doorways shall be not less than 200 cm.
in height.
(u) Exit doorways shall open outwards, that is, away from the room but shall not obstruct the
travel along any exit. No door when opened, shall reduce the required width of stairway or
landing to less than 90 cm. Over-head of doors shall not be installed for this purpose.
(v) An exit door shall not open immediately upon a flight of stairs. A landing at least 1.5 m X 1.5
m in size shall be provided in the stairway at each doorway. The level of landing shall be the
same as that of the floor which it serves.
(w) The exit doorways shall be openable from the side which they serve without the use of a key.
(x) Exit corridors and passage ways shall be of a width not less than the aggregate required width
of exit doorways leading from there in the direction of travel to the exterior.
(y) Where stairways discharge through corridors and passageways the height of the corridors and
passageways shall not be less than 2.4 mts.
(aa) A staircase shall not be arranged round a lift shaft unless the latter is totally enclosed by a
materials having a fire resistance rating not lower than that of the type of construction of the
former.
(bb) Hollow combustible construction shall not be permitted.
(cc) The minimum width of an internal staircase shall be 100 cm.
(dd) The minimum width of treads without nosing shall be 25 cm for an internal staircase. The
treads shall be constructed and maintained in a manner to prevent slipping.
(ee) The maximum height of a riser shall be 19 cm. and the number of risers shall be limited to
12 per flight.
(ff) Hand rails shall be provided with a minimum height of 100 cm and shall be firmly supported.
(gg) The use of spiral staircase shall be limited to low occupant load and to a building of height
of 9 metres, unless they are connected to platforms such as balconies and terraces to allow
escapes to pause. A spiral staircase shall be not less than 300 cms. in diameter and have adequate
headroom.
(hh) The width of a horizontal exit shall be same as for the exit doorways.
(ii) The horizontal exit shall be equipped with at least one fire door of self closing type.
(jj) The floor area on the opposite or refuge side of a horizontal exit shall be sufficient to
accommodate occupants of the floor areas served, allowing not less than 0.3 square metre per
person. The refuge area shall be provided with exits adequate to meet the requirements of this
sub-rule. At least one of the exits shall lead directly to the exterior or street.
(kk) Where there is difference in level between connected areas for horizontal exit, ramps not
more than 1 in 8 slope shall be provided. For this purpose steps shall not be used.
(ll) Doors in horizontal exits shall be openable at all times.
(mm) Ramps with a slope of not more than 1 to 10 may be substituted for the requirements of
staircase. For all slopes exceeding 1 to 10 and wherever the use in such as to involve danger of
slipping, the ramp shall be surfaced with non-slipping material.
(nn) In any building not provided with automatic fire alarm a manual fire alarm system shall be
provided if the total capacity of the building is over 500 persons, or if more than 25 persons are
employed above or below the ground floor, except that no manual fire alarm shall be required in
one storey buildings where the entire area is undivided and all parts thereof are clearly visible to
all occupants.
(10) First-aid fire fighting arrangements:-
(a) In every factory there shall be provided and maintained adequate and suitable fire fighting
equipment for fighting fires in the early stages, those being referred to first-aid fire fighting
equipment in this rule.
(b) The types of first-aid fire fighting equipment to be provided shall be determined by
considering the different types of fire risks which are classified as follows:-
(1) "Class A fire" - Fire due to combustible materials such as wood, textiles, paper, rubbish and
the like.
(i) "Light hazard" - Occupancies like offices, assembly halls, canteens, rest-rooms, ambulance
rooms and the like;
(ii) "Ordinary hazard" - Occupancies like saw mills, carpentry shop, small timber yards, book
binding shops, engineering workshop and the like;
(iii) "Extra hazard" - Occupancies like large timber yards, godowns storing fibrous materials,
flour mills, cotton mills, jute mills, large wood working factories and the like.
(2) "Class B fire" - Fire in flammable liquids like oil, petroleum products, elements, paint etc.
(3) "Class C fire" - Fire arising out of gaseous substances.
(4) "Class D fire" - Fire from reactive chemicals, active metals and the like.
(5) "Class E fire" - Fire involving electrical equipment and delicate machinery and the like.
(c) The number and types of first-aid fire fighting equipment to be provided for 'light hazard'
occupancy shall be as given in Schedule 1. For "ordinary hazard or extra hazard" occupancies
equipment as given in paragraph 10 shall be provided in addition to that given in Schedule I.
(d) The first-aid fire fighting equipment shall conform to the relevant Indian Standards.
(e) As far as possible the first-aid fire fighting equipment shall be similar in shape and
appearance and shall have the same method of operation.
(f) All first-aid fire fighting equipment shall be placed in a conspicuous position and shall be
readily and easily accessible for immediate use. Generally, these equipment shall be placed as
near as possible to the exits or stair landing of normal routes of escape.
(g) All water buckets and pump type extinguishers shall be filled with clean water. All and
buckets shall be filled with clean dry and fine sand.
(h) All other extinguishers shall be charged appropriately in accordance with the instructions of
the manufacturers.
(i) Each first-aid fire fighting equipment shall be allotted a serial number by which it shall be
referred to in the records. The following details shall be painted with white paint on the body of
each equipment.
(1) Serial number;
(2) Date of last refilling ; and
(3) Date of last inspection.
(j) First - aid fire fighting equipment shall be placed on platforms on cabinets in such a way that
their bottom is 750 mm. above floor level. Fire buckets shall be placed on books attached to a
suitable stand or wall in such a way that their bottom is 750 mm. above the floor level. Such
equipment if placed outside the building shall be under sheds or cover.
(k) All extinguishers shall be thoroughly cleaned and re-charged immediately after discharge.
Sufficient refill material shall be kept readily available for this purpose at all times.
(l) All first-aid fire fighting equipment shall be subjected to routine maintenance, inspection, and
testing to be carried out by properly trained persons. Periodicity of the routine maintenance,
inspection and test shall conform to the relevant Indian Standards.
(m) Other fire fighting arrangements : (a) In every factory adequate provisions of water supply
for fire fighting shall be made and where the amount of water required in litres per minute as
calculated from the formula A+B+C+D divided by 20 in 550 or more, power driven trailer
pumps of adequate capacity to meet the requirement of water as calculated above shall be
provided and maintained.
In the above formula:-
A=the total area in square meters of all floors including galleries in all buildings of the factory;
B= the total area in square meters of all floors and galleries including open spaces in which
combustible materials are handed or stored;
C= the total area in square meters of all floors over 15 meters above ground level; and
D= the total area of square meters of all floors of all buildings other than those of fire resisting
construction.
Provided that in areas where the fire risk involved does not require use of water, such areas under
B, C or D may for the purpose of calculation, be solved.
Provided further that where the areas under B, C or D are protected by permanent automatic fire
fighting installations approved by any fire association or fire insurance company such areas may,
for the purpose of calculation, be halved.
Provided also that where the factory is situated at not more than 3 kames. from an established
city or town fire service, the pumping capacity based on the amount of water arrived at by the
formula above may be reduced by 25% but no account shall be taken of this reduction in
calculating water supply required under clause (a).
(b) Each trailer pump shall be provided with equipment as per Schedule II appended to this rule.
Such equipment shall conform to the relevant Indian Standards.
(c) Trailer pumps shall be housed in a separate shed or sheds which shall be sited close to a
principal source of water supplies in the vicinity of the main risks for the factory.
(d) In factories where the area is such as cannot be reached by man-hauling of trailer pumps
within reasonable time vehicles with towing attachment shall be provided at the scale of one for
every four trailer pumps with a minimum of one such vehicle kept available at all times.
(e) Water supply shall be provided to give flow of water as required under clause (a) for at least
100 minutes. At least 50% of this water supply or 450,000 litres which ever is less, shall be in the
form of static tanks of adequate capacities (not less than 450,000 litres each) distributed round
the factory with due regard to the potential fire risks in the factory.
Where piped supply is provided, the sizer of the main shall not be less than 15 cms in diameter
and it shall be capable of supplying a minimum of 4500 litres per minute at a pressure of not less
than
7 kilogram per square centimetre.
(f) All trailer pumps including the equipment provided with -them and the vehicles for towing
them shall be maintained in good condition and subjected to periodical inspection and testing as
required.
(12) Personnel in charge of equipment and for fire fighting, fire drills, etc.
(a) The first-aid and other fire fighting equipment to be provided as required in sub-rules (10)
and (11)shall be in charge of a trained responsible person.
(b) Sufficient number of persons shall be trained in the proper handling of fire fighting
equipment as referred to in clause (a) and their use against number of persons are available for
fire fighting both by means of first-aid fire fighting equipment and others. Such persons shall be
provided with clothing and equipment including helmets, belts and boots, preferably gumboots.
Wherever vehicles with towing attachment are to be provided as required in clause (d) of sub-
rule(11) sufficient number of persons shall be trained in driving these vehicles to ensure the
trained persons are available for driving them whenever the need arises.
(c) Fire fighting drills shall be held as often as necessary and at least once in every period of 2
months.
(13) Automatic sprinklers and fire hydrants shall be in addition and not in substitution of the
requirements in sub rules (10) and (11).
( 14) If the Chief Inspector is satisfied in respect of any factory or any part of the factory that
owing to the exceptional circumstances such as inadequacy of water supply or infrequency water
supply or infrequency of
the manufacturing process or for any other reason, to be recorded in writing, all or any of the
requirements of the rules are impracticable or not necessary for the protection of workers, he
may by order in writing (which he may at his discretion revoke) exempt such factory or part of
the factory from all or any of the provisions of the rules subject to conditions as he may by such
order prescribe.

RULE UNDER SUB-SECTION (2) OF SECTION 40-B
61-A Safety Officer
(1) Qualifications:-
(a) A person shall not be eligible for appointment as Safety Officer unless he -
(i) Possesses a recognised degree in any branch of engineering or technology and has had
practical experience of working in a factory in supervisory capacity for a period of not less than
two years ; or
a recognised degree in physics or chemistry and has had practical experience of working in a
factory for a period of not less than five years; or a recognised diploma in any branch of
engineering or technology and has had practical experience of working in a factory in a
supervisory capacity for a period of not less than five years
(ii) Possesses a degree or diploma in industrial safety recognised by the State Government in this
behalf from time to time as specified in the Annexure at the end of this rule; and
(iii) has adequate knowledge of the language spoken by majority of the workers in the region in
which the factory where he is to be appointed is situate.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions contained in clause (a), any person who,
Possesses a recognised degree or diploma in engineering or technology and has had experience
of not less than 5 years in a Department of the Central or State Government which deals with the
administration of the Factories Act 1948 or the Indian Dock Labourers Act, 1934; or
of not less than 5 years, full time, on training, education, consultancy, or research in the field of
accident prevention in industry or in any institution shall also be eligible for appointment as a
Safety Officer.
Provided that the Chief Inspector may subject to such conditions as he may specify, grant
exemption from the requirements of this sub-rule, if in his opinion, a suitable person possessing
the necessary qualifications and experience is not available for appointment:
Provided further that in the case of a person who has, been working as a Safety Officer for a
period of not less than 3 years on the date of commencement of this rule, the Chief Inspector
may, subject to such conditions as he may specify, relax all or any of the qualifications, specified
above in respect of such office.
(2) Recruitment:-
(i) The post of Safety Officer shall be advertised in at least two newspapers having a wide
circulation in the State, one of which shall be an English Newspaper.
(ii) Selection for appointment to the post of Safety Officer shall be made from among the
candidates applying for the post by a committee appointed by the Occupier of the factory.
(iii) The appointment when made shall be notified by the occupier to the Chief Inspector of
factories giving the details of the qualifications, age, pay, previous experience and other relevant
particulars of the officer appointed and the terms and conditions of his service.
(3) Conditions of Service:-
(a) Where the number of Safety Officers to be appointed in a factory as required by a notification
in the Official Gazette exceeds one, one of them shall be designated as the Chief Safety Officer
and shall have a status higher than that of the others. The Chief Safety Officer shall be in overall
charge of the safety functions as envisaged in sub-rule (4), the other safety officers working
under his control.
(b) The Chief Safety Officer or the Safety Officer in the case of factories where only one Safety
Officer is required to be appointed, shall be given the status of a senior executive and he shall
work directly under the control of the Chief Executive of the factory. All other Safety Officers
shall be given appropriate status to enable them to discharge their functions effectively.
(c) The scale of pay and the allowance to be granted to the Safety Officer including the Chief
Safety Officer, and the conditions of their service shall be the same as those of the officers of the
corresponding status in the factory. In no case the total emoluments being paid by a State
Government to an Inspector of Factories at the minimum of his scale of pay and in the case of
Chief Safety Officer to that of a Regional Inspector of Factories.
(d) In the case of dismissal or discharge, Safety Officer shall have right to appeal to the State
Government, whose decision thereon shall be final.
(4) Duties:-
The duties of the Safety Officer shall be to advise and assist the factory management in the
fulfillment of its obligation, statutory or otherwise, concerning prevention of personal injuries
and maintaining a safe working environment. These duties shall include the following namely -
(i) to advise the concerned departments in a factory in planning and organising measures
necessary for the effective control of personal injuries.
(ii) to check and evaluate the effectiveness of the action taken or proposed to be taken to prevent
personal injuries.
(iii) to advise on safety aspects in all job studies, and to carry out detailed job safety studies of
selected jobs
(iv) to advise the purchasing and stores department in ensuring high quality and availability of
personal protective equipment;
(v) to provide advice on matters related to carrying out plant safety inspections ;
(vi) to carry out plant safety inspections in order to observe the physical conditions of work and
the work practices and procedures followed by the workers and to render advice on measures to
be adopted for removing unsafe physical conditions and preventing unsafe actions by workers
(vii) to render advice on matters related to reporting and investigation of industrial accidents and
diseases
(viii) to investigate selected accidents
(ix) to investigate the case of industrial diseases contracted and dangerous occurrences under
Rule96
(x) to advise on the maintenance of such records as are necessary relating to accidents, dangerous
occurrences and industrial diseases ;
(xi) to promote setting up of safety committees and act as adviser and catalyst to such
committees
(xii) to organise in association with the concerned departments campaigns, competitions,

contests and other activities which will develop and maintain the interest of the workers in
establishing and maintaining safe conditions of work and procedures ; and
(xiii) to design and conduct either independently or in collaboration with the training department,
suitable training and educational programmes for the prevention of personal injuries.
(5) Facilities:- An occupier of the factory shall provide each Safety Officer with such facilities,
equipment and information as are necessary to enable him to discharge his duties effectively.
(6) Prohibition of Performance of other duties..- No Safety Officer shall be required or permitted
to do any work which is inconsistent with or detrimental to the performance of the duties
prescribed in sub-rule (4).
RULES FRAMED UNDER SECTION 41
61-B Electricity Rules
These rules shall apply to all factories-
(1) Definitions:-
(a) "Authorised person" means a person over 21 years of age who may be either-
(i) the occupier or (ii) a contractor for the time being under contract with the occupier or (iii) a
person employed, appointed or selected by the occupier or by a contractor as aforesaid, to carry
out certain duties incidental to the generation, transformation, conversion switching, controlling,
regulating, distribution or use of electrical energy; such occupier, contractor, or person being a
person who is competent for the purposes of the rule in which the term is used.
(b) "Apparatus " means electrical apparatus, and includes all apparatus, machines and fittings in
which conductors are used or of which they form a part.
(c) "Bare" means not covered with insulating material.
(d) "Circuit " means an electrical circuit forming a system or branch of a system.
(e) "Conductor" means an electrical conductor arranged to be electrically connected to a system.
(f) "Covered with insulating material" means' adequately covered with insulating materials of
such quality and thickness that there is no danger.
(g) "Danger " means danger to health or danger to life or limb from shock, burn, or other injury
to persons employed, or from fire attendant upon generation, transformation, distribution or use
of electrical energy.
(h) "Dead" means at, or about, zero potential, and disconnected from any live system.
(i) "Earthed" means connected to the general mass of earth in such manner as will ensure at all
time an immediate discharge of electrical energy without danger.
(j) "Insulating Stand" means a floor, platform stand or mat.
(k) "Insulating Screen means a screen.
(1) "Insulating Books " means books.
(m) "Insulating Gloves" means gloves.
(Of such size, quality and construction according to the circumstances of the use thereof, that a
person is thereby adequately protected from danger).
(n) "Live " means electrically charged.
(o) "Pressure" means the difference of electrical potential between any two conductors or
between, a conductor and earth as read by a hot wire an electrostatic voltameter.
(p) "Low pressure " means a pressure in a system normally not exceeding 250 volts where the
electrical energy is used.
(q) "Medium pressure " means a pressure in a system normally above 250 volts but not
exceeding 650 volts where electrical energy is used.
(r) "High pressure" means a pressure in a system normally above 650 volts, but not exceeding
3,000 volts, where the electrical energy is used or supplied.
(s) "Extra High pressure" means a pressure in a system normally exceeding 3,000 volts where the
electrical energy is used or supplied.
(t) "Switch Board" means the collection of switches or fuses, conductors and other apparatus in
connection therewith, used for the purpose of controlling the current or pressure in any system or
part of a system.
(u) "Switch Board Passage-way" means any passage way or compartment large enough for a
person to enter, and used in connection with switch board when live.
(v) "System " means an electrical system in which all the conductors and apparatus are
electrically connected to a common source of electro motive force.
(2) All apparatus and conductors shall be adequate in size and power for the work they are called
upon to do and so constructed, installed, protected, worked and maintained as to prevent danger
so far as reasonably practicable.
(3) Every electrical joint and connection shall be of proper construction as regards conductivity,
insulation, mechanical strength and protection.
(4) Efficient means, suitably located, shall be provided for protecting from excess of current to
every part of a system as may be necessary to prevent danger.
(5) All parts, of generators, motors, transformers, or other similar apparatus, within reach from
any position in which any person employed may be required to be, shall be, so far as reasonably
practicable, so protected as to prevent danger.
(6) All accessible metallic portions of electrical plant or apparatus which though normally not
forming part of an electrical circuit, may become alive, accidentally, shall be protected by an
insulating covering or by other adequate means or shall be connected to earth by a conductor of
adequate size.
(7) Adequate working space and means of access, free from danger shall be provided for all
apparatus which have to be worked or attended to by any person.
(8) Where one of the conductors of a system is connected to earth, no single pole switch other
than a link for testing purposes, or switch for use in controlling a generator shall be placed in
such conductor or any branch thereof.
(9) Every fuse and every automatic circuit-breaker used instead thereof shall be so constructed
and arranged as effectively to interrupt the current before it so exceeds the working rate as to
involve danger. It shall be of such construction or be so guarded or placed as to prevent danger
from over heating, or from arcing or the scattering of hot metal or other substance which it
comes into operation. Every fuse shall be either of such construction or so protected by a switch
that the fusible metal may be readily renewed without danger.
(10) Conductors which in accordance with the conditions of operation are required to be earthed
shall, as a general rule not be protected by fuses.
(11) The general arrangement of switch-boards shall, so far as reasonably practicable, be such
that:-
(a) all parts which may have to be adjusted or handled are readily accessible
(b) the course of every conductor may, where necessary, be readily traced ;
(c) conductors arranged for connection to the same system are kept well apart, and can, where
necessary, be readily distinguished;
(d) all bare conductors are so placed or protected as to prevent danger from accidental short
circuit.
(12) Every switch board having bare conductors normally so exposed that they may be touched,
shall, if not located in any area or areas set apart for the purposes thereof, where necessary be
suitably fenced or enclosed.
No person except an authorised person, or a person acting under his immediate supervision,
shall, for the purpose of carrying out his duties, have access to any part of an area so set apart.
(13) Every motor shall be provided with an efficient switch or circuit breaker for starting and
sping the motor, so placed as to be easily and safely operated by the person controlling the
motor. Such a switch or circuit breaker may be embodied in the starting controlling device used
with the motor.
(14) In every place in which machines are being driven by an electric motor, there shall be means
at hand for either switching off the motor, or sping machines if necessary to prevent danger.
(15) Every flexible wire for portable apparatus shall be connected to the system either by
efficient permanent joints or connections, or by a properly constructed connector.
In all cases where the person handling portable apparatus or pendent lamps with switches, would
be liable to get a shock through a conducting floor or conducting work or otherwise, if the metal
work of the portable apparatus
became charged, the metal work must be efficiently earthed; and any flexible metallic covering
of the conductors shall be itself efficiently earthed and shall not itself be the only earth
connection or the metal of the apparatus.
A lamp holder shall not be in metallic connection with the guard or other metal work of a
portable lamp.
In such places the portable apparatus and its flexible wire shall be controlled by efficient means
suitably located, and capable of cutting of the pressure, and the metal work shall be efficiently
earthed independently of any
flexible metallic cover of the conductors and any such flexible covering shall itself be
independently earthed.
(16) In plug and socket connection for transportable apparatus the socket shall be connected to
the conductor and the plug to the appliance.
(17) Plug for connecting moveable conductors shall he of such construction that they do not get
in the socket connections meant for higher current. Plug and socket connection shall be of such
construction that the plug cannot be inserted or withdrawn while the current is on.
(18) Efficient means, suitably located, shall be provided for cutting off all pressure from every
part of a system as may be necessary to prevent danger.
(19) All conductors shall either be covered with insulating material and further efficiently
protected where necessary to prevent danger or they shall be so placed and safeguarded as to
prevent danger so far as is reasonably practicable.
(20) Knife switches shall be of such construction that the breaking area cannot reach the
operating handle and they shall be so connected that when open the blades are dead.
(21) All conductors and apparatus exposed to the weather wet corrosion, inflammable
surroundings or explosive atmosphere, or used in any process or for any special purpose other
than for lighting or power, shall be so constructed or protected, and such special precautions
shall be taken as may be necessary to prevent danger in view of such exposure or use.
(22) In any place where inflammable substance or explosive dust or gas is liable to be present :
(a) No lamp except incandescent lamp with its holder completely enclosed in a fitting having
thick glass glove and an adequate radiating surface shall be used.
(b) All generators, motors, plants and their tunnels and every electrical fitting shall be of gas
tight construction.
(c) The cables for their entire length shall be enclosed in the gas tight conduits.
(d) No portable apparatus shall be used unless such apparatus is approved by the Chief Inspector.
(e) Switches, cut outs and all other accessories liable to are shall where practicable be located out
side such places, but where this is impracticable they shall be of flame-proof type.
(23) Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent any conductor or apparatus from being
accidentally or inadvertently electrically charged when persons are working thereon.
(24) Where necessary insulating stands or screens shall be provided adequately to prevent danger
and kept permanently in position, and shall be maintained in sound condition.
(25) Portable insulating stands, screens, boots, or other suitable means shall be provided and
used when necessary adequately to prevent danger, and shall be periodically examined by an
authorised person. A record of such examinations shall be kept in suitable register which shall be
readily available for perusal by an Inspector.
(26) No person except an authorised person or a competent person acting under his immediate
supervision shall undertake any work where technical knowledge or experience is required in
order adequately to avoid danger; and no person shall work alone in any case in which the Chief
Inspector directs that he shall not. No person except an authorised person or a competent person
over 21 years of age acting under his immediate supervision, shall undertake any repair,
alteration, extension, cleaning or similar work where technical knowledge or experience is
required in order to avoid danger, and no one shall do such work unaccompanied.
(27)When work is being carried on the power lines a notice board of a size not less than 1'-0" x
0'-9" labelled in red "Caution, person working on line" and its equivalent in vernacular shall be
placed on the switch board.
(28) Instructions, both in English and in the vernacular of the district as to the treatment of
persons from electric shock, shall be affixed in all premises where electrical energy is generated,
transformed, converted, switched, controlled, regulated, distributed or used.
(29) Exemptions..-
(1) Nothing in this rule shall apply to any service lines or apparatus on the supply side of the
consumer's terminal or to any chamber containing such service lines or apparatus where the
supply is obtained from an outside authority.
Provided always that no live metal is exposed so that it may be touched.
(2) This rule shall not apply to any installation generating, transforming, converting or using
electrical energy at a voltage of 24 volts or less.
(3) The State Government may by order exempt from the operation of this rule either in whole or
in part any premises to which any special rules or regulations under any other Act as to the
generation, transformation, conversion, switching, controlling, distribution and use of electrical
energy apply; and may revoke such order.
(4) If the occupier can show, with regard to any requirement of this rule, that the special
conditions in his premises are such as adequately to prevent danger, that requirement shall be
deemed to be satisfied and the Chief Inspector may by order in writing direct, that any class of
special condition defined in the requirements of this rule adequately to prevent danger are
satisfied, and may revoke such order. In particular the following shall be deemed for all the
purposes of this rule adequately to prevent danger-
Room in which-
(a) the floor is of wood or otherwise insulated
(b) there is no machinery or other earthed metal with which a person handling any non-earthed
lamp fittings or any portable lamp is liable to be in contact
(c) no process rendering the floor wet is carried on ; and
(d) no live conductor is normally exposed so that it may be touched.

61-C. Safety belts
Where any person is required or allowed to work at a place from which he may be liable to fall
through a distance of more than ten feet, he shall be provided with a safety belt with leather
shoulder straps of not less than two inches in width and a 'D' ring at the back for fastening a rope,
the other end of which shall be securely tied or hooked to some suitable rigid fixture. The safety
belt so provided shall be tested and examined thoroughly by a competent person at least once in
six months and a certificate with regard to its suitability obtained from the said competent person
and entered in a register, which shall be produced before the Inspector
on demand.
Provided that where Chief Inspector is satisfied that in respect of any particular work in a factory
or any location thereof, wearing of safety belt is not convenient or is inappropriate or is not
reasonably practicable and where alternate safety precautions have been taken and provided by
the management for the safety of the workers, on the application of the manager of the factory he
may, by order in writing, exempt the factory or any part thereof or description of work, from the
requirement of providing safety belts under the rule subject to such conditions as he may specify.
61-D. Fragile roofs, provision of crawling Boards etc.
In any factory, no person shall be required to stand or pass over or work on or near, any roof or
ceiling covered with fragile material through which he is liable to fall, in case it breaks or gives
way, a distance of more than three metres, unless -
(a) suitable and sufficient ladders, duck ladders or crawling boards which shall be securely
supported, are provided and used ; and
(b) a permit to work on the fragile roof is issued to him each time he is required to work thereon
by a responsible person of the factory concerned.
61-E Supply of Protective Equipments and Clothing
Save as otherwise expressly provided for in these rules, suitable personal protective equipments
and clothing, such as helmets, goggles, respirators, aprons, leggings, boots or other foot-wear,
gloves, and clothing, as may be
specified by the Inspector by an order in writing shall be supplied to workers engaged in any
process which in the opinion of the Inspector, is likely to be injurious to the health and safety of
the workers.
All such equipments shall be maintained in good condition.
61-F. Building and Structure
(1) Buildings and Structures: No building, wall, chimney bridge, tunnel, road, gallery, stair-way,
ramp, floor, platform, staging, or other structure, whether of a permanent or temporary character,
shall be, constructed or situated, maintained in any factory in such manner as to cause risk of
bodily injury.
(2) Machinery and Plant:- No machinery, plant or equipment shall be erected, situated, operated
or maintained in any factory in such a manner as to cause risk of bodily injury.
(3) Methods of work:- No process or work shall be carried on in any factory in such a manner as
to cause risk of bodily injury.
(4) Stacking and storing of material etc.:- No material or equipment shall be stacked or stored in
such a manner as to cause risk of bodily injury.
61-G. Ship building and Ship-repairing
1. Application:- These rules shall apply as respects of work carried out in any of the operations.
2. Definitions:- In these rules unless there is anything repugnant in

the subject or context
(a) "Certificate of entry" means a certificate which-

(i) is given by a person who is a competent analyst and who is competent to give such certificates
; and
(ii) certifies that he has in an adequate and suitable manner tested the atmosphere in the oil-tank
or oil-tanks specified in the certificate and found that having regard to all the circumstances of
the case, including the likelihood or otherwise of the atmosphere being or becoming dangerous,
entry to the oil-tank or oil-tanks without wearing breathing apparatus may in his opinion, be
permitted;
(b) "hot work" means any Work which involves-
(i) welding, burning, soldering, brazing, sand blasting or chipping by spark producing tools; or
(ii) use of non-flame proof electrical equipment or equipment with internal combustion engines;
and includes any other work which is likely to produce sufficient heat capable of igniting
flammable gases or vapours.
(c) "naked light certificate" means a certificate which -
(i) is given by a person who is a competent analyst and who is competent to give such
certificates; and
(ii) certifies that he has in an adequate and suitable manner tested for the presence of
inflammable vapour the oil-tank, compartment, space or other part of the vessel specified in the
certificate and found it to be free therefrom and that having regard to all the circumstances of the
case, including the likelihood or otherwise of the atmosphere becoming inflammable, the use of
naked lights, fires, lamps or heated rivets or any hot work to be carried out may in his opinion be
permitted in the oil-tank, compartment, space or other part of the vessels specified in the
certificate:
(d) "oil" means any liquid which has a f lash point below 132 deg C (270deg F) and also includes
lubricating oils, liquid methane, liquid butane and liquid propane :
Explanation:- Flash point wherever it occurs in these rules, shall be flash point as determined by
Abel Closed Cup or Pensky-Marten Closed Cup Procedures as described in I.S.1448-1960.
(e) "Oil-tank" means any tank or compartment in which oil is or has been carried;
(f) "the operations" means-
(i) construction, reconstruction or breaking up of any ship or vessel, repairing, refitting, painting
and finishing;
(ii) the sealing, surfing or cleaning of its boilers (including combustion chambers or smoke
boxes) ; and
(iii) the cleaning of its bilges or oil-fuel tanks or any of its tanks last used for carrying oil.
For the purpose of this definition the expression "Oil" means oil of any description whether or no
oil within the meaning of foregoing definition of that expression:
(g) "Ship" and "vessel" shall have the same meanings as in the Merchant Shipping Act, 1958;
(h) "Shipyard" means any yard or dry dock (including the precincts thereof) in which ships or
vessels are constructed, reconstructed, repaired, refitted or finished;
(i) "Stage" means any temporary platform on or from which persons employed perform work in
connection with the operations, but does not include a boatswain's chair;
(j) "Staging" includes any stage, and any upright, thwart, pin, wedge, distance piece, belt or other
appliance or material not being part of the structure of the vessel, which is used in connection
with the support of any stage, and any guard-rails connected with a stage;
(k) "Tanker" means a vessel constructed or adopted for carrying a cargo of oil in bulk.
ACCESS AND STAGING
3. General access to vessels in shipyard:- All main gangways giving general access to a vessel in
a shipyard, whether from the ground or from a wharf or quay, and all cross, gangways leading
from such a main gangway
on the vessel shall -
(i) be at least 60 cm. wide
(ii) be securely protected on each side to a height of at least 90cm. by strongly constructed upper
and lower hand-rails and by a secure to board projecting at least 15 cm. above the floor;
(iii) be of good construction, sound material and adequate strength
(iv) be stable and wherever practicable, of permanent construction,
(iii) be kept in a position as long as required and,
(iv) maintained in good repairs
4. Access to dry dock:-
(a) Every flight of steps giving access from ground level either to an altar or to the bottom of a
dry dock shall be provided throughout on each side with a substantial hand rail. In the case of an
open side, secure friends to a height of at least 90 cm. shall be provided by means of upper and
lower rails, taut ropes or chains or by equally safe means. For the purposes of this sub-rule a
flight steps which is divided into two by a chute for materials, with no space between either side
of the chute and the steps shall be deemed to be one flight of steps.
(b) Such hand rails and fencings as aforesaid shall be kept in position save when and to the
extent to which their absence is necessary (whether or not for the purpose of the operations) for
the access of persons, or for the movement of materials or vessels or for traffic or working, for
repair, butt handrails or fencings removed for any of those purposes shall be kept readily
available and shall be replaced as soon as practicable.
5. Access to vessels in dry dock:-
(a) If a ship is lying in a dry dock for the purpose of undergoing any of the operations, there shall
be provide means of access for the use of workers at such times as they have to pass to, or from,
the ship or dry dock -
(i) where reasonably practicable one more ships accommodation ladders, or
(ii) One or more soundly constructed gangways or similar constructions.
(b) The means so provided shall not be less than 55 cm. wide properly secure and fenced
throughout on each side to a clear height of 90 cm. by means of upper and lower rails, taut ropes
or chains or by any other safe means, except that in the case of the ships accommodation ladder,
such fencing shall be necessary on one side only provided where the other side is properly
protected by the ships side.
(c) Where at any dry dock, there is a gangway giving access from an alter of the dock to vessel
which is in the dock for the purpose of undergoing any of the operations, and the edge of the
altar is unfenced, adequate hand-holds shall be available for any length of the altar which
workers commonly use when passing between the gangway and the nearest flight of steps which
gives access to ground level.
6. Access to and from bulwarks..- Where there is a gangway leading on to a bulwark of a vessel
there shall be provided.
(a) Wherever practicable, a platform at the in-board end of the gangway with safe means of
access therefrom to the decks ; or
(b) Where such a platform is not practicable, a second gangway or stairway leading from a
bulwark on to the deck which are either attached to the first mentioned gangway or place
continuous to it in which case means of access securely protected by fencing shall be provided
from one to other.
7. Access to staging etc.:-

(a) Where outside staging is erected on a shipyard, there shall be provided sufficient ladders
giving direct access to the stages having regard to extent of the staging and to the work to be
done.
(b) Where a vessel is under construction or reconstruction and workers are liable to go forward
or aft or athwarship across or along uncovered deck beams, or across or long floors, sufficient
planks
shall be provided on these deck-beams or on these floors for the purpose of access to or from
places of work, and sufficient and suitable portable ladders shall be provided so as to give access
either from the ground or outer bottom plating to the of the floor.
(c) Without prejudice to any other provision in these rules requiring a greater width, no footway
or passageway constructed of planks shall be less than 45 cm. wide.
8. Ladders:-
(a) Subject to clauses (b) and (c) of this rule, every ladder which affords a means of access,
communication of support to a person shall-
(i) be soundly constructed and properly maintained; and
(ii) be of adequate strength for the purpose of which it is used; and
(iii) be securely fixed either-
(i) as near its upper resting place as possible or
(ii) where this is impracticable at its base, or where such fixing is impracticable a person shall be
stationed at the base of the ladder when in use to prevent it from slipping; and
(iv) Unless there is other adequate hand-hold, extent to a height of at least 75 cm; above the
place of landing or the highest of the right rung to be reached by the foot of any person working
on the ladder, as the case may be, or, if this is impracticable, to the greatest practicable height.
(b) Requirements (iii) and (iv) of the preceding clause of this rule shall not apply to fixed ladders
of ship or to rope ladders. Effective measures by means of roping off or other similar means shall
be
taken to prevent the use of fixed ladders of a ship which do not comply with requirements (i) and
(ii) of that sub-rule.
(c) Any worker who removes any ladder and sets it up in a new position shall, as regards that
ladder, comply with requirements (c) of clause (a) of this rule.
(d) Rope ladders shall provide foot-hold of a depth including any space behind the ladder of not
less than 12 cm. and so far as is reasonably practicable, suitable provision shall be made for
preventing such ladders from twisting.
9. Lashing of Ladders:-
(a) A fibre rope, or rope made with stands consisting of wire ropes covered with fibre, shall not
be used to secure a ladder used for the purpose of the operation.
(b) A wire rope shall not be used to secure any such ladder unless its ends are furled, but this
provision shall not apply in the case of an end which is so situated or protected that a person
using the ladder is not liable to come into contact with it s as to suffer injury.
10. Material for staging:-
(a) A sufficient supply of sound and substantial material and appliances shall be available in
convenient place or places for the construction of staging.
(b) All planks and other materials and appliances intended to be used or re-used for staging shall
be carefully examined, before being taken into use or re-use in any staging. Every examination
required by this clause shall be carried out by a person competent for the purpose.
11. Staging, dry dock altars and shoring sills:-
(a) All staging and every part thereof shall be of good construction, of suitable and sound
material and of adequate strength for the purpose for which it is used and shall be properly
maintained, and every upright and thwart shall be kept so fixed, secured or placed in position as
to prevent, so far as is reasonably practicable, accidental displacement.
(b) All planks forming stages shall be securely fastened to prevent them from slipping unless
they extend 45 cm. or more beyond the ins de edge of the thwart or support on which they rest.
(c) All staging used in connection with the operations shall be inspected before use, and
thereafter at regular and frequent intervals, by a responsible person.
(d) All dry dock altars and shoring sills on or from which persons perform work in connection
with the operations shall be of sound construction and properly maintained.
(e) All parts of stages, all parts of footways or passageways constructed of planks, and all parts
of dry dock altars or shoring connection with the operations, shall so afar as is reasonably
practicable, be kept clear of all substances likely to make foot-hold or hand-hold insecure.
12. Upright used for hosting block:-
(a) If any upright forming part of staging is used as a fixing for a pulley for hosting materials,
(i) it shall be properly housed in the ground or shall otherwise be adequately secured so as to
prevent it from rising; and
(ii) it shall be suitably protected against damage by the action of the chain or wire or other means
of securing the pulley block to the upright.
(b) No upright forming part of staging shall be used as an anchorage for a load pulley block,
unless the upright is not likely to be displaced by such use.
13. Support of stages on planks:- Planks supported on the rungs of ladders shall not be used to
support stages.
14. Suspended stages:-
(a) Stages suspended by ropes or chains shall be secured as far as possible so as to prevent them
swinging.
(b) A fibre rope, or a rope made of stands consisting of wire cores covered with fibre shall not be
used for suspending a stage except that fibre ropes may be used in the case a stage of which the
suspension ropes are received through blocks.
(c) Chains, ropes, blocks and other gear used for the suspension of stages shall be of sound
material, adequate strength and suitable quality, and in good condition.
(d) Appropriate steps shall be taken to prevent ropes or chains used for supporting a stage from
coming into contact with sharp edges of any part of vessel.
15. Boatswain's Chains:-
(a) Boatswains' chains and chains, ropes or other gear used for their suspension shall he of sound
material, adequate strength and suitable quality and the chains, ropes or other gear shall be
securely attached.
(b) Suitable measures shall be taken to prevent where possible the spinning of a boatswain's chair
to prevent the tipping of a boatswain's chair and to prevent any occupant falling therefrom.
16. Rising stages:- All planks forming a rising stage at the bow end of a vessel shall be securely
fastened to prevent them from slipping.
17. Width of staging..- Without prejudice to the other provisions of these Rules, all stages shall
be of sufficient width as is reasonable in all the circumstances of the case to secure the safety of
the persons working thereon.
18. Stages from which a person is liable to fall more than 2 m. or into water..-
(a) This Rule applies to stages from which a person is liable to fall a distance of more than 2 m.
or into water, in which there is a risk of drowning.
(b) Every stage to which this Rule applies -
(i) shall so far as is reasonably practicable, be closely boarded, planked or plated
(ii) shall be constructed or placed that a person is not liable to fall as aforesaid through gap in the
staging not being a gap necessary and no larger than necessary having regard to the nature of the
work being carried on;
(iii) shall be at least 45 cm. wide.
(c) Every side of a stage to which this rule applies shall -
(i) if it is not a side immediately adjacent to any part of a vessel, of be fenced (subject to the
provisions of sub rules (d) to (g) this Rule) with a guard rail or guard rails to a height of at least 1
m. above the stage, which rail or rails shall be so placed as to prevent so far as practicable the fall
of persons from the stage or from any standing raised place on the stage ; or
(ii) if it is a side immediately adjacent to any part of a vessel, be placed as near as practicable to
that part having regard to the nature of the work being carried on, and to the nature of the
structure of the vessel.
(d) In the case of stages which are suspended by ropes or chains and which are used solely for
painting, the fencing required by clause (i) of the preceding sub-clause may be provided by
means of taut guard rope or taut guard ropes.
(e) no side of a stage or as the case may be, no part of the side of a stage need be fenced in
pursuance of sub-clause (c) (i) of this sub-rule in cases where, and so long as, the nature of the
work being carded on makes the fencing of that side, or, as the case may be, that part
impracticable.
(f) guard rails provided in pursuance of sub-clause (c) (i) of this sub-rule may be removed for the
time and to the extent necessary for the access of persons or for the movement of materials; but
guard rails removed for either of these purposes shall be replaced as soon as practicable.
(g) where it is not reasonably practicable to comply with the provisions of sub-clause (c) (i) of
this sub-rule, workers shall be provided with suitable safety belts equipped with life lines which
are secured with a minimum amount of slack to a fixed structure.
FURTHER PRECAUTIONS AGAINST FALL OF PERSONS, MATERIALS AND ARTICLES
19. Fencing of dry docks:-
(a) Fencing shall be provided at or near the edges of a dock at a ground level, including edges
above flights of steps and chutes for materials. The height of such fencing shall at no point be
less than 1 m.
(b) Such fencing as aforesaid shall be kept in position save when and to the extent to which its
absence is necessary (whether or not for the purposes of the operations) for the access of persons,
or for movement of materials or vessels or for traffic or working, or for repair but fencing
removed for any of those purposes shall be kept readily available and shall be replaced as soon
as practicable.
20. Protection of openings..-
(a) Every side or edge of an opening in a deck or tank of a vessel, being a side or edge which
may be a source of danger to workers shall, except where and while the opening is securely
covered or where the side or edge is protected to a height of not less than 75 cm. by a earning or
other part of the vessel, be provided with fencing to height of not less than 90 cm. above the edge
or side and such fencing shall be kept in position save and when to the extent to which its
or the movement of materials, or for traffic or working, or for repair, but fencing removed for
any of these purposes shall be kept readily available and shall. he replaced as soon as practicable.
(b) Sub-clause (a) of this sub-rule shall not apply-
(i) to that. part of an opening in a deck or tank which is at the head of a stairway or ladder-way
intended to be used while the operations are being carried on; or
(ii) to parts of a deck or tank to which are intended . be plated except such parts where plating
has necessarily to be delayed so that the opening may be used for the purpose of the operation.
21. Fall of articles from stages:- Where workers are at work outside a vessel on a stage adjacent
to part of the structure of the vessel and other workers are at work directly beneath that stage, the
planks of the stage shall be in such a position that no article liable to cause injury to the workers
can fall between the planks, and the inside plank of the stage shall be placed as near as
practicable to the structure of the vessel having regard to the nature of the work being carried on.
22. Boxes for rivets etc.:-
(a) Boxes or other suitable receptacles for rivets, nuts, bolts and welding rods shall be provided
for the use of workers.
(b) It shall be the duty of the workers to use, as far as practicable, the boxes or other suitable
receptacles so provided.
23. Throwing down materials and articles..-
(a) Subject to the provisions of a sub-clause (b) of this sub-rule, parts of staging, tools and other
articles and materials shall not be thrown down from a height where they are liable to cause
injury to workers, but shall be properly lowered.
(b) When the work to be done necessarily involves the throwing down from a height of articles
or materials, conspicuous notices shall be posted to warn persons from working or passing,
underneath the place from which articles or materials may fall, or the work shall be done under
the direct supervision of a competent person in authority.
(c) No person shall throw down any articles or materials from a height except in accordance with
the requirement of this sub-rule.
24. Loose articles or materials:- As far as practicable, steps shall be taken to minimise the risk
arising from loose articles or materials being left lying about in any place from which they may
fall on workers or persons passing underneath.
RAISING AND LOWERING
25. Secureness of loads:-
(a) Loads shall be securely suspended or supported whilst being raised or lowered, and all
reasonable precautions shall be taken to prevent danger from slipping or displacement.
(b) Where by reason of the nature or position of the operations load is liable, whilst being moved
by a lifting machine or lifting tackle, to come into contact with any object so that the object may
become displaced, special measures shall be adopted to prevent the danger as far as reasonably
practicable.
26. Support of lifting machines and lifting tackle:- Every lifting machine and all lifting tackle
shall be adequately and suitably supported or suspended having regard to the purpose for which
it is used.
27. Wire ropes with broken wires:- No wire rope shall be used if in any length of ten diameters
the total number of visible broken wires exceeds five percent of the total number of wires, or if
the rope shows signs of excessive wear of coercion or other serious defect.
28. Supplies in wire-ropes:- A thimble or loop splice made in any wire rope shall have at least
three tucks with a whole stand of the rope and two tucks with one half of the wires cut out of
each stand. All tucks shall be against the lay of the rope:
Provided that this sub-rule shall not operate to prevent the use of another form of splice which
can be shown to be as efficient as the form of splice specified in this sub-rule.
29. Knotted chains, etc.:-
(a) No chain or wire rope shall be used when there is a knot tied in any part thereof.
(b) No chain which is shortened or joined to another chain by means of bolts and nuts shall be
used :
Provided that this does not exclude the use of a chain bolted or joined to another chain by an
approved and properly constructed attachment.
30. Precautions against damage to chains and ropes:- Appropriate steps shall be taken to prevent,
so far as practicable, the use of chains or ropes for raising or lowering in circumstances in which
they are in or liable
to come into contact with sharp edges of plant materials or loads or with sharp edges of any part
of the vessel on which work is being carried out.
31. Loads on lifting appliances:- No loads shall be left suspended from a lifting appliance other
than a self sustaining manually operated lifting appliance, unless there is a competent person in
charge of the appliance while
the load is so left.
32. Heavy loads:- Where there is reason to believe that a load being lifted or lowered on a lifting
appliance weights more than 20 tonnes, its height shall be ascertained by means of an accurate
weighing machine or by the
estimation of a person competent for the purpose, and shall be clearly marked on the load :
Provided that this sub-rule shall not apply to any load lifted or lowered by a crane which has
either a fixed or a derricking jib and which is lifted with an approved type of indicator in good
working order which,-
(i) indicates clearly to the driver or person operating the crane the load being carried approaches
safe working load of the crane for the radius of the jib at which the load is carried; and
(ii) gives an efficient sound signal when the load moved is in excess of the safe working load of
the crane at that radius.
PRECAUTIONS AGAINST ASPHYXIATION, INJURIOUS

FUMES OR EXPLOSIONS
33. Certification for entry into confined spaces likely to contain dangerous fumes:- A Space
shall not be certified under Section 36(3)(a) of the Act unless-
(i) effective steps have been taken to prevent any ingress of dangerous fumes
(ii) any sludge or other deposit liable to give off dangerous fumes has been removed and the
space contain no other material liable to give off dangerous fumes ; and
(iii) the space has been adequately ventilated and tested for dangerous fumes and has a supply of
air adequate for respiration, but no account shall be taken for the purposes of sub-paragraph (ii)
of his paragraph of this sub-rule of any deposit or other material liable to give off dangerous
fumes in insignificant quantities only.
34. Precautions against shortage of oxygen:- No person shall enter or remain in any confined
space in vessel, being a confined space in which there is reason to apprehend that the proportion
of oxygen in the air is so low
as to involve risk of persons being overcome, unless either-
(i) the space has been and remains adequately ventilated and a responsible person has tested it
and certified that it is safe for entry without breathing apparatus; or
(ii) he is wearing a suitable breathing apparatus and a safety belt securely attached to a rope, the
free end of which is held by person standing outside the confined space.
35. Rivet fires.-
(a) Rivet fires shall not be taken into or used in or remain in any confined space on board or in a
vessel unless there is adequate ventilation to prevent the accumulation of fumes.
(b) No person employed shall move a rivet fire into any confined space on board or in a vessel he
has been authorised by his employer to move the fire into that space.
36. Gas cylinders and acetylene generators:-
(a) No cylinder which contains or has contained oxygen or any flammable gas or vapour at a
pressure above atmospheric pressure and no acetylene generating plant, shall be installed or
placed within 5 M. of any substantial source of heat (including any boiler or furnace when alight)
other than the burner or blow pipe operated from the cylinder or plant.
(b) No such cylinder and no such plant shall be taken below the weather deck in the case of a
vessel undergoing repair, or below the most completed deck in the case of a vessel under
construction, unless it is installed or placed in a part of the vessel which is adequately ventilated
to prevent any dangerous concentration of gas or fumes.
37. Further provision as to acetylene generators:-
(a) The following provisions shall be observed as respects any acetylene generating plant:
(i) no such plant shall be installed or placed in any confined space unless effective and suitable
provision is made for securing and maintaining the adequate ventilation of that space so as to
prevent, as far as practicable, any dangerous accumulation of gas;
(ii) any person attending or operating any such plant shall have been fully instructed in its
working and a copy of the maker's instructions for that type of plant shall be constantly available
for his use;
(iii) the charging and cleaning of such plant shall so far as practicable be done during day light;
and
(iv) partly spent calcium carbide shall not be recharged into an acetylene generator.
(b) No person shall smoke or strike a light or take a naked light or a lamp in or into any acetylene
generator house or shed or in or into dangerous proximity to any acetylene generating plant in
the open air or on board a vessel;
Provided that this sub-clause shall not apply as respects a generator in the open air or on board
vessel which, since it was last charged, has been thoroughly cleaned and freed from any calcium
carbide and acetylene gas.
(c) A prominent notice prohibiting smoking, naked lights and lamps shall be exhibited on or near
every acetylene generating plant whilst it is charged or is being charged or is being cleaned.
38. Construction of plant for cutting, welding or heating metal:-
(a) Pipes or hoses for the supply of oxygen or any flammable gas or vapour to any apparatus for
cutting, welding or heating,, metal shall be of good construction and sound material and be
properly
maintained.
(b) Such pipes or hoses shall be securely attached to the apparatus and other connections by
means of suitable clips or other equally effective appliances.
(c) Efficient reducing and regulating valves for reducing the pressure of the gases shall be
provided and maintained in connection with all cylinders containing oxygen or any flammable
gas or vapour at
a pressure above atmospheric while the gases or vapours from such cylinders are being used in
any process of cutting, welding or heating metal.
(d) Where acetylene gas is used for cutting, welding or heating metal-
(i) a properly constructed and efficient back-pressure valve and flame arrestor shall be provided
and maintained in the acetylene supply pipe between each burner or blow-pipe and the acetylene
generator, cylinder or container from which it is supplied, and shall be placed as near as
practicable to the burner or blow- pipe, except that those requirements shall not apply where an
acetylene cylinder serves only one burner or blow-pipe; and
(ii) any hydraulic valve provided in pursuance of the preceding clause shall be inspected on each
day by every person who uses the burner or blow-pipe on that day and it shall be the duty of
every worker who used the burner or blow-pipe to inspect the hydraulic valve accordingly.
(e) The operating valves of burners or blow-pipes to which oxygen or any flammable gas or
vapour is supplied for the purposes of cutting, welding or heating metal shall be so constructed,
or the operating mechanism shall be so protected that the valves cannot be opened accidentally.
39. Precautions after use of apparatus for cutting, welding or heating metal:-
(a) In the case of apparatus on board a vessel and used for cutting, welding, or heating metal with
the aid of oxygen or any flammable gas or vapour supplied at a pressure above atmospheric
pressure, the precautions specified in the following sub-clause of this sub-rule shall be taken
when such use ceases for the day or a substantial period and the apparatus is to be left on board,
but need not be taken when such use is discontinued merely during short interruptions of work.
The requirements in sub-clauses (a) and (b) of this sub-rule shall not apply during a meal
interval, provided that a responsible person is placed in charge of the plant and equipment
referred to therein.
(b) Supply valves of cylinders, generators and gas mains shall be securely closed and the valve
key shall be kept in the custody of a responsible person.
(c) Moveable pipes or houses used for conveying oxygen of flammable gas or vapour and
welding cutting torches shall in the case of vessel undergoing construction, be brought to the
most completed deck, or in the case of a vessel undergoing repair to a weather-deck, or in either
case to some other place of safety which is adequately ventilated to prevent any dangerous
concentration of gas or fumes
Provided that were owing to the nature of the work it is impracticable to comply with the
foregoing requirements of this sub-rule, the pipes or noses shall be disconnected from cylinders,
generators or gas mains as the case may be.
(d) When cylinders or acetylene generating plant have been taken below deck as permitted by
sub-clause (b) of sub-rule (36) such cylinders or acetylene generating plant shall be brought to a
weather deck, or, in the case of vessel undergoing construction to the most completed deck.
40. Naked light and hot work on oil-carrying vessels..-
(a) Subject to the provisions of sub-clause (b) of this rule and to the provisions of sub-rule (48)
and without prejudice to the provisions of Rules 46 and 47, no naked light, fire or lamp (other
than a safety lamp of a type approved for the purpose of this sub-rule-
(i) shall be permitted to be applied to or to be in or any hot work permitted to be carried out in
any part of the tanker, unless, since oil was last carried in that tanker, a naked light certificate,
has been obtained and is in force in respect of those part of the tanker for which in the opinion of
a competent analyst, a naked light certificate is necessary
Provided that a naked light, fire or lamp of a kind specified, in writing by a competent analyst
may be applied to, or be in,. or any hot work of a type specified by him carried on any part of the
tanker so specified
(ii) shall be permitted-
(a) to be in any oil-tank on board or in a vessel in which oil tank the oil last carried was oil
having a flash point of less than 23degC (73 deg F). or was liquid methane, liquid propane or
liquid butane, or any hot work permitted to be carried out in a such oil-tank or vessel unless a
naked light certificate has previously been obtained on the same day and is in force in respect of
that oil tank and of any oil-tank, compartment or space adjacent thereto ;
(b) to be applied to the outer surface of any oil-tanker in board or in a vessel in which oil-tank
the oil last carried was such oil as aforesaid or any work of such a nature which is likely to
produce sufficient heat capable of igniting inflammable gas or vapours permitted to be carried
out on the outer surface of such oil-tank or vessel, unless a naked light certificate has previously
been obtained on the same day and is in force in respect of that oil-tank ;
(c) to be applied to the outer surface of, or to be in any compartment or space adjacent an oil-
tank on board or in a vessel in which oil-tank the oil last carried was such oil as aforesaid, or any
hot work permitted to be carried out in such compartment or space as aforesaid or any work of
such nature which is likely to produce sufficient heat capable of igniting inflammable gases or
vapours, permitted to be carried out on the outer surface of such compartment or space, unless a
that compartment or space ;
Provided that where in any such case referred to in sub-clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this sub-rule a
competent analyst has certified that daily naked light certificates are necessary or are necessary
only to specified extent, such a daily certificate need not be obtained or, as the case may be, need
only be obtained to the specified extent;
(iii) shall be permitted to be applied to the outer surface, of, or to be in, any oil-tank on board or
in a vessel or any hot work permitted to be carried out in any such oil-tank or vessel or any work
of such nature which is likely to produce sufficient heat capable of igniting inflammable gases or
vapours permitted to be carried out on the outer surface of the oil-tank or vessel, unless since oil
was last carried in that oil-tank, a naked light certificate has been obtained and is in force in
respect of that oil tank
(iv) shall be permitted to be applied to the outer surface of, or to be in, any compartment or space
adjacent to an oil-tank on board or in a vessel or any hot work permitted to be carried out in any
such compartment or space, or any work of such nature which is likely to produce sufficient heat
capable of igniting inflammable gases or vapours, permitted to be carried out on the outer surface
of any such compartment or space, unless since oil was last carried as car o in that oil-tank, a
naked light certificate has been obtained and is in force in respect of that compartment or space.
(b) Notwithstanding anything in clause (a) of this sub-rule, heated rivets may be permitted in any
place without naked light certificate being in force in respect of that place if expressly so
authorised by competent analyst who certified that after adequate and suitable testing, he is
satisfied having regard to all the circumstances of the atmosphere becoming ease, including the
likelihood or otherwise of the atmosphere becoming flammable, that the place is sufficiently free
from flammable vapour, but such heated rivets shall, where practicable, be passed through tubes.
(c) No person shall introduce, have or apply naked light, fire or lamp (other than safety lamp of a
type approved for the purpose of this sub-rule) into, in or to any place where they are prohibited
by this sub-rule.
(d) No person shall carry out hot work or any work of such nature which is likely to produce
sufficient heat capable of igniting inflammable gases or vapours, in any place or any surface
where they are prohibited by this sub-rule.
(e) In this sub-rule the, expression 'competent analyst' means an analyst who is competent to give
a naked light certificate.
41. Entering oil-tanks:-
(a) No person (other than an analyst entering with a view to issuing a certificate of entry) shall,
unless he is wearing a breathing apparatus of a type approved for the purpose of this sub-rule,
enter or remain in an oil-tank on in a vessel unless since the oil-tank last contained oil, a
certificate of entry has been obtained and is in force in respect of the tank.
(b) Without prejudice to Clause (a) of this sub-rule, no person (other than an analyst entering as
aforesaid) shall be allowed or required to enter or remain in an oil-tank on board or in a vessel in
which oil tank, the oil last carried was oil having a flash point of less than 230deg C (73deg F)
unless since the oil-tank last contained oil, an analyst has certified that the atmosphere is
sufficiently free from inflammable mixture.
(c) The provisions of this sub-rule are without prejudice to the requirements of sub-rule (34).
42. Duration of certificates:- Any naked light certificates or certificates of entry may be issued
subject to a condition, that it shall not remain in force after a time specified in the certificate.
43. Posting of certificates:- Every occupier for whom a naked light certificate or certificate of
entry is obtained shall ensure that the certificate or a duplicate thereof is posted, as soon as may
be, and remains posted in a position where it may be conveniently read by all persons,
concerned.
44. Maintaining safe atmosphere..-
(a) When conditions in an oil-tank are such in respect of which a naked light certificate has been
issued that there is possibility of oil vapour being released from residues or other sources, test
shall be carried out by a competent analyst at such intervals, as may be required so as to ensure
that the condition in the tank are maintained safe.
(b) Whenever hot work carried on or a naked light, fire or lamp is allowed to be, on the whether
deck over spaces, in respect of which a naked light certificate has not been issued all covers of
man holes or openings on deck and all valves (except those which are connected to high vent
pipes) connecting the weather deck with the said spaces, shall be closed.
(c) A record of all the tests carried out for the purpose of sub-rules(34),(40) and (4 1) shall be
maintained in a register which should furnish the date, time location and results of the tests.
45. Cleaning of oil-tanks:-
(a) Subject to the provisions of sub-rule (4), before a test f6r flammable vapour is carried out
with a view to the issue of a naked light certificate for the purposes of sub-rule (40) in respect of
an oil-tank on board or in a vessel, that oil-tank shall, since oil was last introduced into the tank,
be cleaned and ventilated in accordance with clause (b) of this sub-rule.
(b) The said cleaning and ventilation shall be carried out by the following methods, namely-
(i) the oil-tank shall be treated in such a manner and for such period as will ensure the
vaporisation of all volatile oil;
(ii) all residual oil on any sludge or other deposition in the oil tank shall be removed therefrom;
(c) After the oil tank has been so cleaned
(i) All covers of man-holes and other openings therein shall be removed and it shall be
thoroughly ventilated by mechanical or other efficiency means with a view to the removal of all
oil vapour; and
(ii) The interior surfaces, if any deposit remains thereon, shall be washed or scrapped down.
46. Invalidation of certificates..-
(a) If during the course of work in, or to the surface or, any part of tanker or aircraft carrier, any
pipe or tank joint is opened or broken on any other event occurs so that there is a risk of oil
vapour entering or arising in that part of the tanker or aircraft carrier, that work shall be
suspended thereafter any certificates of entry previously issued in respect of any oil-tank, oil-
tank in that part and any naked light certificate previously issued in respect of that part shall be
no longer in force.
(b) If (in the case of vessel other than a tanker or a aircraft carrier) during the course of work in
any oil-tank or any compartment or space adjacent thereto, any pipe or tank joint is opened or
broken
or any other event occurs so that, there is a risk of oil vapour entering or arising in the oil tank, or
in any compartment or space adjacent thereto shall be suspended and thereafter any certificate of
entry previously issued in respect of oil tank and any naked light certificate previously issued in
respect of oil-tank or any compartment or space adjacent thereto shall be no longer in force.
47. Provisions as to work in other compartment or spaces:-
(a) Without prejudice to the other provisions of these rules, if the presence of oil in such quantity
and in such position as to be likely to give rise to fire or explosion is detected in any part of a
vessel, being a part to which this sub-rule applies and in which repairs of the following, kind are
to be or are being undertaken, that is to say repairs involving the use of a naked light, fire or
lamp (other than a safety lamp of a type approved for the purpose of sub-rule (40), or involving
hot work, such repairs shall not be started or continued until a naked light certificate has been
issued or, as the case may be, reissued in respect of that part of the vessel).
(b) This sub-rule shall apply to beiges, shaft tunnels, pump rooms, lamp rooms, and to
compartments and spaces other than those to which clause (a) (iv) of sub-rule (40) applies.
48. Exemptions..- If the Chief Inspector is satisfied, by reason of the nature of the work and the
circumstances in which it is carried out, that any provisions of sub-rules (33) and (45) or part
thereof can be suspended or relaxed without danger to the health or safety of any person, he may
grant suspension or relaxation in writing specifying such conditions as he may consider fit. Any
such suspension or relaxation may be revoked at any time.
PRECAUTIONS IN USE OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY
49. Earthing:- Electric energy other than that generated by an independent generating unit on
board shall not be taken for use, or used in, or in connection with any of the operations unless the
body of the ship is securely earthed in such a manner as to ensure an immediate and safety
discharge of energy to the earth. A ship or vessel shall not be considered as securely earthed for
the purpose of this rule, only on account of its being partly submerged in water.
50. Arc welding:-
(a) Electric arc welding shall not be carded on in connection with any of the operations unless
separate and fully insulated welding return conductor or conductors, as the case may be, of
adequate electrical capacity are provided for return of the current to the transformer or generator
of the welding set.
(b) The return end of source of the welding current shall not be earthed.
(c) All work on which welding is carried on shall be securely earthed independently to an earth
electrode by means of conductor or conductors, as the case may be, of adequate capacity, unless
all such works are connected to any structure of the ship or vessel in such manner as to ensure
adequate connection to earth as aforesaid.
51. Cutting of energy in certain cases:- Electrical energy shall be cut off from all portable electric
tools and manual electrode holders within any tank compartment or space referred to in sub-rules
(34) and (40) or in
any other confined space during all times when such tools or holders are not in operation:
Provided that for determining whether any such portable electric tool or electrode holder is not in
operation no account shall be taken of brief interruptions of work occurring during normal
working.
Provided further that energy may not be cut off from any such equipment if a responsible person
is left in charge of it in such tank, compartment or space concerned;
Provided further that cutting of all electrical energy by operation of any switch or control
provided on the portable tool or electrodes holder itself should not be taken as fulfilling the
requirements of this sub-rule.
MISCELLANEOUS SAFETY PROVISIONS
52. Lighting:- All parts of a vessel and all other places where the operations are being carried on,
and all approaches to such parts and to places to which a worker may be required to proceed in
the course of his employment shall be sufficiently and suitably lighted in providing such lighting,
due regard shall be given to avoidance of glare and formation of shadows, to the safety of the
vessel and cargo, of the navigation of other vessels, and to any local statutory requirements as to
the lighting of the harbour or dock.
53. Work in boilers etc.:-
(a) No work shall be permitted in any boiler, furnace or boiler flue until it has been sufficiently
cooled to make work safe for the workers.
(b) Before any worker enters any steam boiler which is one of a range of two or more steam
boilers,
(i) all inlets through which steam or hot water might otherwise enter the boiler from any other
part of the range shall be disconnected from that part, or
(ii) all valves or taps controlling such entry shall be closed and securely locked.
(c) While workers remain in any steam boiler to which clause (b) of this sub-rule applies all such
inlets as are referred to in that clause in shall remain disconnected or all such valves or taps as
are there referred to shall remain closed and securely locked.
(d) No worker shall be allowed or required to enter or remain in, and no person shall enter or
remain, in any steam boiler to which clause, (b) of this sub-rule applies unless the provisions of
that clause are being complied with.
54. Hatch beams:- The hatch beams of any hatch in use for the options shall, if not removed be
adequately secured to prevent their displacement.
55. Jumped-up bolts:- Bolts which have been jumped-up and rescrewed shall not be used for
securing plates on the sides of vessels, and no worker shall use such bolts for this purpose.
56. Work in or on life boats..-
(a) Before workers are permitted to work in or on any life boat, either stowed or in suspended
positions, precautions shall be taken to prevent the boat from falling due to accidental tripping of
the releasing gear or movement of the davits and capsizing of the boat if in chocks.
(b) Workers shall not be permitted to remain in fire boats while the life boats are being hoisted
into final stowed position.
PROTECTIVE WEAR
57. Hand protection:- Adequate protection for the hands shall be available for all workers when
using cutting or welding apparatus to which oxygen or any flammable gas vapour is supplied a
pressure greater than atmospheric pressure or when engaged in machine caulking or machine
riveting or on transporting or stacking plate or in handling plates at machines.
58. Protection in connection with cutting or welding..
(a) Suitable goggles fitted with tinted eye-pieces shall be provided and maintained for all persons
employed when using cutting or welding apparatus to which oxygen or any flammable gas or
vapour is supplied at a pressure above atmospheric pressure
(b) There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all persons employed when engaged in
the process of electric welding-
(i) suitable helmets or suitable head shields or suitable hand shields to protect the eyes and face
from hot metal and from rays likely to be injurious; and
(ii) suitable gauntlets to protect the hands forearms from hot metal and from rays likely to be
injurious.
(c) When electric welding is in progress at any place and persons other than those engaged in
that process are employed in a position where the rays are likely to be injurious to their eyes,
screens shall, whenever practicable, be provided at that place for the protection of those persons.
Where it is not practicable to provide effective protection of these persons by screening, suitable
goggles shall be provided for their use.
59. Eye protection for other processes:- Suitable goggles of effective screens shall be provided to
protect the eyes of all workers in any of the following processes :
(a) the cutting out or cutting off of cold rivets bolts from boilers or other plant or form ships ;
(b) the chipping, scaling or scurfing or boiler or ship's plates
(c) drilling by means of portable machine tools
(d) dry grinding of metals.
60. Head Protection:- When workers are employed in areas where there is danger of falling
objects they shall be provided with suitable safety helmets.
61. Safety belts and life lines..-

(a) Whenever any worker is engaged on work at place from which he is liable to fall more than 2
m. he shall be provided with safety belts equipped with life lines which are secured with a
minimum of slack, to a fixed structure unless any other effective means such as provision of
guard rails or ropes are taken to prevent his falling.
(b) All safety belts and life lines shall be examined at frequent intervals by a competent person to
ensure that no belt or life line which is not in good condition is used.
HEALTH AND WELFARE
62. Prohibition of employment of young persons in certain processes:- Employment of young

persons are prohibited in the following processes namely-
(a) the application of asbestos by means of a spray; or
(b) the breaking down for removal of asbestos lagging; or
(c) the cleaning of socks or other container which have contained asbestos; or
(d) the cutting of material containing asbestos by means of portable power driven saws; or
(e) the scaling, surfing or cleaning of boilers, combustion chambers or smoke boxes where his
work exposes him to dust of such a character and to such an extent as to be likely to be injurious
or offensive to persons employed in such work.
63. Lead Processes:-
(a) Lead paint shall not be applied in the form of a spray, in the interior painting of any part of a
ship or vessel.
(b) Wherever lead sheathing work is carried on for making cold storage chambers in the ships,
efficient exhaust draughts with portable extractors should be provided to remove the lead fumes
from the confined spaces.
64. Stretchers ambulances and ambulances rooms etc.:-
(a) In every shipyard there shall be provided and kept readily available-
(i) a sufficient number of suitably constructed sling stretchers or other similar appliances for
raising injured persons;
(ii)a sufficient number of carrying or wheel stretchers; and

(iii) a sufficient supply of suitable reviving apparatus and oxygen, and the stretchers and
appliances and apparatus so provided shall be properly maintained.
(b) In every shipyard there shall always be readily available during working hours responsible
person or responsible persons whose duty it is to summon an ambulance or other means of
transport if needed in cases of accident or illness. Legible copies of a notice indicating that
person or, as the case may be, those persons shall be affixed in prominent positions in every
shipyard.
(c) In every shipyard other than a dry dock available for hire-
(i) in which the number of persons employed normally exceeds five hundred ; or
(ii) in which the number of persons employed normally exceeds one hundred and which is more
than ten miles from a hospital; there shall be provided and maintained in good order and in clean
condition a properly constructed ambulance room containing at least the equipment prescribed
by the rules framed under Section 45 of the Act. The room shall be used only for the purpose of
treatment and rest and shall be in the charge of a suitably qualified person who shall always be
readily available during working hours, and record shall be kept of all cases of accident or
sickness treated at the room.
65. Young persons:-
(a) No young person shall, until he was employed in a shipyard or shipyards for at least six
months be employed in connection with the operations in a shipyard on a stage from which, or in
any part of a ship where he is liable to fall a distance of more than 2 m. or into water in which
there is a risk of drowning.
(b) Any young person under the age of sixteen shall, when employed in the operations in
shipyard, be placed under the charge of an experienced workman.
66. Safety supervision:- In the case of every shipyard other than a dry dock available for hire
being a shipyard where the number of workers regularly or from time to time, exceeds five-
hundred, a person experienced in the work of such yards shall be appointed and employed
exclusively to exercise general supervision of the observance of these sub-rules and to promote
the safe conduct of the work generally.
61 -H.
The occupier of a factory employing 100 or more workers shall plant and maintain trees within
the precinct of the factory. The number, type and lay-out of trees should be approved by the
District Forest Officer concerned or any qualified horticulturist.
61-1. Reaction Vessels and Kettles
(1) This rule applies to reaction vessels and kettles, hereinafter referred to as reaction vessels,
which normally work at a pressure not above the atmospheric pressure but in which there is
likelihood of pressure being created above the atmospheric pressure either due to reaction getting
out of control or due to any other circumstances.
(2) In the event of the vessel being heated by electrical means, suitable thermostatic control
devices shall he provided to prevent the temperature exceeding the safety limit.
(3) Where steam is used for heating purposes in a reaction vessel, it shall pass through a suitable
pressure reducing valve or any other suitable automatic device to prevent escape of excessive
steam into the vessel so that
the maximum permissible pressure of steam only is allowed into the supply line itself
(4) Suitable safety valve or rupture disc of adequate size and capacity shall be provided to
effectively prevent the pressure being built up in the reaction vessel beyond the safety limit.
Effective arrangements shall be made to ensure that the released gases, fumes, vapours, liquids
or dust, as the case may be, are lead away and disposed of through suitable pipes without causing
any hazard. Where flammable gases or vapours are likely to be vented out as discharge from the
vessel, it shall be provided with a flame arrestor.
(5) Every reaction vessel shall be provided with a pressure gauge having the appropriated range.
(6) In addition to the devices as mentioned in the foregoing provisions there shall also be
provided means or devices for automatically sping the feed into the vessel as soon as process
conditions excessively deviate from
the normal limits and which deviation can be considered to be dangerous.
(7) Where necessary, an effective system for cooling, flooding or blanketing shall be provided,
for the purpose of controlling the reaction and process conditions within the safe limits of
temperature and pressure.
(8) An automatic auditory and visual warning device, shall also be provided for clear warning
whenever process conditions exceed the normal limits. This device, wherever possible, shall be
integrated with automatic
process correction systems.
(9) A notice pointing out the possible circumstances and conditions under which pressures above
atmospheric pressure may be built up in the reaction vessel, the dangers involved and the
precautions to be taken by the operators shall be displayed clearly at a conspicuous place near the
vessel which always shall be in a visible conditions
61-J. Examination of eye sight of certain workers
(1) No person shall be employed to operate a crane, locomotive or work-lift truck, or to give
signals to a crane or locomotive operator unless his eye sight and colour vision have been
examined and declared fit by a qualified ophthalmologist to work whether with or without the
use of corrective glasses.
(2) The eye sight and colour vision of the person employed as referred to in clause (i) shall be
examined at least once in every period of 12 months upto the age of 45 years and once in every 6
months beyond that age.
(3) Any fee payable for an examination of a person under this sub-rule shall be paid by the
occupier shall not be recoverable from that person.
(4) The record of examination or re-examination carded out as required under sub-rule(l) shall be
maintained in Form No.8 C.
FORM NO. 8-C
[Prescribed under sub-rule (4) of Rule 61-J]

Record of Eye Examination
Age on
Serial Department Name of Examination of Signature o
Sex last Occupation
Number / work worker eye sight Ophthalmo
birthday
Nature Date of employment Date result
RULE PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTION 41 AND 112
61-K. Railways in factories
(1)This rule shall apply to railways in the precincts of a factory which are not subject to Indian
Railways Act 1890.
(2) Gateways:- A gateway through which a railway track passes shall not be used for the general
passage of workers into or out of a factory.
(3) Barriers and Turngates:-
(a) Where buildings or walls contain doors or gates which open to a railway tract, a barrier about
1 metre high shall be fixed parallel to and about 60 cm. away from the building or wall outside
the
opening and extending several feet beyond it at other end, so that any person passing out may
become aware of an approaching train when his pace is checked at the baffler.
If the traffic on the nearest track is all in one direction, the barrier shall be in the form of an " L"
with end of the short leg abutting on to the wall and the other end opening towards the
approaching train ;
(b) If the distance between wall and track cannot be made to accommodate such a barrier, the
barrier of a turngate shall be placed at the inside of the opening ; and
(c) Where a footway passes close to a building or other obstructions as it approaches a railway
track, a barrier or a turngate shall be fixed in such a manner that a person approaching the track
is
compelled to move away from the building or obstruction and thus obtain timely sight of an
approaching locomotive or wagon.
(4) Crowds:-
(a) Worker's pay-windows, first-aid stations and other points where a crowd may collect shall not
be placed near a railway track ; and
(b) At any time of the day when workers are starting or ending work all railway traffic shall
cease for not less than five minutes.
(5) Locomotive:-
(a) No locomotive shall be used in shunting operations unless it is in good working order;
(b) Every locomotive and tender shall be provided with efficient breaks, all of which shall be
maintained in good working order. Brake shoes shall be examined at suitably fixed intervals and
those that are worn out replaced at once
(c) Water-gauge glasses or every locomotive whatever its boiler pressure, shall be protected with
substantial glass or metal screens
(d) Suitable steps and hand-holds shall be provided at the corners of the locomotive for the use of
shunters
(e) Every locomotive crane shall be provided with lifting and jacking pads at the four corners of
the locomotive for assisting in re-railing operations ; and
(f) It shall be clearly indicated on every locomotive crane in English and in language understood
by the majority of the workers in the factory, for what weight of load and at what reading the
crane is
safe.
(6) Wagons:-
(a) Every wagon (and passenger coach, if any) shall be provided either with self-acting brakes
capable of being applied continuously or with efficient hand brakes which shall be maintained in
good working order. The hand brakes shall be capable of being applied by co-person on the
ground and fitted with a device for retaining them in the applied position ;
(b) No wagon shall be kept standing within three metres of any authorised crossing ; and
(c) No wagon shall be removed with the help of crow bars or pinch bars.
(7) Riding on locomotive, wagon or other rolling stock:- No person shall be permitted to be upon
(whether inside or outside) any locomotive wagon or after rolling stock except where secure
foot-hold and handhold are provided.
(8) Attention to brakes and doors:-
(a) No locomotive, wagon or other rolling stock shall be kept standing unless its brakes are
firmly applied and, where it is on a gradient, without sufficient number of properly constructed
scotches placed firmly in position; and
(b) No train shall be set in motion until the shunting jamadar has satisfied himself that all wagon
doors are securely fastened.
(9) Projecting loads and cranes:-
(a) If the load on a wagon projects beyond its length, a guard or dummy-truck shall be used
beneath the projection ;
(b) No loco-crane shall travel without lead unless the jib is completely lowered and positioned in
line with the track and
(c) when it is necessary for a loco-crane to travel with a load, the jib shall not be swung until the
loco-crane has come to rest.
(10) Loose shunting:- Loose-shunting shall be permitted only when it cannot be avoided. It shall
never be performed on a wagon not accompanied by a man capable of applying and pinning
down the brakes. A wagon not provided with brakes in good working order and capable of being
easily pinned down shall not be loose-shunted unless attached to it at least another wagon with
such brakes. Loose-shunting shall not be performed with, or against a wagon containing
passengers, live-stock or explosives.
(11) Fly-shunting..- Fly-shunting shall not be permitted on any factory railway.

(12) The shunting Jamadar..-
(a) Every locomotive or wagon in motion in a factory shall be kept under the control of a well
trained jamadar ; and
(b) Before authorising a locomotive or wagon to be moved, the shunting jamadar shall satisfy
himself that no person is under or in between or in front of the locomotive or wagon.
(13) Hand Signals:- The hand signals used by the shunting jamadar in day and night shall be
those prescribed by the shunting rules of railways, working under the Indian Railway Act 1890
(IX of 1890).
(14) Night work and fog:-
(a) In factories, where persons work at night, no movement of locomotive, wagon or other rolling
stock otherwise than by hand shall be permitted between sunset and sunrise unless the tracks and
their vicinity are lighted on a scale of not less than 10 lux as measured at the horizontal plane at
the ground level ; and
(b) In no circumstances any locomotive or train shall be moved between sunset and sunrise or at
any time when there is fog, unless it carries a white head light and a red rear light.
(15) Speed control:-
(a) A locomotive or train shall not be permitted to move at a speed greater than seven kilometers
per hour ; and
(b) A train, locomotive, wagon or other rolling stock shall not be moved by mechanical or
electrical power unless it is preceded at a distance of not less than 10 metres during the whole of
its journey by shunting jamadar. He shall be provided with a signalling flags or lamp and whistle
necessary for calling the attention of the driver.
(16) Tracks:-
(a) The distance (i) between tracks and (ii) between tracks and buildings, blind walls or other
structures and (iii) tracks and materials deposited on the ground shall be respectively not less
than-
(aa) from centre to centre of parallel tracks, the overall width of the widest wagon of that gauge
plus twice the width of the door of such a wagon when opened directly outward plus 1 metre ;
(bb) from a building or structure other than a loading platform to the centre of the nearest track,
half the overall width of the widest wagon of that gauge, plus the width of its door when opened
outward, plus 1.5 metres ; and
(cc) from material stacked or deposited alongside the track, on the ground or on a loading
platform, to the centre of the nearest track, half the, overall width of the widest wagon of that
gauge, plus half the width of its door when opened directly outward, plus 1 metre.
(b) Sleepers of a track shall be in level with of the ground and at all crossings of the track with a
road or walkway, the surface of the road or walkway shall be in level with the of the rails ;
(c) All track ends shall be equipped with buffer ss of adequate strength ;
(d) Barriers of substantial construction shall be securely and permanently fixed across any
doorway or gateway in a building or in a wall which conceals an approaching trade from view,
between the building and the track as prescribed in clause (a) of sub-rule (3).
(e) Where track are carded on a gantry or other elevation, a safe footway or footways with hand
rails and toe-boards shall be provided at all positions where persons work or pass on foot, and
where there is an opening in the stage of an elevated track for the dropping of materials to a
lower level, the position shall be adequately fenced or the opening itself provided with a grill
through which a person
cannot fall
(f) All point levers shall have their movements parallel, to, not across, the direction of the track ;
(g) All loading platforms which are more than 60 cms above the level of the ground on which the
track is laid and more than 15 metres in length, shall be provided with ss at intervals not greater
than 15 metres apart from to enable the platform to be easily mounted from the track
(h) Turn tables on plant railways shall be provided with locking devices which will prevent the
tables from turning while locomotives or wagon are being run on or off the tables ; and
(i) workers shall be prohibited from passing under, between or above railway wagons.
(17) Crossings:-
(a) At all crossings of a track with a road or walk way, danger or crossing signs and wherever
reasonably practicable, blinking lights or alarm lights shall be provided, at all important
crossings, gates or barriers manned by watchman shall be provided. Swinging gate and barriers
shall be secured against inadvertent opening or closing.
61.L. Quality of personal protective equipment
All personal protective equipment provided to workers as required under any of the provisions of
the Act or the Rule shall have certification of B.1. S. or any other national standard of Advanced
countries in case B.1.S. has not standard.]
61-M. Thermic Fluid heaters
(1) All heaters shall be on such construction that coils are removable for periodic cleaning, visual
inspection
and hydraulic test.
(2) Suitable arrangement shall be made for cooling furnace effectively in case of failure.
(3) Before restarting the furnace, it shall be effectively purged.
(4) Velocity of flow of thermic fluid shall not be allowed to fall below the minimum
recommended by the manufacturers while the heater is in operation.
(5) The thermic fluid shall be circulated in a closed circuit formation with an expansion cum
deaerator tank. This tank shall be located outside the shed where the heater is installed.
(6) Every heater shall be provided with a photo-resister actuated audio-visual alarm indicate
flame failure and automatic burner cut off.
(7) The stack temperature motor-cum-controller with audio visual alarm shall be provided so as
to warn the operator in case the outlet temperature exceeds the specified min.
(8) Where inspection doors are provided on the furnace they shall be interlocked with the burner
itself so that they cannot be opened until burner is shut off and furnace is cooled sufficient.
(9) All heaters shall also be provided with the following safety devices:-
(i) level control in the expansion tank
(ii) temperature control of thermic fluid
(iii) differential pressure switch on the out let line of the heater tubes and
(iv) temperature control device for the fuel oil supply the burner.
(10) All devices mentioned in paragraph 9 shall have interlocking arrangement with burner so
that in case of any predetermined limits being crossed the supply of fuel and air to burner shall
automatically be cut-off.
(11) All safety interlocks when operated shall be indicated on the control panel of the heater by a
suitable audio-visual alarm.
(12) Every heater unit shall be provided as a standard necessary an arrangement for sniffing with
low pressure steam or nitrogen for putting out the fire.
(13) Electric panel for the heater shall be located near the heater but not so close as to be exposed
to spilling or leaking oil.
(14) The heater shall be located in a place partitioned off with fire proof material from other
manufacturing activities.
(15) Explosion vent shall be so installed that release takes place at safe location.
(16) The heater coil shall be subjected to pressure test by competent person once at least in every
12 months. This test pressure shall not be less than twice the operating pressure.
(17) If repairs are carded out to the coil, it shall be tested before taking it into use.
(18) The thermic fluid shall confirm to the specifications prescribed by the manufacturers and
shall be tested by competent person for suitability at least once in every three months period.
Such test shall include test for acidity,
suspended matter, ash contents, viscosity and flash point.
(19) Cleaning of internal surface of the heater or soot and check up of refractory surface on the
inside shall be carried out every month or as often as required depending upon working
conditions. The coils shall be removed
and surface of the coils cleaned thoroughly once at least in a period of six months. The nozzles
of filters and pumps shall be cleaned once a week during the period of use.
(20) A separate register containing the following information shall be

maintained:
(i) Weekly checks carried out confirming the effectiveness of the interlock
(ii) Weekly checks confirming that all accessories are in goof state of repairs ; and
(iii) information regarding fuel oil temperature, pressure thermic fluid inlet/outlet pressure and
temperature fuel gas temperature recorded at hourly interval.
(21) The heater when in operation shall always be kept in charge of a trained operator.
61-N. Protective equipment
The inspector may having regard to the nature of the hazards involved in work and process being
carried out, order the Occupier or the Manager in writing to supply to the workers exposed to
particular hazard any personal protective equipment as may be found necessary.
61-0. Oven and Driers
(1) Application:- This rule shall apply to ovens and driers, except those used in laboratories or
kitchens of any
establishment and those which has a capacity below 325 litres.
(2) Definitions:- For the purpose of this rule, "oven or drier" means any enclosed structure,
receptacle, compartment or box which is used for baking, drying or otherwise processing of any
article or substance at a
temperature higher than the ambient temperature of the air in the room or space in which a
flammable or explosive mixture of air and a flammable substance, is likely to be evolved within
the enclosed structure receptacle, compartment or box or part thereof on account of the article or
substance which is baked, dried or otherwise processed within it:
(3) Separate electrical connection:- Electrical power supplied to every oven or drier shall be by
means of a separate circuit provided with an isolation switch.
(4) Design, construction, examination and testing:-
(a) Every oven or drier shall be properly designed on sound engineering practice and be of good
construction, sound materials and adequate strength, from any patent defects and safe if properly
used.
(b) No oven or drier shall be taken into use in factory for the first time unless a competent person
has thoroughly examined all its parts and carried out the tests as are required to establish that the
necessary safe systems and controls provided for safety in operation for the processes for which
it is to be used and a certificate of such examination and tests signed by that competent person
has been obtained and is kept available for inspection.
(c) All parts of an oven or drier which has undergone any alteration or repair which has to effect
of modifying any of the design characteristics, shall not be used unless a thorough examination
and tests as have been mentioned in clause (1) has been carried out by a competent person and a
certificate of such examination and tests signed by that competent person has been obtained and
is kept available for inspection.
(5) Safety ventilation..
(a) Every oven or drier shall be provided with a positive and effective safety ventilation system
using one or more motor-driven centrifugal fans so as to dilute any mixture of air and any
flammable substance that may be formed within the oven or drier and maintain the concentration
of the flammable substance in the air at a safe level of dilute.
(b) The safe level of dilution referred to in clause (a) shall be so as to achieve a concentration of
the concerned flammable substance in air of not more than 25 per cent of its lower explosive
limit:
Provided that a level of concentration in air upto 50 per cent of the lower explosive limit of the
concerned flammable substance may be permitted to exist subject to installation and maintenance
of an automatic device which-
(i) Shows continuously the concentration of the flammable substance in air present in the oven or
drier at any instant
(ii) Sounds an alarm when the concentration of the flammable substance in air in any part of the
oven or drier reaches a level of 50 per cent of its lower explosive limit; and
(iii) Shuts down the heating system of the oven or drier automatically when the concentration in
air of the flammable substance in any part of the oven or drier reaches a level of 60 per cent of its
lower explosive limit, is provided to the oven or drier and maintained in efficient working
condition.
(c) No oven or drier shall be operated without its safety ventilation system working in an
efficient manner.
(d) No oven or drier shall be operated with a level of dilution less than what is referred to in
clause (b).
(e) Exhaust ducts of safety ventilation systems should be so designed and placed that their ducts
discharge the mixture of air and flammable substance away from the workrooms and not near
windows or doors or other openings from where the mixture could re-enter the workrooms.
(f) The fresh air admitted into the oven or drier by means of the safety ventilation system shall be
circulated adequately by means of circulating fan or fans through all parts of the oven or drier so
as to ensure that there are no locations where the flammable substance can accumulate in the air
or become pocketed to any dangerous degree.
(g) Throttling dampers in any safety ventilation system should be so designed by cutting away a
portion of the damper or otherwise, that the system will handle at least the minimum ventilation
rate required for safety when they are set in their maximum throttling position.
(6) Explosion panels..-
(a) Every oven or drier having an internal total space of not less than half cubic meter shall be
provided with suitably designed explosion panels so as to allow release of the pressure of any
possible explosion within the oven or drier through explosion vents. The area of openings to be
provided by means of such vents together with area of openings of any access doors which are
provided with suitable arrangements for their release in case of an explosion shall be not less
than 2200 square centimetre for every one cubic meter of volume of the oven or drier. The
design of the explosion panels and doors as above said shall be much as to secure the complete
release under the internal pressure of 0.25 Kg. per square centimeter.
(b) The explosion releasing panels, shall as far as practicable, be situated at the roof of the oven
or drier or at those portion of the walls where persons not remain in connection with operation of
the oven or drier.
(7) Interlocking arrangements:-
(a) In each oven or drier efficient inter-locking arrangements shall be provided and maintained to
ensure that-
(i) all ventilating fans and circulating fans whose failure would adversely effect the ventilation
rate or flow pattern are in operations before any mechanical conveyor that may be provided for
fee~ the articles to be processed in the oven or drier is put into operation.
(ii) failure of any of the ventilating or circulating fans will automatically s any conveyor as
referred to in clause (i) as may be provided, as well as s the fuel supply by closing the shut off
valve and shut off the ignition in the case of gas or oil fired oven and in the case of electrically
heated ovens switch off the electrical supply to the heaters.
(iii) the above said mechanical conveyor is set in operation before the above said, shut off valve
can be energized; and
(iv) the failure of the above said conveyor will automatically close and above said shut off value
in the case of ovens and driers heated by gas, oil or steam and reactivate the ignition system, or
cut off the electrical heaters in the case of electrically heated ovens or furnaces.
(8) Automatic pre-ventilation..- Every oven or drier heated by oil, steam, gas or electricity shall
be provided with an efficient arrangement for automatic pre-ventilation consisting of at least 3
volume changes with fresh air by operation of the safety ventilation fans and the circulating fans
(if used) so as to effect purging of the oven or drier of any mixture of air and a flammable
substance before the heating system can be activated and before the conveyor can be placed in
position.
(9) Temperature Control:- Every oven or drier shall be provided with an automatic arrangement
to ensure that the temperature within does not exceed a safe upper present limit to be decided in
respect of the particular processing being carried on.
(10) Multistage processes:- Wherever materials are to be processed 'in ovens or driers in
successive operations, suitable arrangements should be provided to ensure that the operating
temperatures necessary for safe operation
at each stage are maintained within the design limits.
(11) Combustible substances not to drip on electrical heaters or burners flame:- Effective
arrangements shall be provided in every oven or drier to prevent dripping of combustible
substances on electric heaters or burner flame used for heating.
(12) Periodical examination testing and maintenance:-

(a) All parts of every oven and drier shall be properly maintained and thoroughly examined and
the various control as mentioned in this rule and the working of the oven or drier tested at
frequent intervals to ensure its safe operation by a responsible person designated by the occupier
or manager, who by his experience and knowledge of necessary precautions against risks of
explosion is fit to undertake such work.
(b) A register shall be maintained in which the details of the various tests carried out from time
to time under clause (a) shall be entered and every entry made shall be signed by the person
making the tests.
(13) Training of operators: No person shall be assigned any task connected with operation of any
oven or drier unless he has completed 18 years of age and he is properly trained.
(14) Polymerising machines..-
(a) Printed fabric shall be thoroughly dried by passing them over drying cans or through hot flue
or other equally effective means, before the same is allowed to pass through polymerising
machines.
(b) Infrared ray heaters of polymerising machines shall be cut off while running the prints.
CHAPTER V
62. Washing facilities
(1) Omitted by
(2) There shall be provided and maintained in every factory for the use of employed persons
adequate and suitable facilities for washing which shall include soap and nail brushes or other
suitable means of cleaning and the
facilities shall be conveniently accessible and shall be kept in a clean orderly condition.
(3) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions, washing facilities shall
include-
(a) trough with taps or jets at intervals of not less than two feet; or
(b) wash basins with taps attached thereto, or
(c) taps on stand-pipes or
(d) showers controlled by taps or

(e) circular troughs of the fountain type, provided that the Inspector may, having regard to the
needs and habits of the workers, fix the proportion in which the aforementioned types of
facilities shall be installed.
(4)
(a) Every trough and basin shall have a smooth, impervious surface and shall be fitted with a
waste-pipe and plug.
(b) The floor or ground under and in the immediate vicinity of every trough, tap, jet, wash-basin,
stand-pipe and shower shall be so laid or finished as to provide smooth impervious surface and
shall be adequately drained.
(5) For persons whose work involves contact with any injurious or noxious substance there shall
be at least one tap for every fifteen persons; and for persons whose work does not involve such
contact the number of taps shall be as follows:-
Number of workers Number of taps

up to 20 ................... 1
21 to 35 ................... 2
36 to 50 ................... 3
51 to 150 ................... 4
151 to 200 ................... 5
Exceeding 200 but not ................... 5 +1 tap for
exceeding 500 every 50 or fraction of 50
Exceeding 500 ......11 + 1 tap for every 100 or fraction of 100
(6) If female workers are employed, separate washing facilities shall be provided and so enclosed
or screened that the interiors are not visible from any place where persons of the other sex work
or pass. The entrance to such facilities shall bear conspicuous notice in the language understood
by the workers "For Women Only" and shall also be indicated pictorially.
(7) The water supply to the washing facilities shall be capable of yielding at least ten litres for
each person employed and shall be from such source as yields clean water suitable for the
purpose.
Provided that in the case of factories carrying on hazardous processes specified in the First
Schedule to the Act, the quantity of water to be available for persons employed in such
manufacturing process shall be at least thirty litres for each such person.
Provided further that the Chief Inspector may, in the case of any particular factory having regard
to the nature of the operations carried out therein and also the practicable availability of such
quantity of water, permit a smaller quantity or require a larger quantity not exceeding thirty litres
per person employed, to be made available.
Provided also that the Inspector may, by order in writing, require the occupier, at such time or at
such intervals as he may direct, to have samples of water tested for fitness for washing purposes
at any laboratory recognised
by the Chief Inspector or Health Officer.
62-A. Drying of wet clothing
In the classes of factories mentioned in the schedule annexed hereto, facilities for safe keeping of
clothing not worn during working hours and for the drying of wet clothing used in the course of
work shall be provided .
SCHEDULE
Glass Works Engineering Workshops

Oil mills Automobile Workshops
Sugar Factories Iron and Steel Works
Chemical Works Dying Works
Thermal Power
Leather Tanneries
Generating Stations
63. First-aid appliance
The First-aid boxes or cupboards shall be distinctly marked with a red cross on white back-
ground and shall contain the following equipment-
A. For factories in which the number of persons employed does not exceed ten or (in the case of
factories in which mechanical power is not used) does not exceed fifty persons :
(i) Six small size sterlized dressings.
(ii) Three medium size sterilized dressings.
(iii) Three large size sterilized dressings.
(iv) Three large size sterilized burn dressings.
(v) One (60 ml.) bottle of cetrimide solution (1%) or a suitable antiseptic solution.
(vi) One (60 ml.) bottle of mercurochrome solution (2%) in water.
(vii) One (30 ml.) bottle containing sal-volatile having the dose and mode of administration
indicated on the label.
(viii) One pair scissors.
(ix) One roll of adhesive plaster (2cm X 1 metre).
(x) Six pieces of sterilized eye pads in separate sealed packets.
(xi) A bottle containing 100 tablets (each of 5 grains) of aspirin or any other analgesic.
(xii) Polythene Wash bottle (1/2 litre, i.e., 500 c.c) for washing eyes.
(xiii) A snake-bite lancet.
(xiv) One (30 ml.) bottle containing Potassium Permanganate Crystals.
(xv) One copy of first-aid leaflet issued by the Directorate General of Factory Advice Service
and Labour Institutes, Government of India, Bombay.
B. For Factories in which mechanical power is used and in which the number of persons
employed exceeds ten but does not exceed fifty.
(i) Twelve small size sterilised dressings.
(ii) Six medium size sterilised dressings.
(iii) Six medium size sterilized dressings.
(iv) Six large size sterilized burn dressings.
(v) Six (1 5 gm) packets of sterilized cotton wool.
(vi) One (120 ml.) bottle of cetrirmide solution (1%) or a suitable antiseptic solution.
(vii) One (120 ml.) bottle of mercurochrome solution (2%) in water.
(viii) One (60 ml.) bottle containing sal-volatile having the dose and mode of administration
(ix) One pair scissors.
(x) Two rolls of adhesives plaster (2 cm X 1 metre).

(xi) Eight pieces of sterilized eye pads in separate sealed packets.
(xii) One tourniquet.
(xiii) One dozen safety pins.
(xiv) A bottle containing 100 tablets (each of 5 grains) of aspirin or any other analgesic.
(xv) One polythene wash bottle (1/2 litre i.e.,500 cc) for washing eyes.
(xvi) A snake-bite lancet.
(xvii) One (30 ml.) bottle containing potassium permanganate crystals.
(xviii) One copy of the first-aid leaflet issued by the Directorate General of Factory Advice
Service and Labour, Government of India, Bombay.
C. For factories employing more than fifty persons.
(i) Twenty-four small sterilized dressings.
(ii) Twelve medium size sterilized dressings.
(iii) Twelve large size sterilized dressings.
(iv) Twelve large size sterilized burn dressings.
(v) Twelve (15 gm.) packets of sterilized cotton wool.
(vi) One (200 ml.) bottle of mercurochrome (2%) solution in water.
(vii) One (200 ml.) bottle of cetrimide solution (1 %) or a suitable antiseptic solution.
(viii) One (200 ml.) bottle of sal-volatile having the dose and mode of administration indicated
on the label.
(x) One roll of adhesive plaster (6 cms X 1 metre).
(xi) Two rolls of adhesive plaster (2 cms. X 1 metre).
(xii) Twelve pieces of sterilized eye pads in separate sealed packets.
(xiii) A bottle containing 100 tablets (each of 5 grains) of aspirin or any other analgesic.
(xiv) One polythene wash bottle (500 c.c) for washing eyes.
(xv) Twelve roller bandages 10 cms. wide.
(xvi) Twelve roller bandages 5 cms. wide.
(xvii) Six Triangular bandages.
(xviii) One tourniquet.
(xix) A supply of suitable splints.
(xx) Two packets of safety pins.
(xxi) Kidney tray.
(xxii) A snake-bite lancet.
(xxiii) One 30 ml. bottle containing Potassium Permanganate crystals.
(xxiv) first-aid leaflet issued by the Directorate General of Factory Advice Service and Labour
Institutes, Bombay :
Provided that items (xiv) to (xxi) need not be maintained in the standard first-aid box or cup-
board (a) where is a properly equipped ambulance room, or (b) if at least one box containing
such items and placed and maintained in accordance with the requirements of Section 45 is
separately provided.
D. The dressing required under items (i) and (ii), may be substituted by, adhesive wound
dressings approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories and other equipment or medicines that
may be considered essential and recommended by the Chief-inspector of Factories from time to
time.
63 A. Notice regarding First-aid
A notice containing the names of the persons working within the precincts of the Factory who
are trained in first aid treatment and who are in charge of the First-aid boxes or cup-boards shall
be posted in every factory at a conspicuous place and near each such box or cup-board. The
notice shall also indicate the workroom, where the said person shall be available. The name of
the nearest hospital and its telephone number shall also be mentioned prominently in the said
notice.
RULE PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (4) OF
SECTION 45
64. Ambulance room
(1)Every ambulance room shall be under the charge of at least one whole-time qualified medical
officer assisted by at least one qualified nurse or dresser-cum-compounder, subject to condition
that the Medical Officer is readily available on call during the working hours of the factory.
(2) There shall be displayed in the ambulance room a notice giving the name, address and
telephone number of the Medical Practitioner in charge. The name of the nearest hospital and its
telephone number shall also be mentioned prominently in the said notice.
(3) The ambulance room shall be separate from the rest of the factory and shall be used only for
the purpose of first-aid treatment and rest. It shall have a floor area of at least 24 sq. metres with
smooth, hard and impervious walls and shall be adequately ventilated and lighted by both natural
and artificial means There shall be attached to it at least one latrine and urinal of sanitary type.
An adequate supply of whole-some drinking water shall be provided and the following articles
shall always be kept in the ambulance room or dispensary:--
1. A glazed sink with hot and cold water.

2. A table with a smooth of at least 180 cms x 105 cms. dimensions.
3. Means for sterilizing instruments.
4. A couch.
5. Two stretchers.
6. Two buckets or containers with close fitting lids.
7. Two rubber hot water bags.
8. A kettle and a spirit stove or other suitable means of boiling water.
9. Twelve plain wooden splints 90 mm x 100 mm. X 6 mm.
10. Twelve plain wooden splints 350 mm. X 75 mm. X 6 mm.
11. Six plain wooden splints 250 mm. X 50 mm. X 12 mm.
12. Six woolen blankets.
13. Three pairs of artery forceps.
14. One bottle of spiritus Ammonia Aromatics(120 ml.)
15. Smelling salts(60 gms.).
16. Two medium size sponges.
17. Six hand towels.
18. "Four kidney" trays.
19. Four cakes of toilet, preferably antiseptic soap.
20. Two glass tumblers and two wine glasses.
21. Two clinical thermometers.
22. Tea spoons-two
23. Graduated (120 ml.) measuring glass-two
24. Minimum Measuring glass-two.
25. One wash bottle (100 cc.) for washing eyes.
26. One bottle (one litre) carbolic lotion 1 in 20
27. Three chairs.
28. One screen.
29. One electric hand torch.
30. Four first-aid boxes or cup-boards stocked to standards prescribed under clause of
Rule 63.
31. An adequate supply of anti-tetanus toxide
32. Injections-Morphia, Pethiadine, Atropine, Adrenaline, Corarnine, Novocam-6
each.
33. Coramine liquid (60 ml.)
34. Tablets-antihistaminies, antispasmodic (25 each).
35. Syringes with needles-2 cc, 10 cc., 50 cc
36. Surgical scissors-three.
37. Needle holder.
38. Suturing needles and materials
39. Dissecting forceps-three
40. Dressing forceps-three.
41. Scalpels-three
42. Stethoscope-one.
43. Rubber bandage pressure bandage.
44. Oxygen cylinder with necessary attachments.
(4) The occupier of every factory to which these rules apply, shall for the purpose of removing
serious cases of accident sickness, provide in the premises and maintain in good condition a
suitable conveyance unless he has
made arrangements of or obtaining such a conveyance from a hospital.
Explanation..- For the purposes of this rule, "qualified medical practitioner" means a person
holding a qualification granted by an Authority specified in the Schedule to the Indian Medical
Degree Act, 1916, or in the Schedules to the Indian Medical Council Act, 1956.
(5) The Chief Inspector of factories may, by an order in writing, exempt any factory from the
requirements of this rule, subject to such conditions as he may specify in that order, if a hospital,
ambulance room or dispensary is
maintained at or within two kilometers of the precincts of the factory and such arrangements are
made so as to ensure the immediate treatment of all injuries sustained by workers within the
factory and for providing rest to the workers so injured.
RULES 65 TO 71 PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTION 46
65. Canteens
(1) Rules 65 to 71 shall come into force in respect of any factory or factories on such dates as the
State Government may, by notification in the official Gazette, appoint in this behalf.
(2) The occupier of every factory notified by the State Government, and wherein more than two
hundred and fifty workers are ordinarily employed shall provide in or near the factory an
adequate canteen according to the
standards prescribed in these rules.
(3) The occupier of factory notified by the State Government under Section 46 shall submit for
the approval of the Chief Inspector, plans and site plan in triplicate, of the building to be
constructed or adopted for use as a canteen and such a building shall be in accordance with the
plans approved by the Chief Inspector and shall satisfy such condition or conditions as may be
imposed, if any, by the Chief Inspector to ensure conformity with these rules or the Act.
(4) The canteen building shall be situated not less than fifty feet from any latrine, urinal, boiler
house, coal stocks, ash pumps and any other source of dust, smoke or obnoxious fumes,
Provided that the Chief Inspector may in any particular factory relax the provisions of this sub-
rule such extent as may be reasonable in the circumstances and may require measures to be
adopted to secure the essential purposes of this sub-rule.
(5) The canteen building shall be constructed in accordance with the plans approved by the Chief
Inspector and shall accommodate at least a dining hall, kitchen, store room, pantry and washing
place separately for workers and for utensils. The minimum height of the building shall be not
less than 12 feet and all the walls and roof shall be of suitable heat resisting materials and shall
be waterproof.
(6) In a canteen the floor and inside walls up to a height of four feet from the floor shall be made
of smooth and impervious material; the remaining portion of the inside walls shall be made
smooth by cement plaster or in any other manner approved by the Chief Inspector.
(7) The doors and windows of a canteen building shall be of fly-proof construction and shall
allow adequate ventilation.
(8) The canteen shall be sufficiently lighted at all times when any person have access to it.
(9) (a) In every canteen-
(i) all inside walls of rooms and all ceilings and passages and staircases shall be lime-washed or
colour washed at least once in every year or painted once in three years dating from the period
when last lime-washed or painted as the case may be
(ii) all wood work shall be varnished or painted once in three years dating from the period when
last varnished or painted
(iii) all internal structural iron or steel work be varnished or painted once in three years dating
from the period when last varnished or painted, Provided that, inside-walls-of the kitchen shall
be lime washed once in every four months.
(10) The precincts of the canteen shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition. Waste
water shall be carried away in suitable covered drains and shall not be allowed to accumulate so
as to cause a nuisance. Suitable arrangements shall be made for the collection and disposal of
garbage.
66. Dining Hall
(1) The dining hall shall accommodate at a time at least 30 per cent of the workers working at a
time;
Provided that, in any particular factory or in any particular class of factories, the Inspector of
Factories may by an order in writing in this behalf alter the percentage of workers to be
accommodated.
(2) The floor area of the dining hall, excluding the area occupied by the service counter and any
furniture except tables and chairs, shall be not less than 10 square feet per diner to be
accommodated as prescribed in sub-
rule (1).
(3) A portion of the dining hall and service counter shall be partitioned of and reserved for
women workers in proportion to their number. Washing places for women shall be separated and
screened to secure privacy.
(4) Sufficient tables, chairs, or benches shall be available for the number of diners to be
accommodated as prescribed in sub-rule(l), Provided that where the Chief Inspector is satisfied
that satisfactory alternate arrangements are made, he may exempt any particular factory or class
of factories from the provisions of this sub rule.
(5) Soaps and towels should be provided at the washing places in the canteen for the use of the
workers.
67. Equipment
(1) There shall be provided and maintained sufficient utensils, crockery, cutlery, furniture and
any other equipment necessary for the efficient running of the canteen. Suitable clean clothes for
the employees serving in the canteen shall be provided and maintained.
(2) The furniture, utensils and other equipment shall be maintained in a clean and hygienic
condition. A service counter, if provided, shall have a of smooth and impervious material.
Suitable facilities including an adequate supply of hot water shall be provided for the cleaning of
utensils and equipment.
(3) Food and food materials should be stored in fly-proof safes and handled with the help of
wooden ladles or suitable metal forceps whichever is convenient. Vessels once used should be
scaled before being used again.
68. Prices to he charged
(1) Food, drinks and other items served in the canteen shall be served on a non-profit basis and
the prices charged shall be subject to the approval of the Canteen Managing Committee.
Provided that, where the canteen is managed by a Worker's Co-operative Society in accordance
with the provisions of sub-rule(6) of Rule 70, such society may be allowed to include in the
working charges to be incurred for the food, the food stuff served, a profit up to five per cent on
its working capital employed in running the canteen.
(2) In computing the prices referred to in sub-rule (1) the following items of expenditure shall
not be taken into consideration, but will be borne by the occupier -
(a) the rent for the land and building
(b) the depreciation and maintenance charges of the building and equipment provided for the
canteen ;
(c) the cost of purchase, repairs and replacement of equipment including furniture, crockery,
cutlery, and utensils ;
(d) the water charges and expenses for providing lighting and ventilation
(e) the interest for the amount spent on the provision and maintenance of the building, furniture
and equipment provided for the canteen;
(f) the cost of fuel required for cooking or for heating stuffs or water; and
(g) the wages to the employees servicing of the canteen and the cost of uniforms, if any provided
to them.
(3) The charges per quantity of foods stuffs, beverages and any other item served in the canteen
shall be conspicuously displayed in the language understood by the majority of workers.
69. Accounts
(1) All books of accounts, registers and any other documents used in connection with the running
of the canteen shall be produced on demand to an inspector of Factories.
(2) The accounts pertaining to the canteen shall be audited, once in every twelve months, by
registered accountants and auditors. The balance sheet prepared by the said auditors shall be
submitted to the canteen managing committee not later than two months after the closing of the
audited accounts :
Provided that the accounts pertaining to the canteen in a Government Factory having its own
accounts Department may be audited by such Department.
70. Managing Committee
The manager shall appoint a Canteen Managing Committee which shall be consulted from time
to time; as to -
(a) the quality and quantity of food stuffs to be served in the canteen
(b) the arrangement of the menus
(c) times of meals in the canteen ; and
(d) any other matter as may be directed by the committee.
(2) The Canteen Managing Committee shall consist of an equal number of persons nominated by
the occupier and elected by the workers. The number of elected workers shall be in the
proportions of one for every 1,000 workers employed in the factory, provided that in no case
shall there be more than five or less than two workers on the committee and in case where the
workers refuse to elect their representatives, the occupier shall himself nominate the workers
representatives.
(3) The occupier shall appoint from among the persons nominated by him, a Chairman to the
Canteen Managing Committee.
(4)The manager shall determine and supervise the procedure for elections to the Canteen
Managing Committee.
(5) A Canteen Managing Committee shall be dissolved by the manager two years after the
election, no account being taken of a by-election or its constitution, as the case may be.
(6) Where the workers of a factory in which a canteen has been provided by the occupier in
accordance with Rules 65 to 67 for the use of the workers, desire to run the canteen by
themselves, on a co-operative basis with share capital contributed by themselves, the
management may permit them to run the canteen in accordance with the bye-laws of the co-
operative canteen, the Madras Co-operative Societies Act, 1932, or the Hyderabad Co-operative
Societies Act 1952 and the rules framed thereunder, subject to such conditions as the Chief
Inspectors may, in consultation with the Registrar of Co-operative Societies, Andhra Pradesh,
impose.
(7) The provisions of sub-rule (1) of Rule 68, sub-rule (2) of Rule 69 and sub-rules (1) to (5) of
Rule 70 shall not apply to canteens which are run on co-operative basis by the workers
themselves and which are recognized
by the Chief Inspector.
71. Annual medical examination of canteen staff
Annual medical examination of fitness of each member of the Canteen staff who handles food
stuffs shall be carried out by the factory medical officer or the certifying surgeon which should
include the following:-
(i) routine blood examination;
(ii) routine and bacteriological testing of faeces and urine for germs, dysentery and typhoid
fever;
(iii) any other examination including chest X-Ray that may be considered necessary by the
factory medical officer or the Certifying Surgeon.
Any person who, in the opinion of the Factory Medical Officer or Certifying Surgeon, is
unsuitable for employment on account of possible risk to the Health of other shall not be
employed as canteen staff.
71 -A. Relaxation of Rules 65 to 70 in certain cases
The provisions of Rules 65 to 70 may be relaxed by the Chief Inspector, subject to such
conditions as he may deem fit in the case of factories belonging to the same business group as
amalgamation where centralized cooking in an approved industrial canteen is arranged for.
Adequate arrangements to the satisfaction of the Chief Inspector shall, however, be made in such
cases for the conveyance and proper distribution of the food so cooked to the workers concerned
as if separate canteens had actually been provided at site, in the factories covered by this
relaxation.
72. Shelters, rest rooms and lunch rooms

(I) Omitted
(2) The occupier of factory who is required to provide shelters, rest rooms and lunch rooms shall
submit, for the approval of the Chief Inspector, detailed plans in triplicate of the building to be
constructed or adapted. Such buildings shall be in accordance with the plans approved by the
Chief Inspector and shall satisfy such condition or conditions as may be imposed by the Chief
inspector to ensure conformity with this rule or the Act.
(a) The building shall be soundly constructed and all the walls and roof shall be of suitable heat-
resisting materials and shall be water-proof. The floor and walls to a height of 90 cms shall be so
laid or finished as to provide a smooth, hard and impervious surface.
(b) The height of every room in the building shall be not less than 3.65 metres from floor level to
the lowest part of the roof and there shall be at least 12 square feet of floor area for every person
employed,
Provided that
(i) workers who habitually go home for their meals during the rest periods may be excluded in
calculating the number of workers to be accommodated and
(ii) in the case of factories in existence at the date of commencement of the Act, where it is
impracticable, owing to lack of space to provide 1/2 sq. metre of floor area for each person, such
reduced floor area per person shall be provided as may be approved in writing by the Chief
Inspector.
(c) Effective and suitable provision shall be made in every room for securing and maintaining
adequate ventilation by the circulation of fresh air and there shall also be provided and
maintained sufficient and suitable natural or artificial lighting.
(d) Every room shall be adequately furnished with chairs or benches with back-rests.
(e) Sweepers shall be employed whose primary duty it is to keep the rooms, building and
precincts thereof in a clean and tidy condition
(ee) Suitable provision shall be made in every room for supply of drinking water and facilities
for washing
(f) The chief Inspector may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, relax the provisions of this
rule subject to such conditions as he may deem fit to impose.
(3) The lunch rooms shall:-
(a) comply with the requirements laid down in clauses (a) to (f) of sub-rule (2) ; and
(b) be provided with adequate number of tables with impervious s for the use of workers for
taking food.
73. Crèches
(1) The occupier of a factory who is required to provide a crèche under Section 48 shall submit
for the approval of the Chief Inspector, detailed plans in triplicate of the crèche building to be
constructed and such a building shall 'be in accordance with the plans approved by the Chief
Inspector and satisfy such condition or conditions as may be imposed by the Chief Inspector.
(2) The crèche shall be conveniently accessible to the mothers of the children accommodated
therein and so far as is reasonably practicable it shall not be situated in close proximity to any
part of the factory where obnoxious
fumes, dust or odours are given off or in which excessively noisy processes are carried on.
(3) The building in which the crèche is situated shall be soundly constructed and all the walls and
roof shall be of suitable heat-resisting materials and shall be water-proof. The floor and internal
walls of the crèche to a height of 1.20 metres around shall be so laid or finished as to provide a
smooth impervious surface.
(4) The height of the rooms in the building shall be not less than 3.65 metres from the floor to the
lowest part of the roof and there shall be not less than 1.86 metres of floor area for each child to
be accommodated.
5) Effective and suitable provision shall be made in every part of the crèche for securing and
maintaining adequate ventilation by the circulation of fresh air.
(6) The crèche shall be adequately furnished and equipped and in particular there shall be one
suitable cot or cradle with the necessary bedding for each child (provided that for children over
two years of age it will be
sufficient if suitable bedding is made available) at least one chair or equivalent seating
accommodation for the use of each mother while she is feeding or attending to her child and a
sufficient supply of suitable toys for the older
children.
(7) The crèche shall be ordinarily provided with one cradle for every 30 women workers
employed in the factory subject to a minimum number of six cradles.
(8) A suitably fenced and shady open air playground shall be provided for the old children:
Provided that the Chief Inspector may by order in writing exempt any factory from compliance
with this sub-rule if he is satisfied that there is not sufficient space available for the provision of
such playground.
74. Wash room
There shall be in or adjoining the crèche a suitable wash room for the washing and their clothing.
The wash room shall conform to the following standards:-
(a) The floor and internal walls of the room to a height of 3 feet shall be so laid or finished as to
provide a smooth impervious surface. The room shall be adequately lighted and ventilated and
the floor shall be effectively drained and maintained in a clean and tidy condition.
(b) There shall be at least one basin or similar vessel for every four children accommodated in
the crèche at any one time together with supply of water provided, if practicable, through taps
from a source approved by the Health Officer. Such source shall be capable of yielding for each
child a supply of at least five gallons of water a day.
(c) An adequate supply of clean clothes, soap and clean towels shall be made available for each
child while it is in the crèche.
(d) Adjoining the washing room referred to above, a septic type latrine shall be provided for the
sole use of the children in the crèche. The design of this latrine and the scale of accommodation
to be provided shall be determined by the Health Officer. The crèche latrine shall always be kept
clean and in a sanitary condition by a sweeper specially employed for the purpose.
75. Supply of milk and refreshment
At least half a pint of clean pure milk shall be available for each child on every day it is
accommodated in the crèche and the mother of such a child shall be allowed in the course of her
daily work-intervals of at least 15 minutes to feed the child. For children above two years of age
there shall be provided in addition an adequate supply of wholesome refreshment.
76. Clothes for crèche staff
The crèche staff be provided with suitable clean clothes for use while on duty in the crèche.
76-A. Exemption from the provisions of crèche

(1) In factories where the number of married women workers or widows employed does not
exceed 15 or where the factory works for less than 180 days in a calendar year, the Chief
Inspector may exempt such factories from the provisions of Section 48 and Rules 73 to 76 if he
is satisfied that alternate arrangements as stipulated under sub-rule (2) are provided by the
Factory.
(2) (a) The alternate arrangements required in sub-rule (1) shall include a crèche building which
has a minimum accommodation at the rate of 2 sq.m. per child and constructed in accordance
with the plan approved by the Chief
Inspector.
(b) The crèche building shall have-
(i) a suitable wash room for washing of the children and their
clothing;
(ii) adequate supply of and soap clean clothes and towels; and
(iii) adequate number of female attendants who are provided with suitable clean clothes for use
while on duty to look after the children in the crèche.
(3) The exemption granted under sub-rule (1) may at any time be withdrawn by the Chief
Inspector if he finds, after such enquiry as he may deem fit, that the factory has committed a
breach of this rule.
76-B. Welfare Officers
(1) Number of Welfare Officers:- The occupier of every factory where 500 or more workers, are
employed, shall appoint at least one Welfare Officer:
Provided that where a group of factories in close proximity belong to the same management, the
Chief Inspector may exempt the said factories from this rule in so far as it requires the
appointment of a separate Welfare
Officer in respect of each such factory subject to such conditions as he may impose:
Provided further that where the number of workers exceeds, 2,000 one additional Welfare
Officer shall be appointed for every additional 2,000 workers or fraction thereof over 500; and
where there are more than one Welfare Officer, one of them shall be called the Chief Welfare
Officer and the others Assistant Welfare Officers.
(2) Qualifications..- A person shall not be eligible for appointment as Welfare Officer unless he
possesses-
(a) a Degree in Arts/Science/Commerce or in Law of any University;
(b) a Degree or Diploma in Industrial Relations and Personnel Management covering Labour
Welfare, as special subject, of not less than two years duration, conducted or recognised by a
University of the State of Andhra Pradesh, Provided that the one year Post Graduate Diploma
Course in Industrial Relations and Personnel Management awarded by the Osmania University,
Hyderabad upto the academic year 1991-92 shall be treated as recognised and equivalent
qualification to the Diploma in Industrial Relations and Personnel Management covering Labour
Welfare, and
(c) adequate knowledge of Telugu Language,
Provided that the State Government may grant exemption in suitable cases from the condition of
possessing the qualification of a Degree or a Diploma in Social Science from a recognised
Institution.
(3) Recruitment of Welfare Officers
(i) The post of Welfare Officer shall be advertised in two newspapers having a wide circulation
in the State, one of which should be an English newspaper.
(ii) Selection for appointment of the post of Welfare Officer shall be made from among the
candidates applying for the post by a committee appointed by the occupier of the factory.
(iii) The appointment when made shall be notified by the occupier to the Chief Inspector giving
the details of the qualifications, age, pay, previous experience and other relevant particulars of
the
Officer appointed and the terms and conditions of his service.
(iv) The required number of Welfare Officers shall be appointed within 120 days from the date
on which such appointments are due to be made under sub-rule (1) of Rule 76-B or from the date
of resignation/ dismissal /termination of services of any Welfare Officer.
(4) Conditions of service of Welfare Officers
(i) Welfare Officers shall be given appropriate status corresponding to the status of a member of
the Executive Staff of the Factory and shall be fixed in a scale of pay which shall not be less
than,-
(a) Rs. 4400-8700-Revised Scale of 1993 (Plus such allowances as applicable to similar pay
scale) obtaining in the concerned factory/ establishment in the case of Chief Welfare Officer; and
(b) Rs.3110-6380-Revised scale of 1993 (Plus such allowances as applicable to similar pay
scale) obtaining in the concerned factory/ establishment in the case of Welfare Officer.
(ii) The conditions of service of Welfare Officer shall be the same as those of the other members
of the executive staff of corresponding status in the factory.
(iii) The services of a Welfare Officer shall not be dispensed with, nor he shall be reverted,
without the written concurrence of the Director of Factories, Hyderabad who shall record reasons
therefor.
(iv) No punishment such as withholding of increments, including spage at any efficiency bar,
reduction to a lower stage in the time scale, suspension dismissal or termination of service,
except censure shall be imposed by the management on a Welfare Officer, except with the
previous concurrence of the Director of Factories.
(v) A Welfare Officer, who has been dismissed from service or whose services have been
terminated in any other manner than as provided in clause (iv) above may within 30 days from
the date of receipt of the order by him, appeal to the State Government against the order of
punishment made by the management with the concurrence of the Director of Factories and the
decision of the State Government thereon shall be final :
Provided that when the management terminates the service or probation of a Welfare Officer the
reasons for such a termination of service or probation shall be reported to the State Government
or such authority, as may be, empowered by them in this behalf.
(5) Duties of Welfare Officers:- The duties of a Welfare Officer sing be-
(i) to establish contacts and hold consultations with a view to maintaining harmonious relations
between the factory management and workers
(ii) to bring to the notice of factory management, the grievances of workers, individual as well as
collective, with a view to securing their expeditious redress and to act as a Liaison Officer
between
the management and labour
(iii) to study and understand the point of view of labour in order to help the factory management
to shape and formulate labour policies and to interpret these policies to the workers in language
they can understand
(iv) to advise on the fulfilment by the concerned departments of the factory management of
obligations statutory or otherwise concerning the application of the provisions of the Factories
Act, 1948 and the rules made thereunder and to establish liaison with the Inspector of Factories,
and the medical services concerning medical examination of employees, health records,
supervision of hazardous jobs, sick visiting and convalescence, accident prevention and
supervision of safety committees, systematic plant inspection, safety education, investigation of
accidents, maternity benefits and workmen's compensation;
(v) to advise on fulfilment by the management and the concerned departments of the factory of
their obligations, statutory or otherwise, concerning regulation of working hours, maternity
benefit, compensation for injuries and sickness and other welfare and social benefit measures ;
(vi) to advise and assist the management in the fulfilment of its obligations, statutory or
otherwise concerning prevention of personal injuries and maintaining a safe work environment,
in such factories where a Safety Officer is not required to be appointed under the enabling
provisions under Section 40-B
(vii) to encourage the fonnation of works and joint production committees, co-operative
societies, and welfare committees and to supervise their work
(viii) to encourage provision of amenities such as canteens, shelters for rest, creches, adequate
latrine facilities, ~rig water, sickness and benevolent scheme payments, pension and
superannuation funds, gratuity, payments, granting of loans and legal advice to workers
(ix) to help the factory management in regulating the grant of leave with wages and explain to
workers the provisions relating to leave with wages and other leave privileges and to guide the
workers in the matter of submission of applications for regulating authorised absence;
(x) to advise on provision of welfare facilities such as housing facilities food-stuffs, social and
recreational facilities and sanitation and on individual personal problems and on the education of
children;
(xi) to advise the factory management on questions relating to training of new starters,
apprentices, workers on transfer and promotion, instructors and supervisors; supervision and
control of
notice board and information bulletins; to further the education of workers and encourage their
attendance at technical institutes;
(xii) to suggest measures which will serve to raise the standard of living of workers and in
general, promote their well being;
(xiii) Welfare Officers not to deal with disciplinary cases or appear on behalf of the management
against workers.,- No Welfare Officer shall deal with any disciplinary case against a worker or
appear before a conciliation office, or in a Court or Tribunal on behalf of the Factory
management against any worker or workers.
(6) Powers of exemption:- The State Government may by notification in the Official Gazette
exempt any factory or class or description of factories from the operation of all or any of the
provisions of this Rule subject to
compliance with such alternative arrangements, as may be approved by the State Government.

CHAPTER VI
WORKING HOURS OF ADULTS
77. Compensatory holidays,
(1) Except in the case of workers engaged in any work which for technical reasons must be
carried on continuously throughout the day, the compensatory holidays to be allowed under sub-
section (1) of Section 52 of the Act, shall be so spaced that not more than two holidays are given
in one week.
(2) The manager of the factory shall display, on or before the end of the month in which holidays
are lost, a notice in respect of workers allowed compensatory holidays during the following
month and of the dates thereof, at the place at which the Notice of Periods of Work prescribed
under Section 61 is displayed. Any subsequent change in the notice in respect of any
compensatory holiday shall be made not less than three days in advance of the date of holiday.
(3) Any compensatory holiday or holidays to which a worker is entitled shall be given to him
before he is discharged or dismissed and shall not be reckoned as part of any period of notice
required to be given before discharge or dismissal.
(4) The manager shall, in any prescribed muster roll or record of attendance, indicates the days
on which the worker was required to work and the days on which he was allowed compensatory
holidays.
77-A. Adult workers engaged in certain factories exempted from section 58.
Adult workers working in factories specified in the Schedule annexed hereto hall be exempted
from the provisions of Section 5
SCHEDULE
(1) All workers in Newspaper Presses.
(2) All workers in Iron and Steel, Aluminium, Copper and Brass Rolling Mills.
(3) All workers in Hotels and Restaurants.
(4) All workers in Tea Factories.
(5) Workers in public utility transport workshops (where this exemption is considered necessary
by the Chief Inspector).
(6) Any other classes of workers in the auxiliary sections of large factories where steam or
electricity is generated or transformed for use in the factory, who may be declared to be so
exempted in writing by the Chief Inspector on application by the Manager, in consideration of
the essential or continuous nature of the duties involved.
(7) Any special class of workers in any other factory where overlapping shifts are considered
necessary by the Chief Inspector.
(8) All workers in all factories to the extent of thirty minutes where the overlapping of shifts is
intended to facilitate the smooth change-over of shifts without interruption of work provided that
both the groups of workers do not carry out the same work at the same time and subject to
provisions of Section 54.
MUSTER ROLL PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (5) OF SECTION 59
78. Omitted
78-A. Cash Equivalent Of Concessional Sale
The cash equivalent of the advantage accruing through the concessional sale to a worker of food
grains and other articles shall be computed at the end of every wage period fixed under
provisions of the Payment of Wages Act, 1936 (Central Act NO.IV of 1936). For the purpose of
computing the cash equivalent of the advantage accruing through the concessional sale to a
worker of food grains and other articles, the difference between the value of food grains and
other articles at the average market rates prevailing during the wage period in which there was
overtime work, and the value of food grains and other articles supplied at concessional rates shall
be calculated and allowed for the overtime hours worked ;
Provided that, in the case of factories which are already following a different procedure for
calculating the cash equivalent of the advantage accruing through the concessional sale of food
grains and other articles at the time of commencement of this rule the Chief Inspector may by
order in writing permit them to adopt such different procedure if it is not less favourable than the
one prescribed in this Rule.
RULES UNDER SECTION 60
78-B. Exemption for Double Employment
An adult worker may be employed in more than one factory on the same day if,-
(a) he is employed or engaged on a part-time basis to do any work; or
(b) he is employed or engaged to carry out any particular work of an occasional nature otherwise
than as a full-time employee ; or
(c) the occupier or owner is unaware that the worker is employed on a full-time basis in any
other factory.
78-C. Overtime slips.
Period of overtime work shall be entered in overtime slips in duplicate, a copy of which duly
signed by the manager or by a person duly authorised by him shall be given to the worker
immediately after completion of the overtime work.
NOTICE PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTION 61 (8) AND

SECTION 72 (1)
79. Notice of periods of work
The notice of periods of work for adults required by Sec.61 (1) and the notices of periods of
work for the children required by Sec. 72 (1) shall be in Form No. 11 and shall be exhibited in a
prominent place at or near the entrance to the factory both in English and Telugu.
Provided that in case of factories working only in a single shift, the said notice may be in such
other form as is sufficient to clearly set out the particulars required by the said sections.
REGISTER PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (2) OF SECTION 62
80. Register of Adult workers
Every factory shall maintain a muster roll in such form and in such manner as is convenient for
the factory so that the name of the adult worker, the nature of his work, the group (if any) in
which he is included and the relay to which he is assigned where his group works in shifts shall
be contained in the muster roll together with any other particulars that the manager may include
and such record shall be preserved for a period of three years after last entry.
RULES 81 to 84-A PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTION 64
81. Persons defined to hold positions of supervision or management and confidential

positions
The following persons, by whatever designation called, are defined for the purposes of Section
64(1) exempting them from the provisions of Chapter VI of the Act, namely:-
(a) Managers and persons of managerial cadre, secretaries, administrative officers, accountants,
personnel officers
(b) Engineers, Technologists, Chemists, Metallurgists;
(c) Technical and Scientific personnel engaged in design, research or development;
(d) Stenographers, personnel clerks, private secretaries, cashiers or persons discharging similar
functions;
(e) Any other person declared by the Chief Inspector, upon an application by the occupier or
manager, to be holding a position of supervision or management or confidential positions,
provided that the person shall be deemed to have been so declared if the Chief Inspector has not
communicated a refusal to the applicant within thirty days of the application being sent.
82. Omitted
83. Omitted
84. Exemption of certain adult workers
(a) All adult workers engaged in the factories specified in Column (I) of the Schedule hereunder
on the work specified in Column (3) shall be exempted from the provisions of Sections specified
in Column (4) subject to the special conditions, if any, specified in Column (5) thereof.
(b) Except in the case of urgent repairs, the exemptions shall be subject to the following general
conditions, namely:-
(i) the total number of hours of work in any day, shall not exceed ten
(ii) the spread over, inclusive of intervals for rest, shall not exceed twelve hours in any one day
(iii) the total number of hours of work in a week including over-time, shall not exceed sixty ;
(iv) the total number of hours of over-time shall not exceed fifty in any one quarter of a calendar
year ;
(v) the total number of hours of work without an interval does not exceed six ;
(vi) In case of exemption from Sec. 55, sufficient time, though not a fixed period to the
satisfaction of the Inspector shall be allowed to enable the workers to have their meals
(vii) Exemption from Sec. 61 wherever specified, shall apply in so far as it relates to the
specification of the periods of rest-interval in Form 11 of the Andhra Pradesh Factories Rules,
1950.
84-A- Savings
Nothing in these rules shall render any person liable to any punishment or penalty whatsoever,
by reason of anything done or omitted to be done by him contrary to the provisions of these rules
between the 15th March, 1984 and the date of publication of the rules in the Andhra Pradesh
Gazette.
CHAPTER - VII
EMPLOYMENT OF YOUNG PERSONS
NOTICE PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (3) OF SECTION 72
85. Notice of periods of work for children
Omitted .
REGISTER PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (2) OF SECTION 73
86. Register of child workers
The register of child workers shall be in Form No. 14.
CHAPTER - VIII
LEAVE WITH WAGES
RULES 87-94 PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTIONS 84 AND 112
87. Record of leave with wages
The manager of every factory shall maintain such muster roll or other record showing the
particular of the leave with wages allowed to the worker and such record shall be preserved for a
period of three years after last entry.
88. Account of leave with wages
The manager shall on a request from any worker, forthwith provide him with an abstract of his
account of leave earned, leave allowed and the balance of leave standing to his credit for the
period not exceeding one year period to the date of such request.
89. Medical Certificate
If any worker is absent from work due to his illness and he wants to avail himself of the leave
with wages due to him to cover the period of illness as far as possible under the provisions of
sub-section (7) of See. 76 of the Act, he shall, if so required by his manager by a notice in
writing, submit a medical certificate signed by a registered Medical practitioner, or by a
registered or recognised Vaid or Hakim stating the cause of the absence and the period for which
the worker is in the opinion of such medical practitioner, Vaid or Hakim, unable to attend to his
work or other reliable evidence to prove that, he was actually sick during the period for which
the leave is to be availed of.
90. Notice to Inspector of involuntary unemployment
Omitted
91. Notice by worker
Before or at the end of the calendar year, a worker may give notice to the Manager of his
intention not to avail himself of the leave with wages falling due during the following calendar
year. The manager shall make an entry to that effect in the Leave with Wages Register and in the
leave book of the worker concerned.
92. Grant of leave with wages
(1) Whenever leave with wages is given to any worker, necessary entries shall be made in the
leave with wages register and the Leave Book of the worker concerned.
(2) As far as circumstances permit, members of the same family shall be allowed leave at the
same time.
(3) A worker may exchange the period of his leave with another worker subject to the approval
of the Manager.
92-A. Mode of computation of cash value of wages
(1) The cash equivalent of the advantage accruing through the concessional sale of food grains
and other articles payable to workers proceeding on leave shall be the difference between the
value of the average market rate prevailing, during the month immediately preceding his leave
and the value at the concessional rates allowed of food grains and other article, he is entitled to.
(2) For purpose of the cash equivalent, monthly average market rate of food grains and other
articles shall be computed at the end of every month.
Note:- This rule shall not apply to any Federal Railway Factory whose alternative method of
computation has been approved by the State Government.
93. Payment of wages if the worker dies
If a worker dies before he resumes work, the balance of his pay, due for the period of leave, shall
he paid to his nominee within one week of the receipt of intimation of death of the worker.
94. Factories exempted under Section 84
(1) Where an exemption is granted to any factory under Section 84, the manager, shall display at
the main entrance of the factory a notice, giving full details of the system established in the
factory for leave with wages and shall send a copy of it to the Inspector.
(2) No alteration, shall be made in the scheme approved by the State Government at the time of
granting exemption under Section 84 without their previous sanction.
94-A. Exemption of certain factories
The Chief Inspector may grant exemption from all or any of the provisions of Rules 87 to 93 in
respect of all or any of the workers in any factory subject to such conditions as he may impose.
CHAPTER IX
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
RULES PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTION 87
95. Dangerous operations
(1) The following operations when carried on in any factory are declared to be dangerous
operations under Section 87.
1 . Manufacture of aerated water and processes incidental thereto.
2. Electrolytic plating or oxidation of metal articles by use of an electrolyte containing chromic

acid or other chromium compounds.
3. Manufacture and repair of electric accumulators.

4. Glass manufacture.
5. Grinding or glazing of metals.
6. Manufacture and treatment of lead and certain compounds of lead.
7. Generation of gas from the dangerous petroleum.
8. Cleaning or smoothing of articles by a jet of stand, metal shot or grit or other abrasive
propelled by a blast of compressed air or steam.
9. Liming and tanning of raw hides and skins and process incidental thereto.
10. Cellulose spraying.
11. Graphite powdering and incidental processes.
12. Certain lead process carried on in printing presses and type foundries.
13. Cashew nut manufacturing operations.
14. Manufacture of Pottery.
15. Chemical Works.
16. Compression of Oxygen and Hydrogen produced by the electrolysis of water.
17. Manufacture of articles from refractory materials including manufacture of refractory bricks.
18. Handling and processing of asbestos, manufacture of any article of asbestos and any other
process manufacture or otherwise in which asbestos is used in any form.
19. Cleaning or smoothing, roughening etc., of articles by a jet of sand, metal short or grit or
other propelled by a blast of compressed air or steam.
20. Handling and manipulation of corrosive substances.
21. Manufacture or manipulation of Carcinogenic Dye Intermediates.
22. Process of extracting vegetable oil from oil cakes in solvent extraction plant.
23. Carbon Disulphide Plants.
24. Manufacture and Manipulation of dangerous pesticides.
25. Manufacture, handling and use of Benzene.

26. Manufacture or manipulation of manganese and its compounds.
27. Operations involving High Noise Levels.
28. Manufacture of Rayon Viscose Process.
29. Highly Flammable Liquids and Flammable Compressed Gases.
30. Operations in Foundries.
(1 -A) First employment means employment for the first time in a hazardous process or
operation so notified under Section 87 or re-employment therein after cessation of employment
in such process or operation for a period exceeding three calendar months.
(2) The provisions specified in the schedules annexed hereto shall apply to any class or
description of factories wherein dangerous operations specified in each schedule are carried out.
(3) (Omitted by G.O.Ms.No.978, dated 4-5-1960].
(4) Notwithstanding the provisions specified in the schedules annexed to this rule, the Inspector
may issue of orders in writing to the manager or occupier or both, direct them to carry out such
measures, within such time as may be specified in such order with a view to removing conditions
dangerous to the health of the workers, or to suspend any process, where such process
constitutes, in the opinion of the Inspector, imminent danger of poisoning or toxicity.
(5) Any register or record of medical examinations and texts connected therewith required to be
carried out under any of the schedules annexed thereto in respect of any worker shall be kept
readily available to the Inspector and shall be preserved till the expiry of one year after the
worker ceases to be in employment of the factory
RULE PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTIONS 88 AND 88-A
96. Notification of accidents and dangerous occurrences
(1) When any accident which results in the death of any person or which results in such bodily
injury to any person as likely to cause his death, or any dangerous occurrence specified in the
Schedule takes place in a factory, the manager of the factory shall forthwith send a notice thereof
by telephone, special messenger or telegram to the Inspector, and Deputy Chief Inspector.
(2) Any notice given as required under sub-rule (I) shall be confirmed by the manager of the
factory to the authorities mentioned in these sub-rules within 12 hours of the accident or the
dangerous occurrence by sending them a written report by way of a copy of the accident report
prescribed under Employees State Insurance Regulations or Form No. 18 in the case of an
accident or dangerous occurrence causing death or bodily injury to any person and in Form No.
18-A in the case of a dangerous occurrence which has not resulted in injuries to any person.
(3) When any accident or dangerous occurrence specified in the Schedule takes place in a factory
and it causes such bodily injury to any person as prevents the person injured from working for a
period of 48 hours or more immediately following the accident or the dangerous occurrence, as
the case may be, the manager of the factory shall send a report thereof to the Inspector by way of
a copy of the accident report prescribed under Employees State Insurance Regulations or Form
No. 18 within 24 hours after the expiry of 48 hours from the time of the accident or the
dangerous occurrence,
Provided that if in the case of an accident or dangerous occurrence, death occurs of any person
injured by such accident or dangerous occurrence after the notices and reports referred to in the
foregoing sub-rules have been sent, the Manager of the factory shall forthwith send a notice
thereof by telephone, special messenger or telegram to the authorities and person mentioned in
sub-rule (I) and also have this information confirmed in writing within 12 hours of the death,
Provided further that, if the period of disability from working for a period of 48 hours or more
referred to in sub-rule (4) does not occur immediately following the accident, or the dangerous
occurrence, but later, or occurs in more than one spell the report referred to shall be sent to the
Inspector by way of a copy of the accident report prescribed under Employees State Insurance
Regulations or Form No. 181 within 24 hours immediately following the hour when the actual
total period of disability from working resulting from the accident or the dangerous occurrence
becomes 48 hours.
97. Notice of poisoning or disease
A notice in Form No. 19 should be sent forthwith both to the Chief Inspector and to the
certifying Surgeon, by the manager of factory in which there occurs a case of lead, phosphorus,
mercury, manganese, arsenic, carbon disulphide or benzene poisoning; or poisoning by nitrous
fumes, or by halogens derivatives of the hydrocarbons
of the aliphatic series or of chrome ulceration, anthrax, silicosis, toxic anaemic, toxic jaundice,
primary opitheliomatous cancer of the skin, or pathological manifestations due to radium or other
radio-actives substance or X-rays.
CHAPTER X
SUPPLEMENTAL
98. Procedure in appeals

(1) An appeal presented under Section 107 shall lie to the Chief Inspector or in cases where the
order appealed against is an order passed by that officer, to the State Government or to such
authority as the State Government may appoint in this behalf and shall be in the form of a
memorandum setting forth concisely the grounds of objection to the order and bearing court-fee
stamp in accordance with Article 3 of Schedule 11 to the Andhra Court Fees and Suits Valuation
Act, 1956 (Andhra Act VII of 1956) and shall be accompanied by a copy of the order appealed
against certified correct and attested by the Inspector concerned and duly stamped under the
same Act.
Note..- Under Articles 3 and 9 of Schedule 11 to the Andhra Court Fees and Suits Valuation Act,
1956 (Andhra Act VII of 1956), the scale of Court- Fees stamps to be affixed to an appeal is Rs.5
and in respect of certified copy of the order, Re. 1 for every 360 words or fraction of 360 words.
(2) Appointment of assessors On receipt of the memorandum of appeal, the appellate authority,
shall if it thinks fir or if the appellant has requested that the appeal should be heard with the aid
of assessors, call upon the body declared under sub-rule (3) to be representative of an industry
concerned, to appoint an assessor within a period of 14 days. If an assessor is nominated by such
body, the appellate authority shall appoint a second assessor itself. It shall then fix a date for the
hearing of the appeal and shall give due notice of such date to the appellant and to the Inspector
whose order is appealed against and shall call upon the two assessors to appear upon such date to
assist in the hearing of the appeal.
(3) The appellant shall state in the memorandum presented under sub-rule (1) whether he is a
member of one or more of the following bodies. The body empowered to appoint the assessor
shall:-
(a) if the appellant is a member of one such bodies, be that body;
(b) if he is a member of such bodies, be the body which the appellant desires should appoint such
assessor; and
(c) if the appellant is not a member of any of the aforesaid bodies or if he does not state in the
memorandum which of such bodies he desires should appoint the assessor, be the body which the
appellate authority considers as the best fitted to represent the industry concerned.
(1) The Southern India Chamber of Commerce
(2) The Kakinada Chamber of Commerce
(3) The Andhra Chamber of Commerce
(4) The Adoni Factory Owners Association
(5) The South India Mill Owners Association
(6) The South Indian Tanners and Dealers Association

(7) Employers Federation of Southern India, Madras
(8) The Hindustan Chamber of Commerce, Madras
(9) The South Indian Sugar Mills Association
(10) Institution of Plant Engineers
(11) Federation of Andhra Pradesh Chambers of Commerce and Industry
(12) All India Manufacturers Organisation.
(4) Remuneration of assessors:- An assessor appointed in accordance with provisions of sub-

rules (2) and (3) shall receive for the hearing of the appeal, a fee to be fixed by the appellate
authority, subject to a maximum of fifty rupees per diem. He shall also receive the actual
travelling expenses. The fees and travelling expenses shall be paid to the assessor by
Government; but where assessors have been appointed at the request of the appellant and the
appeal has been decided wholly or partly against him, the appellate authority may direct that the
fees and travelling expenses of the assessor shall be paid, whole or in part by the appellant.
99. Omitted
100. Returns
The manager of every factory shall furnish to the Inspector having jurisdiction over the area
where the factory is located, the annual return in the prescribed Form AR on or before the 31st
January of the year subsequent to that to which the return relates,
Provided that such return shall be deemed to have furnished to the Inspector if sent by registered
post or otherwise acknowledged by the Inspector in writing.
100-A.
Omitted
101. Service of notices

The dispatch by post under registered cover of any notice or order shall be deemed sufficient
service on the occupier, owner or manager of a factory of such notice or order.
RULES 102 TO 105 PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTION 112
102. Information required by the Inspector
The occupier, owner or manager of factory shall furnish any information that an Inspector may
require for the purpose of satisfying himself whether any provision of the Act has been complied
with or whether any order of an Inspector has been duly carried out. Any demand by an Inspector
for any such information, if made during the course of an inspection, shall be complied with
forthwith if the information is available in the factory, or, if made in writing, shall be complied
with within seven days of receipt thereof.
102-A
The registers, records and notices maintained and exhibited under the provisions of these rules
shall always be available at or as near as practicable to the site of employment and shall be
produced or caused to be produced for inspection at all reasonable hours by any Inspector having
jurisdiction over the factory.
102-B Permissible levels of certain chemical substances in work environment
Without prejudice to the requirements in any other provisions in the Act or the rules, the
requirements specified in the following Schedule shall apply to all factories.
Schedule
103. Muster roll
(1) The manager of every factory shall maintain a muster roll of all the workers employed in a
factory in the prescribed From No. 25 or an attendance record showing the following
information.
(a) The name of the worker
(b) The ticket number or token of the worker, if any

(c) The group if any, in which he is included and the relay to which he is allotted
(d) The record of his attendance for each working day indicating the days of annual leave,
National and festival holidays allowed, compensatory holidays, leave on Medical grounds and
any other leave with wages that he may be allowed;
(2) The attendance record may be in the form of an attendance sheet or a register or a card for
each worker or any monthly abstract obtained from any electronic or other acquisition of relevant
data.
(3) In any factory where workers below the age of 18 years are employed, a separate attendance
record of such workers shall be maintained showing additionally the age of the person and
indicating whether or not a certificate of fitness has been obtained in respect of that particular
worker.
103-A Omitted
104 Omitted
105 Omitted
106 Omitted
107. Maximum number of persons that may be employed in work rooms
(1) The maximum number of workers who may be employed in each workroom or work-hall
shall be posted prominently by means of a notice painted on the internal wall in each such room
or hall. When determining the maximum number of persons permissible in addition to the
breathing space required to be provided by Section 16(2), floor space of 25 square feet in the
case of existing factories and 36 square feet in factories built after the commencement of the Act,
shall also be provided for each worker working at any one time in the room, but such floor space
shall be exclusive of the space occupied by machinery, fixtures and materials in the room.
(2) The Chief Inspector may for reasons to be recorded in writing, relax the provisions of this
rule to such extent as he may consider necessary, wherein in his opinion, such relaxation can be
made having regarding to the health of the persons employed in any room.
108. Intimation of intended closure of factory
The occupier or manager of every factory shall report to the Inspector, any intended closure of
the factory or any Section or Department thereof immediately it is decided to do so, intimating:-
(i) the reason for the closure;

(ii) the number of workers on the register on the date of the report;
(iii) the number of workers likely to be affected by the closure; and,
(iv) the probable period of the closure.
(v) the information as to the particulars and quantity of stored chemicals and action taken or
proposed to be taken to ensure safety from those chemicals while in storage during such closure
shall also be furnished along with the report of intended closures.
An intimation shall also be sent to the Inspector before the factory or section or Department
thereof, as the case may be, starts working again.
109. Language in the registers and records
The registers and records maintained in a factory under the provisions of the Act and Rules shall
be either in English language or any language understood by the majority of the workers in the
factory.
CHAPTER II
The Inspecting Staff
13. Powers of Inspectors
1) An Inspector shall, for the purpose of the execution of the Act have power to do all or any
of the following things, that is to say-
(a) to photograph any worker, to inspect, examine, measure, copy, photograph,
sketch or test, as the case may be, any building or room, any plant, machinery,
appliance or apparatus, any register or document or any thing provided for the
purpose of securing the health, safety or welfare of the workers employed in a factory ;
(b) in the case of an Inspector who is a duly qualified medical practitioner, to carry out such
medical examinations as may be necessary for the purposes of his duties under the Act
(c) to prosecute conduct or defend before a Court any complaint or other proceeding arising
under the Act or in discharge of his duties as an Inspector.
(2) The qualifications of the Inspectors to be appointed under the Act shall as specified in the
rules issued under the proviso to Article 309 of the Constitution.
(3) When, in any area, an inspection is made by an additional Inspector, he shall prepare the
report and shall within ten days of the Inspection, send to the Inspector under Section 8(1)
for action. In no case shall an additional Inspector communicate copy of his report to the
occupier or the manager of a factory direct.
(4) An Inspector may, if he has reason to believe, as a result of any inspection, examination
or enquiry that an offence under the Act has been or is being committed, search any
premises,plant and machinery and take possession or copies of any register, records or other
documents or portions thereof pertaining to the factory after following the provisions of the
Code of Criminal
Procedure, 1973 (Central Act 2 of 1974) so far as may be applicable, relating to search
and seizure under that Act.

14. Duties of Certifying Surgeon
(1) For purposes of the examination and certification of young persons, who wish to obtain
certificates of fitness, the Certifying Surgeon shall arrange a suitable time and place for the
attendance of such persons, and shall give previous notice in writing of such arrangements
to the managers of factories situated within the local limits assigned to him.
(2) The Certifying Surgeon shall issue his certificates in Form No. 5. The foil and counter-foil
shall he filled in and the left thumb mark of the person in whose name the certificate is
granted shall be taken on them. On being satisfied as to the correctness, of the entries made
therein and of the fitness of the person examined, he shall sign the foil and initial the
counterfoil and shall deliver the foil to the person in whose name the certificate is granted. The
foil so delivered shall be the certificate of fitness granted under Section 69. All counter-foils
shall be kept by the Certifying Surgeon for a period of at least two years after the issue of the
certificate.
(3) The certifying surgeon shall, upon request by the Chief Inspector, carry out such
examination and furnish him with such report as he may indicate, for any factory or class or
description of factories where-
(a) cases of illness have occurred which it is reasonable to believe or due to the nature of
the manufacturing process carried on or other conditions of work prevailing therein, or
(b) by reason of any change in the manufacturing process carried on, or in the substances
used therein, or by reason of the adoption of any new manufacturing process or of any substance
for use in a manufacturing process, there is a likelihood of injury to the health of workers
employed in that manufacturing process, or
(c) young persons are or about to be, employed in any work which is likely to cause injury
to their health.
(4) For the purpose of the examination of persons employed in process covered by the rules
relating to dangerous operations, the Certifying Surgeon shall visit the factories within the local
limits assigned to him at such intervals as are prescribed by the rules relating to such dangerous
operations.
(5) At such visits, the certifying surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue a certificate of
fitness in Form 17-A. The record of examination and re-examinations carried out shall be
kept in the custody of the manager of the factory.
(6) If the certifying surgeon finds as a result of his examination that any person employed in
such process is no longer fit for medical reasons to work in that process, he shall suspend such
persons from working in that process for such time as he may think fit and no person after
suspension shall be employed in that process without the written sanction of the certifying
surgeon in the Health Register.
(7) The manager of a factory shall afford to the certifying surgeon facilities to inspect any
process in which any person is employed or is likely to be employed.
(8) The manager of a factory shall provide for the purpose of any medical examination which
the certifying surgeon wishes to conduct at the factory (for his exclusive use on the occasion of
an examination) room which shall be properly cleaned and adequately ventilated and lighted and
furnished with a screen, a table (with writing materials) and chairs.

14-A Fees for Certifying Surgeon for examination of young persons
(1) The certifying surgeon shall be entitled to the following fees for examination and grant of
certificate of fitness under sub-section(2) of Section 69
(i) Rs. 5 for the first young person and Rs. 3 for every subsequent person examined on a
single day when the person to be examined goes to the certifying surgeon for the purpose of such
examination.
(ii) Rs 3 for the first young person and Rs 1 for every subsequent young person examined
on a single day when the person to be examined goes to the certifying surgeon for the purpose of
such examination.
(fii) If a certifying surgeon has to travel beyond a radius of 8 kilometers from his dispensary
or place of posting to examine any young person or persons he shall be entitled to an additional
fee at the rate of 0.50 paise per kilometer for the total distance travelled by him. A
certifying surgeon who is an employee of the State Government shall charge this additional fee
from the occupier of a factory only if he does not charge any travelling allowance for the
journey from the State Government.
(2) The certifying surgeon shall send his bill of fees direct to the occupier of the factory in
which the young persons are employed or are to be employed.
(3) The fees and additional fees prescribed in this rule shall be paid by the occupier of the
factory concerned.
(4) The fees and the additional fees for the renewal of certificate of fitness shall be the same as
prescribed in these rules for grant of certificate of fitness.
14-B. Fees for Certifying surgeon for carrying on examination under sub-rule
of Rule 14-A
The certifying surgeon shall be paid by the occupier of the factory besides the additional fees
for travelling a daily professional fee at the rate of Rs. 10 per day irrespective of the number of
persons examined but this fee shall be reduced to Rs. 5 if the examination does not take more
than half of a day.
Provided that if the number of factories visited exceeds four on a single day the professional
fee shall be subject to a minimum of Rs. 15 per day per factory.

14-C. Fees for examination of persons employed in

dangerous operations
The fees and additional fees for examination of persons employed in dangerous operations
specified in
Rule 95 shall be the same as prescribed in Rule 14-A and shall be payable by the occupier of
the factory
in which the persons examined are employed.
CHAPTER III
Health
EXEMPTIONS UNDER SUB-SECTION (2) OF SECTION II

15) Exemption from Section11(1)(d).
(1)The provisionsof Clause (d), (dd) and (e) of sub-section (1) of Section 11 shall not apply to
any class of factory subject to the condition that the inside walls, partitions, ceilings or s of
rooms and all walls, sides and s of passages and staircases are kept clean by effective means and
they are painted as often as necessary, and subject to the condition in sub-rule (2) of this rule.
(2) If it appears to the Chief Inspector that any part of a factory which is exempted under sub-
rule (1) of this rule is not kept in a clean state, he may after giving an opportunity to the occupier
to be heard, by written order require the occupier to carry out washing, painting or varnishing
within such reasonable period of not less than two months as may be specified in the order.
16. Omitted
17. Disposal of trade wastes and effluents.
relevant Water and Air Pollution Boards appointed under the Water (Prevention and Control
of Pollution) Act, 1974 (Central Act No. 6 of 1974) and the Air (Prevention and Control of
17-A. Standards of Ventilation.
(1) In every room of a factory, doors and windows shall be provided in the proportion of
0.5 square metres at least for each worker employed in such a room, and the openings shall
be such as to admit of a continued supply of fresh air.
(2) No window provided in a wall shall be of a size less than 1. 5 metres X 0.90 metres.
(3) The lower sill level of a window shall not be more than 90 C.M. from the floor level of the
room.
centre.
the building at the eaves is 6 metres or more and fixed directly above the first set of windows and
doors.
(7) No varandah, portico or any structure shall be constructed nor any material stored so as to
17-B. Ventilation and Temperature.
not exceed 308-C, (860-1) and adequate air movement of at least 30 metres per minute (100
feet per minute) shall be provided; and in relation to dry bulb temperature in the wet bulb
temperature in the workroom at the said height shall not exceed the temperature shown in the
Schedule below or as regards a dry-bulb reading intermediate between the two dry-bulb readings
that specified in relation to the higher of these two dry-bulb readings.

SCHEDULE
Dry-bulb Temperature Wet-bulb Temperature
(0C) (0F) (0C) (0F)
30 (86) 29.0 (84.2)
31 (87.8) 28.9 (84.0)
32 (89.6) 28.8 (83.8)
33 (91.4) 28.7 (83.6)
34 (93.2) 28.6 (83.5)
35 (95) 28.5 (83.4)
36 (96.8) 28.4 (83.2)
37 (98.6) 28.3 (83.0)
38 (100.4) 28.2 (82.7)
39 (102.2) 28.1 (82.6)
40 (104) 28.0 (82.5)
41 (105.8) 27.9 (82.3)
42 (107.6) 27.8 (82.1)
43 (109.4) 27.7 (81.9)
44 (111.2) 27.6 (81.7)
45 (113) 27.5 (81.5)
46 (114.8) 27.4 (81.3)
47 (116.6) 27.3 (81.1)
Provided that if the temperature measured with a thermometer to be inserted in a hollow globe
of 15 cm.(6 in) dia coated mat black outside and kept into the environment for not less that 20
minutes exceeds the dry bulb temperature of air, the temperature so recorded by the globe
thermometer shall be taken in place of the dry-bulb temperature;
Provided further than when the reading of the wet bulb temperature outside in the shade
exceeds 27degrees C, (80.6 degrees F)., the value of the wet bulb temperature allowed in the
schedule for a given dry bulb temperature may correspondingly exceed to the same extent.
Provided further that this requirement shall not apply in respect of factories covered by
Section 15 and in respect of factories where the nature of work carried on involves production of
excessively high temperature referred to in clause (b) of sub-section (1) to which workers are
exposed for short periods of time not exceeding one hour followed by an interval of sufficient
durations in thermal environments not exceeding those otherwise laid down in this rule.
(2) Provision of the thermometers..-
thermometers referred to in the first proviso in sub- rule(l), and further requiring him to place the
register.
(3) Ventilation:-
(i) In every factory the amount of ventilation openings in a work room below the eaves
shall, except
where mechanical means of ventilation as required by Clause 1 (ii) are provided, be of an
aggregate
area of not less than 15% of the floor area and so located as to afford a continued supply
of fresh air.
Provided that the Chief Inspector may relax the requirements regarding the amount of
ventilating openings
if he is satisfied that having regard to the location of the factory, orientation of the work
room, prevailing
winds, roof height and the nature of manufacturing process carried on, sufficient supply of
fresh air into
work room is afforded during most part of the working time:
(iii) Where, in any factory owing to special circumstances such as situation with respect
to floor space,
the requirements of ventilation openings under clause(i) cannot be complied with or
in the opinion
of the Inspector the temperature of air in a work room is sufficiently high and likely
to exceed the
limits prescribed in clause(i), he may serve on the manager of the factory an order
requiring him to
provide additional ventilation either by means of roof ventilators or by mechanical

means.
(iv) The amount of fresh air supplied by mechanical means of ventilation in an hour shall
be equivalent to
at least six times the cubic capacity of the work room and shall he distributed evenly
throughout the
work room without dead air pockets or under draughts caused by high inlet velocities.
(v) In regions where in summer (15th March-15th July) dry bulb temperatures of outside
air in the shade
during most part of day exceed 35 degrees C (95 degreesF) and simultaneous wet bulb
temperatures are 25"C
(67degrees F) or below and in the opinion of the Inspector the manufacturing process
carried on in the work
room of a factory permits thermal environments with relative humidity of 50% or
more, the Inspector
may serve on the manager of the factory an order to have sufficient supply of outside
air for ventilation
cooled by passing it through water sprays either by means of unit type of evaporative
air coolers
(desert coolers) or, where supply of outside air is provided by mechanical means
through ducts in a
plenum system, by means of central air washing plants.
17-C. Columns, Pillars.
(1) Columns, pillars or walls supporting the roof in a factory in which a manufacturing process
is carried on shall be at least 4.25 metres high from the floor level.
(2) Every factory shall be constructed with pucca masonry walls of brick stone or other
material
(3) The roof material used in a factory shall be non-heat radiating and fire retarding Provided
that
secondary
ceiling of non-heat radiating material is provided with a minimum air gap of 10cms.
17-D. Power of chief Inspector to exempt.
Where the Chief Inspector is satisfied in respect of any particular factory or part thereof or
in respect of and description of workroom of process that any requirement of the Rules
17-A, 17-B, or 17-C is in appropriate or is not reasonably practicable, he may by order, in
writing, exempt the factory or part thereof, or description of workroom or process from such
requirement to such extent and subject to such conditions as he may specify.

18. When artificial humidification not allowed.
(a) by the use of steam during any period when the dry bulb temperature of that room
exceeds
(b) at any time when the wet bulb reading of the hygrometer is higher than that specified in
this
following schedule in relation to the dry bulb reading intermediate between any two
bulb
readings indicated consecutively in the schedule when the dry bulb reading does not
exceed
the wet bulb reading to the extent indicated in relation to the lower of these two dry bulb
readings.
SCHEDULE
Readings in degrees centigrade
Dry bulb Wet bulb Dry bulb Wet bulb Dry bulb Wet bulb
15.5 14.5 25.0 24.0 34.5 30.0
16.0 15.0 25.5 24.5 35.0 30.5
16.5 15.5 26.0 25.0 35.5 31.0
17.0 16.0 26.5 25.5 36.0 31.0
17.5 16.0 27.0 26.0 36.5 31.5
18.0 16.5 27.5 26.0 37.0 31.5
18.5 17.0 28.0 26.5 37.5 31.5
19.0 18.0 28.5 27.0 38.0 32.0
19.5 18.5 29.0 27.0 38.5 32.0

20.0 19.0 29.5 28.0 39.0 32.0
20.5 19.5 30.0 28.0 39.5 32.5
21.0 20.0 30.5 28.5 40.0 32.5
21.5 20.5 31.0 28.5 40.5 33.0
22.0 21.0 31.5 29.0 41.0 33.0
22.5 21.0 32.0 29.0 41.5 33.0
23.0 21.5 32.5 29.0 42.0 33.0
23.5 22.0 33.0 29.5 42.5 30.0
24.0 23.0 33.5 29.5 43.0 33.5
24.5 23.5 34.0 30.0 43.5 33.5
Provided however, that clause (b) shall not apply when the difference between the
wet bulb temperature is indicated by the hygrometer in the department concerned and
the wet bulb temperature taken with a hygrometer outside in the shade is less than 20
degrees centigrade.
19. Provision for hygrometer.
In all departments of a factory wherein artificial humidification is adopted

hygrometers shall be provided and maintained in such positions as are approved by
the Inspector. The number of hygrometers shall be regulated according to the
following scale:-
(a) Weaving department:- One hygrometer for departments with less than 500
looms, and one additional hygrometer for every 500 or part of 500 looms in excess
of 500.
(b) Other factories:- One hygrometer for each room of less than '8500' cubic metres' capacity
and one extra hygrometer for each '5670 cubic metres' or part thereof, in excess of this.
20. Exemption from maintenance of hygrometers.
When the Inspector is satisfied that the limits of humidity allowed by the schedule to Rule
18 are never exceeded, he may for any department of a factory grant exemption from the
maintenance of the hygrometer. The Inspector shall record such exemption in writing.
21. Copy of Schedule to Rule 18 to be affixed near every hygrometer
A legible copy of the schedule to Rule 1 8 shall be affixed near each hygrometer.
22. Temperature to be recorded at each hygrometer.
between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m. between 1 1 a.m. and 2 p.m. (but not in the rest interval) and between
4 p.m. and 5.30 p.m. In exceptional circumstances, such additional
readings and between such hours as the Inspector may specify, shall be taken. The
temperatures shall be entered
in a Humidity Register in the prescribed Form No. 6, maintained in the factory. At the end
of each month, the persons
who have taken the readings shall sign the register and certify the correctness of the entries.
The register shall always be available for inspection by the Inspector.
23. Specifications of hygrometers.
(1) Each hygrometer shall comprise two mercurial thermometers of wet bulb and dry bulb
of similar construction and equal in dimensions, scale and divisions of scale. They shall be
mounted on a frame with a suitable reservoir
containing water.
wick attached to it and
dropping into the water in the reservoir. The muslin covering and the wick shall be suitable
for the purpose,
clean and free from size or grease.
(3) No part of the wet bulb shall be within 3 inches from the dry bulb or less than one inch
from the surface of the
water in the reservoir and the water reservoir shall be below it, on the side of it away from
the dry bulb.
(6) Each thermometer shall be graduated so that accurate readings may be taken between 50
and 120 degrees.
(7) Every degree from 50 degrees upto 120 degrees shall be clearly marked by horizontal
lines, on the stem of each
fifth and tenth degrees shall be marked by longer marks than the intermediate degrees and
the temperature
marked opposite each tenth degree, i.e., 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110 and 120.
(8) The markings as above shall be accurate, that is to say, at no temperature between 50 and
120 degrees shall the indicated readings, be in error by more than two-tenths of a
degree.
London, or some competent authority appointed by the Chief Inspector and such
certificate shall be attached to the Humidity Register.
24. Thermometers to be maintained in efficient order.
Each thermometer shall be maintained at all times during the period of employment in
efficient working order,
so as to give accurate indications and in particular-
Chief Inspector
may direct the use of distilled water or pure rain water in any particular mill or mills in
certain localities;.
25. An inaccurate thermometer not to be used without fresh Certificate:-
month from the
date of such notice, be deemed to be accurate unless and until it has been re-examined as
prescribed and a
fresh certificate obtained which certificate shall be kept attached to the Humidity Register.
26. Hygrometer not to be affixed to wall, etc., unless protected by wood:-
(1) No hygrometer shall be affixed to a wall, pillar, or other surface unless protected
therefrom by wood or other
non-conducting material at least half an inch in thickness and distant at least one inch
from the bulb of each
thermometer.
(2) No hygrometer shall be fixed at a height of more than 5 feet 6 inches from the floor to
the of thermometer
stem or in the direct droughts from a fan, window or ventilating opening.
27. No reading to be taken within 15 minutes of renewal of water:-
28. How to introduce steam for humidification.
artificial humidification
of the air the following provisions shall apply-
(a) The diameter of such pipe shall not exceed 50 mm. and in the case of pipes installed
after 1st day of April,
1949 the diameter shall not exceed 25 mm.
(b) Such pipes shall be as short as is reasonably practicable ;
insulator not less
than half an inch in thickness ;
(d) No uncovered jet from pipe shall project more than 11.5 CM. beyond the outer surface
of any cover
(e) The steam pressure shall be as low as practicable and shall not exceed 5 kg. per square
inch ;
effectively covered
with such non-conducting material, as may be approved by the Inspector in order to
minimise the amount
of heat radiated by them into the department.
29. [Omitted].
30. Lighting of interior parts.
employed shall
be not less than 65 Lux measured in the horizontal plain at a level of 90 cm. above the floor.
Provided that
in any such parts in which the mounting height of the light source for general illumination has
to necessarily exceed
7.6 mtrs. measured from the floor or where the structure of the room or the position or
construction of the
fixed machinery or plant prevents the uniform attainment of the standard specified above, the
general illumination at
the said level of 7.6 mtrs. shall be not less than 22 Lux and where work is actually being done
the illumination
shall be not less than 65 Lux.
(2) The illumination over all other interior parts of the factory over which persons employed
pass shall, when and
where a person is passing be not less than 0.50 foot candles at floor level.
additional illumination
required to render the lighting sufficient and suitable for the nature of the work.
31. Prevention of Glare.
(1) Where any source of artificial light in the factory is less than 4.9 mtrs. above floor level,
no part of the light
source of the lighting fitting having a brightness greater than 55 candles per square inch
shall be visible to persons
while normally employed with 30 mtrs. of the source, except where the angle of elevation
from the eye to
the source or part of the fitting as the case may be exceeds 20 degrees.
(2) Any local light that is to say, an artificial light designed to illuminate particularly the area
or part of the area of work
of a single operative or small group of operatives working near each other shall be provided
with a suitable shade
of opaque material to prevent glare or with other effective means by which the light source
is completely screened
from the eyes of every person employed at a normal working place or shall be so placed that
no such person is
exposed to glare therefrom.
32. Power of Chief Inspector to exempt.
respect of any description
of workroom or process that any requirement of Rules 30 and 31 is inappropriate or is not
reasonably practicable,
he may, by order in writing, exempt the factory or part thereof, or description of work room
or process from
such requirement to such extent and subject to such conditions as he may specify.
33. Omitted

34. Quantity of Drinking water.
The quantity of drinking water to be provided for the workers in every factory. shall be at
least 5 liters per
worker employed in the factory and such drinking water shall be readily available at all times
during working hours.
35. Source of supply.
The water provided for drinking shall be supplied from public water supply system or, where
no public water supply
is available to the factory, from such other source that provides clean potable water.
36. Means of supply
If drinking water is not supplied directly from taps either connected with the public water
supply system or any
other water supply of the factory it shall be kept in suitable vessels, receptacles or tanks fitted
taps and
having dust proof covers placed on raised stands or platforms in shade and having suitable
arrangement of drainage
to carry away the spilt water. Such vessels, receptacles and tanks shall be kept clean and the
water renewed at least
once every day. All practicable measures shall be taken to ensure that the water is free from
contamination.
37. Cleanliness of well or reservoir
constructed, situated, protected
and maintained as to be free from the possibility of pollution by chemical or bacterial and
extraneous impurities ;
(2) Where drinking water is supplied from such well or reservoir the water in it shall be
sterilized once a week or
more frequently if the Inspector by written order, so requires, and the date on which
sterilizing is carried out shall
be recorded :
Provided that this requirement shall not apply to any such well or reservoir the water therein
is filtered and treated to
the satisfaction of the Health Officer before it is supplied for consumption.
38. Report from Health Officer.
(1) The Inspector may, by order in writing, require the Health Officer at such intervals as he
may direct, to
enquire into and report on the fitness for human consumption of the water supplied to the
workers in any factory.
(2) The Inspector may by order in writing require the occupier at such time or such interval as
he may direct to get the
water samples tested by the laboratories recognised by the Chief Inspector or Health
Officer on the fitness for
human consumption of the water supplied to the workers for drinking purpose.
39. Cooling of water.
mechanical refrigeration ;
Provided that, if ice is placed in the drinking water, the ice shall be clean and
wholesome.
(b) the cooled drinking water shall be supplied in every canteen, lunch- room and rest-room
and also at
conveniently accessible points throughout the factory which for the purpose of these
rules shall be called
water centres ;
employed at any one
time in the factory ;
Provided that in the case of a factory where the number of persons employed exceeds
500, it shall be sufficient if
there is one such "centre" as aforesaid for every 150 persons upto the first 500 and for
every 500 persons thereafter
Provided that the distance between the place of work of any worker shall not be more
than 50 metres from the
nearest water centre or any distance may be specified by the Inspector.
(e) every water centre shall be maintained in clean and orderly condition.
(f)The means of supply of cooled drinking water shall be either directly through taps connected
to water coolers or any other system for cooling of water or by means, of vessels, receptacles or
tanks fitted with taps and having dust proof covers and placed on raised stands or platforms in
shades, and having suitable arrangements of drainage to carry away the spilt water.
Such vessels, receptacles or tanks shall be kept clean and the water renewed at least once every
day.
40. Latrine accommodation.
(i) in the case of latrines of flush out system, one latrine for every twenty five or
lesser number of workers, where the number of workers does not exceed one
hundred, and four for the first one hundred and one for every fifty or lesser number
in excess of one hundred, where the number of workers exceeds one hundred
(iii) in calculating the number of seats required under this rule, any odd number of
workers less than 25, 50, 20 specified in Clauses (i) and (ii) above shall be reckoned
as 25, 50 or 20 respectively as the case may be; and only the maximum number of
persons working in the factory at any time, and not the total number of persons
employed in the factory shall be taken into account ;
(iv) where workers of both sexes are employed separate latrines shall be provided for each
sex.

41. Latrine to conform to public health requirements.
Latrines, other than these connected with an efficient water-borne sewage system, shall
comply wit the requirements of the Public Health authorities
42. Privacy of latrines.
Every latrine shall be under suitable cover and every seat in the latrine shall be so partitioned
off as to secure privacy
and each partition shall have a proper door and fastenings.
43. Signboards to be displayed.
Where workers of both sexes are employed there shall be displayed outside each latrine block
a notice in the
language understood by the majority of the workers "For Men only" or "For Women only" as
the case may be.
The notice shall also bear the figure of a man or of a woman, as the case may be.
44. Urinal accommodation.
Urinal accommodation shall be provided for the use of males and shall not be less than 60 cm
in length for
every 50 workers: provided that where the number of workers employed exceeds 500, it shall
be sufficient if there
is one urinal for every 50 males upto the first 500 employed, and one for every 100 thereafter.
Where women are
employed separate urinal accommodation shall be provided for them on the same scale as
mentioned above.
In calculating the urinal accommodation required under this rule, any odd number of workers
less than 50 or 1 00,
as the case may be, shall be reckoned as 50 or 100 and the maximum number of persons
working in the factory,
at any time and not the total number of persons employed in the factory, shall be taken into
account.

45. Urinals to conform to public health requirements.
Urinals other than those connected with an efficient water-borne sewage system and urinals in
a factory wherein
more than two hundred and fifty workers are ordinarily employed shall comply with the
requirements of the
Public Health authorities.

46. Certain latrines and urinals to be connected to sewage system
particular locality is provided
in a municipality all latrines and urinals other than such septic tank latrines and any other type
of latrines and urinals to
be approved for this purpose by the Public Health authority, of a factory situated in such
locality shall, if the factory
is situated within 100 feet of an existing sewer, connected with the sewage system.
47. Cleaning and painting of latrines and urinals.
washed and painted as
often as is necessary. Provided that the Chief Inspector may, by order in writing, having
regard to the special
circumstances of any particular case and after giving the occupier an opportunity of being
heard, require that the
latrines or urinals be disinfected, washed or painted in such manner and such intervals as may
be specified in the order.

48. Construction and maintenance of drains.
All drains carrying waste or sullage water shall be constructed in masonry or other
impermeable materials and shall
be regularly flushed and effluent disposed of by connecting such drains with a suitable
drainage line ;
Provided that, where there is no such drainage line, the effluent, shall be deodorized and
rendered innocuous and
then disposed in a suitable manner to the satisfaction of the Health Officer.
49. Water taps in latrines.
Where piped water supply is available, a sufficient number of water taps, conveniently
accessible shall be provided
in or near such latrine accommodation. Where there is no continuous supply of water, cisterns
with cans should be
provided for washing purposes.
50. Number and location of spittoons.
(1) In any factory or part of a factory where spitting is prohibited by the occupier or manager,
no spittoons shall
be provided and no worker shall spit in any such factory or part of a factory.
worker shall spit except
in the spittoons provided.]
51. Type of spittoons Cleaning of spittoons.
The spittoons shall be of either of the following
disinfectant liquid shall always
be maintained in the container, or

The spittoon mentioned in clause (a) of Rule 51 shall be emptied, cleaned and disinfected at
least once everyday and
the spittoon mentioned in Clause (b) of Rule 5 1 shall be cleaned by scraping out the -layer of
sand as often as
necessary or at least once everyday.
14. Duties of certifying surgeon
(1) For purposes of the examination and certification of young persons, who wish to obtain
certificates of fitness, the Certifying Surgeon shall arrange a suitable time and place for the
attendance of such persons, and shall give previous notice in writing of such arrangements to the
managers of factories situated within the local limits assigned to him.
(2) The Certifying Surgeon shall issue his certificates in Form No. 5. The foil and counter-foil
shall he filled in and the left thumb mark of the person in whose name the certificate is granted
shall be taken on them. On being satisfied as to the correctness, of the entries made therein and
of the fitness of the person examined, he shall sign the foil and initial the counterfoil and shall
deliver the foil to the person in whose name the certificate is granted.
The foil so delivered shall be the certificate of fitness granted under Section 69. All counter-foils
shall be kept by the Certifying Surgeon for a period of at least two years after the issue of the
certificate.
(3) The certifying surgeon shall, upon request by the Chief Inspector, carry out such examination
and furnish him with such report as he may indicate, for any factory or class or description of
factories where-
(a) cases of illness have occurred which it is reasonable to believe or due to the nature of the
manufacturing process carried on or other conditions of work prevailing therein, or
(b) by reason of any change in the manufacturing process carried on, or in the substances used
therein, or by reason of the adoption of any new manufacturing process or of any substance for
use in a manufacturing process, there is a likelihood of injury to the health of workers employed
in that manufacturing process, or
(c) young persons are or about to be, employed in any work which is likely to ca use injury to
their health.
(4) For the purpose of the examination of persons employed in process covered by the rules
relating to dangerous operations, the Certifying Surgeon shall visit the factories within the local
limits assigned to him at such intervals as are prescribed by the rules relating to such dangerous
operations.
(5) At such visits, the certifying surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue a certificate of
fitness in Form 17-A. The record of examination and re-examinations carried out shall be kept in
the custody of the manager of the factory.
(6) If the certifying surgeon finds as a result of his examination that any person employed in such
process is no longer fit for medical reasons to work in that process, he shall suspend such persons
from working in that process for such time as he may think fit and no person after suspension
shall be employed in that process without the written sanction of the certifying surgeon in the
Health Register.
(7) The manager of a factory shall afford to the certifying surgeon facilities to inspect any
process in which any person is employed or is likely to be employed.
(8) The manager of a factory shall provide for the purpose of any medical examination which the
certifying surgeon wishes to conduct at the factory (for his exclusive use on the occasion of an
examination) a room which shall be properly cleaned and adequately ventilated and lighted and
furnished with a screen, a table (with writing materials) and chairs.
14-A. Fees for certifying surgeon for examination of young persons
(1) The certifying surgeon shall be entitled to the following fees for examination and grant of
certificate of fitness under sub-section(2) of Section 69.
(i) Rs. 5 for the first young person and Rs. 3 for every subsequent person examined on a single
day when the person to be examined goes to the certifying surgeon for the purpose of such
examination.
(ii) Rs 3 for the first young person and Rs 1 for every subsequent young person examined on a
single day when the person to be examined goes to the certifying surgeon for the purpose of such
examination.
(iii) If a certifying surgeon has to travel beyond a radius of 8 kilometers from his dispensary or
place of posting to examine any young person or persons he shall be entitled to an additional fee
at the rate of 0.50 paise per kilometer for the total distance travelled by him. A certifying surgeon
who is an employee of the State Government shall charge this additional fee from the occupier of
a factory only if he does not charge any travelling allowance for the journey from the State
Government.
(2) The certifying surgeon shall send his bill of fees direct to the occupier of the factory in which
the young persons are employed or are to be employed.
(3) The fees and additional fees prescribed in this rule shall be paid by the occupier of the factory
concerned.
(4) The fees and the additional fees for the renewal of certificate of fitness shall be the same as
prescribed in these rules for grant of certificate of fitness.
14-B. Fees for certifying surgeons for carrying examination under sub-rule(3) of Rule 14-A
The certifying surgeon shall be paid by the occupier of the factory besides the additional fees for
travelling a daily professional fee at the rate of Rs. 10 per day irrespective of the number of
persons examined but this fee shall be reduced to Rs. 5 if the examination does not take more
than half of a day. Provided that if the number of factories visited exceeds four on a single day
the professional fee shall be subject to a minimum of Rs. 15 per day per factory.
14-C. Fees for examination of persons employed in dangerous operations
The fees and additional fees for examination of persons employed in dangerous operations
specified in Rule 95 shall be the same as prescribed in Rule 14-A and shall be payable by the
occupier of the factory in which the persons examined are employed.
RULE UNDER SECTION 11
15. Exemption from Section 11(1)(d)
(1) The provisions of Clause (d), (dd) and (e) of sub-section (1) of Section 11 shall not apply
to any class of factory subject to the condition that the inside walls, partitions, ceilings or s
of rooms and all walls, sides and s of passages and staircases are kept clean by effective
means and they are painted as often as necessary, and subject to the condition in sub-rule (2)
of this rule.
(2) If it appears to the Chief Inspector that any part of a factory which is exempted under
sub-rule (1) of this rule is not kept in a clean state, he may after giving an opportunity to the
occupier to be heard, by written order require the occupier to carry out washing, painting or
varnishing within such reasonable period of not less than two months as may be specified in the
order.

17. Disposal of trade wastes and effluents
relevant Water and Air Pollution Boards appointed under the Water (Prevention and Control of
Pollution) Act, 1974 (Central Act No. 6 of 1974) and the Air (Prevention and Control of
17-A. Standards of ventilation
(1) In every room of a factory, doors and windows shall be provided in the proportion of 0.5
square metres at least for each worker employed in such a room, and the openings shall be such
as to admit of a continued supply of fresh air.
(2) No window provided in a wall shall be of a size less than 1.5 metres x 0.90 metres.
(3) The lower sill level of a window shall not be more than 90 cm from the floor level of the
room.
centre.
the building at the eaves 6 metres or more and fixed directly above the first set of windows and
doors.
(7) No verandah, portico or any structure shall be constructed nor any material stored so as to
17-B. Ventilation and Temperature
not exceed 308-C, (860-1) and adequate air movement of at least 30 metres per minute (100 feet
per minute) shall be provided; and in relation to dry bulb temperature in the wet bulb temperature
in the workroom at the said height shall not exceed the temperature shown in the Schedule below
or as regards a dry-bulb reading intermediate between the two dry-bulb readings that specified in
relation to the higher of these two dry-bulb readings.
Provided that if the temperature measured with a thermometer to be inserted in a hollow globe of
15 cm.(6 in) dia coated mat black outside and kept into the environment for not less that 20
minutes exceeds the dry bulb temperature of air, the temperature so recorded by the
globethermometer shall be taken in place of the dry-bulb temperature;
Provided further than when the reading of the wet bulb temperature outside in the shade exceeds
27deg C, (80.6 deg F)., the value of the wet bulb temperature allowed in the schedule for a given
dry bulb temperature may correspondingly exceed to the same extent.
Provided further that this requirement shall not apply in respect of factories covered by Section
15 and in respect of factories where the nature of work carried on involves production of
excessively high temperature referred to in clause (b) of sub-section (1) to which workers are
exposed for short periods of time not exceeding one hour followed by an interval of sufficient
durations in thermal environments not exceeding those otherwise laid down in this rule.
(2) Provision of the thermometers.
thermometers referred to in the first proviso in sub-rule(l), and further requiring him to place the
register.
(3) Ventilation
(i) In every factory the amount of ventilation openings in a work room below the Caves shall,
except where mechanical means of ventilation as required by Clause 1
(ii) are provided, be of an aggregate area of not less than 15% of the floor area and so located as
to afford a continued supply of fresh air.
Provided that the Chief Inspector may relax the requirements regarding the amount of ventilating
openings if he is satisfied that having regard to the location of the factory, orientation of the work
room, prevailing winds, roof height and the nature of manufacturing process carried on,
sufficient supply of fresh air into work room is afforded during most part of the working time:
(iii) Where, in any factory owing to special circumstances such as situation with respect to floor
space, the requirements of ventilation openings under clause(i) cannot be complied with or in the
opinion of the Inspector the temperature of air in a work room is sufficiently high and likely to
exceed the limits prescribed in clause(i), he may serve on the manager of the factory an order
requiring him to provide additional ventilation either by means of roof ventilators or by
mechanical means.
(iv) The amount of fresh air supplied by mechanical means of ventilation in an hour shall be
equivalent to at least six times the cubic capacity of the work room and shall he distributed
evenly throughout the work room without dead air pockets or under draughts caused by high
inlet velocities.
(v) In regions where in summer (15th March-15th July) dry bulb temperatures of outside air in
the shade during most part of day exceed 35 deg C (95 deg F) and simultaneous wet bulb
temperatures are 25 deg (67deg F) or below and in the opinion of the Inspector the
manufacturing process carried on in the work room of a factory permits thermal environments
with relative humidity of 50% or more, the Inspector may serve on the manager of the factory an
order to have sufficient supply of outside air for ventilation cooled by passing it through water
sprays either by means of unit type of evaporative air coolers (desert coolers) or, where supply of
outside air is provided by mechanical means through ducts in a plenum system, by means of
central air washing plants.

17-C. Columns,Pillars
(1) Columns pillars or walls supporting the roof in a factory in which a manufacturing process is
carded on shall be at least 4.25 metres high from the floor level.
(2) Every factory shall be constructed with pucca masonry walls of brick stone or other material
(3) The roof material used in a factory shall be non-heat radiating and fire retarding Provided that
secondary ceiling of non-heat radiating material is provided with a minimum air gap of 10cms.
17-D. Powers of Chief Inspector to exempt
respect of and description of workroom of process that any requirement of the Rules 17-A, 17-B,
or 17-C is in appropriate or is not reasonably practicable, he may by order, in writing, exempt the
factory or part thereof, or description of workroom or process from such requirement to such
extent and subject to such conditions as he may specify.
18. When artificial humidification not allowed
(a) by the use of steam during any period when the dry bulb temperature of that room exceeds
(b) at any time when the wet bulb reading of the hygrometer is higher than that specified in the
following Schedule in relation to the dry bulb reading intermediate between any two bulb
readings indicated consecutively in the schedule when the dry bulb reading does not exceed the
wet bulb reading to the extent indicated in relation to the lower of these two dry bulb readings.
Schedule
Provided however, that clause (b) shall not apply when the difference between the wet bulb
temperature is indicated by the hygrometer in the department concerned and the wet bulb
temperature taken with a hygrometer outside in the shade is less than 20 degrees centigrade.

19. Provision of Hygrometer

In all departments of a factory wherein artificial humidification is adopted hygrometers shall be
provided and maintained in such positions as are approved by the Inspector. The number of
hygrometers shall be regulated according to the following scale:-
(a) Weaving department:- One hygrometer for departments wit less than 500 looms, and one
additional hygrometer for every 500 or part of 500 looms in excess of 500.
(b) Other factories:- One hygrometer for each room of less than 8500 cubic metres capacity and
one extra hygrometer for each 5670 cubic metres or part thereof, in excess of this.
20. Exemption from maintenance of hygrometers
When the Inspector is satisfied that the limits of humidity allowed by the schedule to Rule 18 are
never exceeded, he may for any department of a factory grant exemption from the maintenance
of the hygrometer. The Inspector shall record such exemption in writing.
21. Copy of Schedule to Rule 18 to he affixed near every hygrometer
A legible copy of the schedule to Rule 18 shall be affixed near each hygrometer.
22. Temperature to be recorded at each hygrometer
between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m. between 11 a.m. and 2 p.m. (but not in the rest interval) and between 4
p.m. and 5.30 p.m. In exceptional circumstances, such additional readings and between such
hours as the Inspector may specify, shall be taken. The temperatures shall be entered in a
Humidity Register in the prescribed Form No. 6, maintained in the factory. At the end of each
month, the persons who have taken the readings shall sign the register and certify the correctness
of the entries. The register shall always be available for inspection by the Inspector.
23. Specifications of hygrometers
(1) Each hygrometer shall comprise two mercurial thermometers of wet bulb and dry bulb of
similar construction, and equal in dimensions, scale and divisions of scale. They shall be
mounted on a frame with a suitable reservoir containing water.
wick attached to it and dropping into the water in the reservoir. The muslin covering and the
wick shall be suitable for the purpose, clean and free from size or grease.
(3) No part of the wet bulb shall be within 3 inches from the dry bulb or less than one inch from
the surface of the water in the reservoir and the water reservoir shall be below it, on the side of it
away from the dry bulb.
(6) Each thermometer shall be graduated so that accurate readings may be taken between 50 and
120 degrees.
(7) Every degree from 50 degrees upto 120 degrees shall be clearly marked by horizontal lines,
on the stem of each fifth and tenth degrees shall be marked by longer marks than the
intermediate degrees and the temperature marked opposite each tenth degree, i.e., 50, 60, 70, 80,
90, 100, 110 and 120.
(8) The markings as above shall be accurate, that is to say, at no temperature between 50 and 120
degrees shall the indicated readings, be in error by more than two-tenths of a degree.
London, or some competent authority appointed by the Chief Inspector and such certificate shall
be attached to the Humidity Register.
24. Thermometers to be maintained in efficient order
Each thermometer shall be maintained at all times during the period of employment in efficient
working order, so as to give accurate indications and in particular-
Chief Inspector may direct the use of distilled water or pure rain water in any particular mill or
mills in certain localities;.
25. An inaccurate thermometer not to be used without fresh Certificate
month from the date of such notice, be deemed to be accurate unless and until it has been re-
examined as prescribed and a fresh certificate obtained which certificate shall be kept attached
to the Humidity Register.
26. Hygrometer not to be affixed to wall, etc., unless protected by wood
(1) No hygrometer shall be affixed to a wall, pillar, or other surface unless protected therefrom
by wood or other non-conducting material at least half an inch in thickness and distant at least
one inch from the bulb of each thermometer.
(2) No hygrometer shall be fixed at a height of more than 5 feet 6 inches from the floor to the of
thermometer stem or in the direct droughts from a fan, window or ventilating opening.
27. No reading to he taken within 15 minutes of renewal of water
28. How to introduce steam for humidification
artificial humidification of the air the following provisions shall apply-
(a) The diameter of such pipe shall not exceed 50 mm and in the case of pipes installed after 1st
day of April, 1949 the diameter shall not exceed 25 mm.
(b) Such pipes shall be as short as is reasonably practicable
insulator not less than half an inch in thickness
(d) No uncovered jet from pipe shall project more than 11.5 cm. beyond the outer surface of any
cover
(e) The steam pressure shall be as low as practicable and shall not exceed 5 kg. per square inch
effectively covered with such non-conducting material, as may be approved by the Inspector in
order to minimise the amount of heat radiated by them into the department.

29. [Omitted]
30. Lighting of interior parts
employed shall be not less than 65 Lux measured in the horizontal plain at a level of 90 cm.
above the floor,
Provided that in any such parts in which the mounting height of the light source for general
illumination has to necessarily exceed 7.6 mtrs. measured from the floor or where the structure
of the room or the position or construction of the fixed machinery or plant prevents the uniform
attainment of the standard specified above, the general illumination at the said level of 7.6 mtrs.
shall be not less than 22 Lux and where work is actually being done the illumination shall be not
less than 65 Lux candles.
(2) The illumination over all other interior parts of the factory over which persons employed pass
shall, when and where a person is passing be not less than 0.50 foot candles at floor level.
additional illumination required to render the lighting sufficient and suitable for the nature of the
work.
31. Prevention of glare
(1) Where any source of artificial light in the factory is less than 4.9 mtrs. above floor level, no
part of the light source of the lighting fitting having a brightness greater than 55 candles per
square inch shall be visible to persons while normally employed with 30 mtrs. of the source,
except where the angle of elevation from the eye to the source or part of the fitting as the case
may be exceeds 20 degrees.
(2) Any local light that is to say, an artificial light designed to illuminate particularly the area or
part of the area of work of a single operative or small group of operatives working near each
other shall be provided with a suitable shade of opaque material to prevent glare or with other
effective means by which the light source is completely screened from the eyes of every person
employed at a normal working place or shall be so placed that no such person is exposed to glare
therefrom.
32. Power of Chief Inspector to exempt
respect of any description of workroom or process that any requirement of Rules 30 and 31 is
inappropriate or is not reasonably practicable, he may, by order in writing, exempt the factory or
part thereof, or description of work room or process from such requirement to such extent and
35. Source of supply
36. Means of supply
37. Cleanliness of well or reservoir
The quantity of drinking water to be provided for the workers in every factory. shall be at least 5
liters per worker employed in the factory and such drinking water shall be readily available at all
times during working hours.
35. Source of Supply
The water provided for drinking shall be supplied from public water supply system or, where no
public water supply is available to the factory, from such other source that provides clean potable
water.
36. Means of supply
If drinking water is not supplied directly from taps either connected with the public water supply
system or any other water supply of the factory it shall be kept in suitable vessels, receptacles or
tanks fitted taps and having dust proof covers placed on raised stands or platforms in shade and
having suitable arrangement of drainage to carry away the split water. Such vessels, receptacles
and tanks shall be kept clean and the water renewed at least once every day. All practicable
measures shall be taken to ensure that the water is free from contamination.
37. Cleanliness of Well or reservoir
constructed, situated, protected and maintained as to be free from the possibility of pollution by
chemical or bacterial and extraneous impurities .
(2) Where drinking water is supplied from such well or reservoir the water in it shall be sterilized
once a week or more frequently if the Inspector by written order, so requires, and the date on
which sterilizing is carried out shall be recorded :
Provided that this requirement shall not apply to any such well or reservoir the water therein is
filtered and treated to the satisfaction of the Health Officer before it is supplied for consumption.
(1) The Inspector may, by order in writing, require the Health Officer at such intervals as he may
direct, to enquire into and report on the fitness for human consumption of the water supplied to
the workers in any factory.
(2) The Inspector may by order in writing require the occupier at such time or such interval as he
may direct to get the water samples tested by the laboratories recognised by the Chief Inspector
or Health Officer on the fitness for human consumption of the water supplied to the workers for
drinking purpose.
mechanical refrigeration Provided that, if ice is placed in the drinking water, the ice shall be
clean and wholesome
(b) the cooled drinking water shall be supplied in every canteen, lunch-room and rest-room and
also at conveniently accessible points throughout the factory which for the purpose of these rules
shall be called water centres
employed at any one time in the factory,
Provided that in the case of a factory where the number of persons employed exceeds 500, it
shall be sufficient if there is one such "centre" as aforesaid for every 150 persons upto the first
500 and for every 500 persons thereafter,
Provided that the distance between the place of work of any worker shall not be more than 50
metres from the nearest water centre or any distance may be specified by the Inspector.
(e) every water centre shall be maintained in clean and orderly condition The means of supply of
cooled drinking water shall be either directly through taps connected to water coolers or any
other system for cooling of water or by means, of vessels, receptacles or tanks/fitted with taps
and having dust proof covers and placed on raised stands or platforms in shades, and having
suitable arrangements of drainage to carry away the split water. Such vessels, receptacles or
tanks shall be kept clean and the water renewed at least once every day.

41. Latrine to conform to public health requirements
46. Certain latrines and urinals to be connected to sewage system
47. White washing, colour washing of latrines and urinals
(i) in the case of latrines of flush out system, one latrine for every twenty five or lesser number of
workers, where the number of workers does not exceed one hundred, and four for the first one
hundred and one for every fifty or lesser number in excess of one hundred, where the number of
workers exceeds one hundred
(iii) in calculating the number of seats required under this rule, any odd number of workers less
than 25, 50 or 20 specified in Clauses (i) and (ii) above shall be reckoned as 25, 50 or 20
respectively as the case may be; and only the maximum number of persons working in the
factory at any time, and not the total number of persons employed in the factory shall be taken
into account ;
(iv) where workers of both sexes are employed separate latrines shall be provided for each sex.
41. Latrines to conform to public health requirements
Latrines, other than these connected with an efficient water-borne sewage system, shall comply

Every latrine shall be under suitable cover and every seat in the latrine shall he so partitioned off
as to secure privacy and each partition shall have a proper door and fastenings.
Where workers of both sexes are employed there shall be displayed outside each latrine block a
notice in the language understood by the majority of the workers "For Men only" or "For Women
only" as the case may be. The notice shall also bear the figure of a man or of a woman, as the
case may be.

Urinal accommodation shall be provided for the use of males and shall not be less than 60 cm. in
length for every 50 workers: provided that where the number of workers employed exceeds 500,
it shall be sufficient if there is one urinal for every 50 males upto the first 500 employed, and one
for every 100 thereafter. Where women are employed separate urinal accommodation shall be
provided for them on the same scale as mentioned above.
In calculating the urinal accommodation required under this rule, and odd number of workers
less than 50 or 1 00, as the case may be, shall be reckoned as 50 or 100 and the maximum
number of persons working in the factory, at any time and not the total number of persons
employed in the factory, shall be taken into account.
Urinals other than those connected with an efficient water-borne sewage system and urinals in a
factory wherein more than two hundred and fifty workers are ordinarily employed shall comply
46. Certain latrines and urinals to he connected to sewage system
particular locality is provided in a municipality all latrines and urinals other than such septic tank
latrines and any other type of latrines and urinals to be approved for this purpose by the Public
Health authority, of a factory situated in such locality shall, if the factory is situated within 100
feet of an existing sewer, connected with the sewage system.
47. Cleaning and painting of latrines and urinals
washed and painted as often as is necessary Provided that the Chief Inspector may, by order in
writing, having regard to the special circumstances of any particular case and after giving the
occupier an opportunity of being heard, require that the latrines or urinals be disinfected, washed
or painted in such manner and such intervals as may be specified in the order.
All drains carrying waste or sullage water shall be constructed in masonry or other impermeable
materials and shall be regularly flushed and effluent disposed of by connecting such drains with
a suitable drainage line, Provided that, where there is no such drainage line, the effluent, shall be
deodorized and rendered innocuous and then disposed in a suitable manner to the satisfaction of
the Health Officer.
Where piped water supply is available, a sufficient number of water taps, conveniently accessible
shall be provided in or near such latrine accommodation. Where there is no continuous supply of
water, cisterns with cans should be provided for washing purposes.
(1) In any factory or part of a factory where spitting is prohibited by the occupier or manager, no
spittoons shall be provided and no worker shall spit in any such factory or part of a factory.
worker shall spit except in the spittoons provided.
The spittoons shall be of either of the following,
disinfectant liquid shall always be maintained in the container, or

The spittoon mentioned in clause (a) of Rule 51 shall be emptied, cleaned and disinfected at least
once everyday and the spittoon mentioned in Clause (b) of Rule 5 1 shall be cleaned by scraping
out the to -layer of sand as often as necessary or at least once everyday.
F URTHER PRECAUTIONS PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (2) OF SECTION 21
53. Further Safety precautions
(1) Without prejudice to the provisions of sub-section (1) of Section 21 in regard to the fencing
of machines, the further precautions specified in the schedules annexed hereto shall apply to the
machines noted in each schedule.
(2) Omitted
(3) Register prescribed under Section 22 (I):- Register to record the name of specially trained
adult workers shall be in Form No.35.
(4) The occupier of every 'factory', wherein the operations referred to in sub-section (1) of Sec.22
are carried on, shall provide free of cost, two sets of suitable and tight fitting clothing to each
worker who is required to wear them, the used sets being replaced by new once after the end of
every six months. Each such set shall consist of a closely fitting shirt and a closely fitting half-
sleeve shirt or vest. No worker should be compelled to wear the tight fitting clothing which was
once used by another worker and no worker shall be required to return the used set or sets on
termination of his services or when the used sets are replaced by new sets.
(5) Omitted
Schedule I Textile machinery
Schedule II - Cotton ginning
Schedule III - Wood working machinery
Schedule IV - Rubber mills
Schedule V- Special rule for printing press, jute mill, tea, brick decorticating factories
Schedule VI -All factories
Schedule VII -Power presses
Schedule VIII -Shears, slitters, guillotine machines

54. RULE PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (2) OF SECTION 23
The machines specified in Section 28, 29 and 30 and the machines mention below shall be
deemed to be of such dangerous character that young persons shall not work at them unless the
provisions of Section 23 (1) are complied with.
Power press other than hydraulic presses
Milling machines used in the metal trades
Circular saws
Platen printing machines
Guillotine machines
55. Hoists and lifts
(1) The report of the competent person shall be obtained in Form No. 38.
(2) Exemption of certain hoists and lifts:- In pursuance of the provisions of sub-section (4) of
Section 28, in respect of any class or description of hoist or lift specified in the first column of
the following schedule, the requirement of the Section 28 specified in the second column of the
said schedule and set opposite to that class or description of hoists or lift shall not apply.
SCHEDULE
Class or description of hoist or

Requirements which shall not apply
lift
Hoists or lifts mainly used for

Sub-section (1) (b) in so far as it requires a gate at the
raising material for charging
bottom landing; subsection (1) (b); sub-section (1)(e)
blast furnaces or lime kilns
Hoists not connected with Sub-section (1) (b) in so far as it requires the hoistway
mechanical power and which or liftway enclosure to be so constructed as to prevent
are not used for carrying any person or thing from being trapped between any
persons part of the hoist or lift and any fixed structure or
moving part sub-section 1(e)
(3) 'Competent person' means a person who is capable by virtue of his qualifications, training
and experience of conducting a thorough examination and who is approved by Chief Inspector of
Factories.
competency certificate from the Chief Inspector.
RULE PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTION 29(2)
55-A. Lifting machines
55-A. Lifting Machine
Every lifting machine and lifting tackle in use in a factory shall be thoroughly examined by a
competent person and particulars of examination shall be entered in a register in the prescribed
Form No. 37 or a report in the prescribed Form No. 37shall be filled.
competency certificate from the Chief Inspector.
RULES PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTION 31
56. Rules prescribed under Sub-See (3) of See. 31
56-A. Gas holder
56. Rules prescribed under sub-section (3) of Section 31
(1) Every pressure vessel or plant used in factory-
(a) shall be properly designed on sound engineering practice;
(b) shall be of good construction, sound material, adequate strength and free from any patent
defects ; and
(c) shall be properly maintained in a safe condition:
Provided that the pressure vessel or plant in respect of the design and construction of either there
is an Indian standard of the country of manufacture or any other law or regulation in force, shall
be designed and constructed in accordance with the said standard, law or regulation, as the case
may be, and a certificate thereof shall be obtained from the manufacturer or from the competent
person which shall be kept and produced on demand by an Inspector.
(2) Every pressure vessel shall be fitted with-
(a) a suitable safety valve or other effective pressure relieving device of adequate capacity to
ensure that the maximum permissible working pressure and when more than one protective
device is provided, only one of the devices need be set to operate at the maximum permissible
working pressure and at the additional device shall be set to discharge or a pressure not more
than 5 per cent in excess of the maximum permissible working pressure ;
(b) a suitable pressure gauge with a dial range not less than 1.5. times the maximum permissible
working pressure easily visible and designed to show at all times the correct internal pressure
marked with a prominent remark at the maximum permissible working pressure;
(c) a suitable nipple and globe connected for the exclusive purpose of attaching a test pressure
gauge for checking the accuracy of the pressure gauge referred to in clause (b) of sub-rule
(d) a suitable s valve or valves by which the pressure vessel may be isolated from other pressure
vessels or plant or source of supply of pressure. Such a s valve or valves shall be located as close
to the pressure vessel as possible and shall be easily accessible; and
(e) a suitable drain cock or valve at the lowest part of the pressure vessel for the discharge of the
liquid or other substances that may collect in the pressure vessel :
Provided that it shall be sufficient for the purpose of this sub-rule if the, safety valve or pressure
relieving device, the pressure gauge and the s valve are mounted on a pipeline immediately
adjacent to the pressure vessel and where there is a range of two or more similar pressure vessels
served by the same pressure load. Only one set of such mountings need be fitted on the pressure
load immediately adjacent to the range of pressure vessels, provided they cannot be isolated.
(3)
(a) Every pressure vessel which is designed for a working pressure less than the pressure at the
source of supply or less than the pressure which can be obtained in the pipe connecting the
pressure vessels with any other source of supply, shall be fitted with suitable pressure reducing
valve or other suitable automatic device to prevent the maximum permissible working pressure
of the pressure vessel being exceeded.
(b) To further protect the pressure vessel in the event of failure of the reducing valve or device,
at least one safety valve having a capacity sufficient to release all the steam, vapour or gas
without undue pressure rise as determined by the pressure at the source of supply and the size of
the pipe connecting the source of supply, shall be fitted on the low pressure side of the reducing
valve.
(4)
(a) No new pressure vessel or plant shall be taken into use in any factory after coming into force
of this rule unless it has been hydrostatically tested by a competent person at a pressure at least
1.3 times the design pressure and no pressure vessel or plant which has been previously used or
has remained isolated or idle for period exceeding two months or which has undergone
alterations or repairs shall be taken into use in a factory unless it has been thoroughly examined
by a competent person externally, and internally, if practicable; and has been hydrostatically
tested by the competent person at a pressure which shall be 1.5 times the maximum permissible
working pressure,
Provided that the pressure vessel or plant which is so designed and constructed that it cannot be
safely filled with water or liquid or is issued in service when even some traces of water cannot
be tolerated, shall be pneumatically tested at pressure not less than design pressure to the
maximum permissible working pressure as the case may be,
Provided further that the pressure vessel or plant which is lined with glass shall be tested
hydrostatically or pneumatically as required at a pressure not less than the design pressure or
maximum permissible working pressure as the case may be.
Note:- (a) Design pressure shall be not be less than the maximum permissible working pressure
and shall take into account the possible fluctuations of pressure during actual operation.
(b) No pressure vessel or plant shall be used in a factory unless there has been obtained from the
maker of the pressure vessel or plant or from the competent person a certificate specifying the
design pressure or maximum permissible working pressure thereof, and stating the nature of
tests to which the pressure vessel or plant and its fittings, if any, have been subjected, and every
pressure vessels or plants so used in a factory shall be marked so as to enable it to be identified
as to be the pressure vessel or plant to which the certificate relates and the certificate shall be
kept available for perusal by the Inspector.
(c) No pressure vessel or plant shall be permitted to be operated or used at a pressure higher than
its design pressure or maximum permissible working pressure as shown in the certificate.
(5) Every pressure vessel or plant in service shall be thoroughly examined by a competent
person.
(a) externally, once in every period of six months
(b) internally, once in every period if twelve months. If by reason of the construction of a
pressure vessel or plant, a thorough internal examination is not possible, this examination may
be replaced by a hydrostatic test which shall be carried out once in every period of two
years ,
Provided that for a pressure vessel or plant in continuous process which cannot be frequently
opened, the period of internal examination may be extended to four years and,
(c) hydrostatically tested once in every period of four years;
Provided that in respect of pressure vessel of plant with thin walls, such as sizing cylinder made
of copper or any other non-ferrous metal, periodic hydrostatic test may be dispensed with
subject to the condition that the requirements laid down in sub-rule (6) are fulfilled,
Provided further that when it is impracticable to carry out thorough external examination of any
pressure vessel or plant every six months as required in clause (a) of this rule, or if owing to its
construction and use, a pressure vessel or plant cannot be hydrostatically tested required in
clauses (b) and (c) of this sub-rule, a thorough external examination of the pressure vessel or
plant shall be carried out at least once in every period of two years, and at least once in every
period of four years a thorough systematic non-destructive test like ultrasonic test for metal
thickness or other defects of all parts the failure of which might lead to eventual rupture of the
pressure vessel or plant, shall be carried out.
(d) The hydrostatic test pressure to be carried out for the purpose of this rule shall be 1.25 times
the design pressure or 1.5 times the maximum permissible working pressure whichever is less.
(6)
(a) In respect of any pressure vessel or plant of thin walls such as sizing cylinder made of copper
or any other non-ferrous metal, the maximum permissible working pressure shall be reduced at
the rate of five per cent of the original maximum permissible working pressure for every year of
its use after the first five years and no such cylinder shall be allowed to continue to be used for
more than twenty years after it was first taken into use.
(b) If any information as to the date of construction, thickness of walls, or maximum permissible
working pressure is not available the age of such pressure vessel or plant shall be determined by
the competent person in consultation with the Chief Inspector from the other particulars
available with the manager.
(c) Every new and second hand pressure vessel or plant of thick wall to which repairs likely to
affect its strength or safety have been carried out, shall be tested before use to at least 1.5 times
maximum permissible working pressure.
(7)
(a) If during any examination any doubt arises as to the ability of the pressure vessel or plant to
work safely until the next prescribed examination the competent person shall enter in the
prescribed register his observations, findings and conclusions with other relevant remarks with
reasons and may authorise the pressure vessel or plant to be used and kept in operation subject to
a lowering of maximum permissible working pressure, or to more frequent or special
examination or test or subject to both of these conditions.
(b) A report of the result of every examination or test carried out shall be completed in Form
No.8 and shall be signed by the person making the examination of test, and shall be kept
available for perusal by the inspector at all hours when the factory or any part thereof is
working.
(c) Where the report of any examination under this rule specified any condition for securing the
safe working of any pressure vessel or plant, the pressure vessel or plant shall not be used unless
the specified condition is fulfilled.
(d) The competent person making report of any examination under this rule, shall within seven
days of the completion of the examination, send to the Inspector a copy of the report in every
case where the maximum permissible working pressure is reduced or the examination shows that
the pressure vessel of plant or any part thereof cannot continue to be used with safety unless
certain repairs are carried out or unless any other safety measure is taken.
(8)
(a) The requirements of this rule shall be in addition to and without any prejudice to and not in
derogation of the requirements of any other law in force.
(b) Certificates or reports of any examination or test of any pressure vessel or plant to which
sub-rules (5) to (7) to (9) do not apply, conducted or required to be conducted under any other
law in force and other relevant record relating to such pressure vessel or plant shall he properly
maintained as required under the said law and shall be produced on demand by the Inspector.
(9) In this rule,
(a) 'design pressure' means the maximum pressure that a pressure vessel or plant is designed to
withstand safety when operating normally;
(b) 'maximum permissible working pressure' means the maximum pressure at which a pressure
vessel or plant is permitted to be operated or-used under this rule and is determined by the
technical requirements of the process ;
(c) 'Plant' means a system of piping that is connected to a pressure vessel and is used to contain a
gas, vapour or liquid under pressure greater than the atmospheric pressure, and includes the
pressure vessel ;
(d) 'pressure vessel' means a vessel that may be for containing, storing, distributing, transferring,
distilling, processing or otherwise handling any gas, vapour or liquid under pressure greater than
the atmospheric pressure and includes any pipeline fitting or other equipment attached thereto or
used in connection therewith; and
(e) 'competent person' means a person who is capable by virtue of his qualifications, training and
experience of conducting a thorough examination and pressure tests, as required, on pressure
vessel or plant, and of making a full report on its condition and approved by Chief Inspector of
Factories.
(10) Nothing in this rule shall apply to-
(a) Vessels having internal diameter nor exceeding 150 mm.(6") and capacity not exceeding
141.585 liters (5 cu.ft.)
(b) Vessels made of ferrous materials having an internal operating pressure not exceeding 1
Kg/sq.cm (15 lbs/ square inch)
(c) steam boilers steam and feed pipes and their fitting coming under the purview of Indian
Boilers Act, 1923, (V of 1923)
(d) Metal bottles or cylinders used for storage or transport of compressed gases or liquified or
dissolved gases under pressure covered by the Gas Cylinder Rules, 1940 framed under the
Indian Explosives Act, 1884 (IV of 1884)
(e) Vessels in which internal pressure is due solely to the static head of liquid;
(f) Vessels with a nominal water, capacity not exceeding 500 litres connected in a water
pumping system containing air that is compressed to serve as a cushion
(g) Vessels for nuclear energy application
(h) Refrigeration plant having a capacity of 3 tons or less of refrigeration in 24 hours and,
(i) Working cylinders of steam engines or prime mover; feed pumps and steam traps turbine
casings; compressor cylinders; steam separators or dryers; steam strainers; steam device super-
heaters; oil separators, air receivers for fire sprinkles installations; air receivers of rnonotype
machines provided the maximum working pressure of the air receiver does not exceed 1.33
Kg.f /sq.cm. (20 cu.ft.); and the capacity 84.95 litres (3 cu.ft.) air receivers of electrical circuit
breakers; air receivers of electrical relays; air vessels on pumps pipe coils, accessories of
instruments and appliances; such as cylinders and piston assemblies used for operating relays
and interlocking, type of guards; vessels with liquids subjected to static head only, and
hydraulically operating cylinders other than any cylinder communicating with an air loaded
accumulator.
(11) The Chief Inspector may exempt, subject to such condition as he may deem necessary, any
pressure vessel from the operation of all or any of the provisions of this rule, if he is satisfied
that the construction or use of the vessel is such that the inspection of such vessel is not
necessary or practicable.
56-A. Gas holder
(1) The expression "gas holder" means a water-sealed gas holder which has a storage capacity of
not less than 141.5 cubic metres (5,000 cu. ft.).
(2) Every gas holder shall be of adequate material and strength, sound construction and properly
maintained.
(3) Where there is more than one gas holder in a factory every gas holder shall be marked in a
conspicuous position with a distinguishing number or letter.
(4) Every gas holder shall be thoroughly examined externally by a competent person, at least
once in a period of 12 months. Form-8B
(5) In the case of a gas holder of which any lift has been in the use for more than 1 0 years, the
internal state of the sheeting shall, within one year from the date of coming into operation of this
rule and thereafter at least once in a period of 12 months externally and once in a period of three
years internally be examined by a competent person by means of electronic or other accurate
devices.
(i) Provided that if the Chief Inspector of Factories is satisfied that such electronic or other
accurate devices are not available, he may permit the cutting of samples from the crown and the
sides of the holder,
(ii) Provided, further that if the above inspection raises a doubt, an internal visual examination
shall be made.
(6) Every gas holder shall be provided with a gas mask readily available in case of emergency.
(7) All possible steps shall be taken to prevent or minimise ingress of impurities into the gas
holder.
(8) No gas holder shall be repaired or demolished except under the direct supervision, of a
person, who by his training and experience and his knowledge of the necessary precautions
against risks of explosion and of person being overcome by gas, is competent to supervise such
work.
(9)
(i) All sample discs cut under sub-rule (5) above, shall be kept readily available for inspection;
(ii) A permanent register in Form 8-A duly signed by the occupier or manager shall be
maintained.
57. Excessive weights
57. Excessive weight
(1) No woman or young person shall unaided by another person, lift, carry or move by hand or
on head, any material, article, tool or appliance exceeding the maximum limit in weight set out
in the following schedule.
Maximum weight of
material, article,
Persons
tool or appliance in Kgs
a) Adult Male 55
(b) Adult female 30
(c) Adolescent male 30
(d) Adolescent female 20
(e) Male child (above 14 years) 16
(f) Female child (above 14 years) 14
(2)
No woman or young person shall engage, in conjunction with others, in lifting or moving by
hand or on head any material, article, tool or appliances, if the weight thereof exceeds the lowest
weight fixed by the schedule to sub-rule (1) for any of the persons engaged by the number of the
persons engaged.

Effective screens or suitable goggles shall be provided for the following processes-
(a) The processes specified in schedule I annexed hereto, being processes
which involve risk of injury to the eye, from particles or fragments thrown off in the
course of the process.
(b) The processes specified in schedule II annexed hereto, being processes which
involve risk or injury to the eyes by reason of exposure to excessive light or infrared or
ultraviolet radiations.
Every chamber, tank, vat, pipe, flue or other confined, space which persons may have to enter
and which may contain dangerous fumes to such an extent as to involve risk of the persons being
overcome thereby, unless there is other effective means of egress, be provided with a manhole
which may be rectangular, oval or circular in shape, and which shall-
(a) in the case of rectangular or oval shape, be not less than 16 inches long and 12 inches wide
(b) in the case of circular shape, be not less than 16 inches diameter.
60. Exemptions
60. Exemptions
The requirements of sub-section (4) of Section 37 shall not apply to the following processes
carried on in any factory:-
(a) The operation of repairing a water-sealed gas-holder by the electric welding process subject
to the following conditions:-
(i) The gas-holder shall contain only the following gases, separately or mixed at a pressure
greater than atmospheric pressure, namely, town gas coke-oven gas, producer gas, blast furnace
gas or gases other than air used in their manufacture,
Provided that this exemption shall not apply to any gas-holder containing acetylene or mixture
of gases to which acetylene has been added intentionally.
(ii) Welding shall only be done by the electric welding process and shall be carried out by
experienced operator under the constant supervision of a competent person.
(b) The operations of cutting or welding steel or wrought iron gas mains and services by the
application of heat subject to the following conditions:
(i) The main of service shall be situated in the open air, and it shall contain only the following
gases, separately or mixed at a pressure greater than atmospheric pressure, namely gas, coke-
oven as, producer gas, blast furnace gas or gases other than air, used in their manufacture
(ii) the main or service shall not contain acetylene or any gas or mixture of gases of which
acetylene has been added intentionally ;
(iii) the operation shall be carded out by an experienced person or persons and at least two
persons (including those carrying out the operations experienced in work on gas mains and over
18 years of age shall be present during the operation ;
(iv) the site of the operation shall be free from any inflammable or explosive gas or vapour ;
(v) where acetylene gas is used as a source of beat in connection with an operation, it shall be
compressed and contained in a porous substance in a cylinder ; and
(vi), prior to the application of any flame to the gas main or service this shall be pierced or
drilled and the escaping gas ignited.
(c) The operation of repairing an oil tank on any ship by the electric welding process, subject to
the following conditions :
(i) The only oil contained in the tank shall have a flash point of not less than 150 degrees F
(close test) and a certificate to this effect shall be obtained from a competent analyst
(ii) the analyst's certificate shall be kept available for inspection by an inspector or any person
employed or working on the ship ;
(iii) the welding operation shall be carried out only on the exterior surface of the tank at a place
(a) which is free from oil or oil leakage in inflammable quantities and (b) which is not less than
one foot below the nearest part of the surface of the oil within the tank; and
(iv) welding shall be done only by the electric welding and shall be carried out by experienced
operative under the constant supervision of a competent person.
RULE PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTIONS 38 AND 41
61. Fire protection
61-Fire Protection
(1) Processes, equipment, plant, etc., involving serious explosion and serious fire hazards -
(a) All processes, storages, equipments, plants etc. involving serious explosion and flash fire
hazards shall be located in segregated buildings where the equipment shall be so arranged that
only a minimum number of employees are exposed to such hazards at any one time.
(b) All industrial processes involving serious fire hazard should be located in buildings or work
places separated from one another by walls of fire-resistant constructions.
(c) Equipment and plant involving serious fire or flash fire hazard shall, wherever possible, be so
constructed and installed that in case of fire, they can be easily isolated.
(d) Ventilation ducts, pneumatic conveyors and similar equipments involving a serious fire risk
should be provided with flame arresting or automatic fire extinguishing appliances, or fire
resisting dampers electrically interlocked with heat sensitive/ smoke detectors and the air-
conditioning plant system.
(e) In all workplaces having serious fire or flash fire hazards, passages between machines,
installations or piles the clearance between the ceiling and the of the pile should not be less than
2mm.
(2) Access for fire fighting:-
(a) Buildings and plant shall be so laid and roads, passage ways etc. so maintained as to permit
unobstructed access for fire fighting.
(b) Doors, and window openings shall be located in suitable positions on all external walls of the
building to provide easy access to the entire area within the building for fire fighting.
(3) Protection against lightning:- Protection from lightning shall be provided for-
(a) buildings in which explosive or highly flammable substances are manufactured, used
handled or stored ;
(b) storage tanks containing oils, paints, or other flammable liquids
(c) grain elevators ;
(d) Buildings, tall chimneys or stacks where flammable gases, fumes, dust or lint are likely to be
present; and switch yards ;
(e) sub-station buildings and out-door transformers and switch yards.
(4) Precautions against ignition..- Wherever there is danger of fire or explosion from
accumulation of flammable or explosive substances in air-
(a) all electrical apparatus shall either be excluded from the area of risk or they shall he of such
construction and so installed and maintained as to prevent the danger of their being a source of
ignition ;
(b) Effective measures shall be adopted for prevention of accumulation of static charges to a
dangerous extent ;
(c) workers shall wear shoes without iron or steel nails or any other exposed ferrous materials
which is likely to cause sparks by friction ;
(d) smoking, lighting or carrying of matches, lighters or smoking materials shall be prohibited ;
(e) transmission belts with iron fasteners shall not be used ; and
(f) all other precautions as are reasonably practicable shall be taken to prevent initiation of
ignition from all other possible sources such as open flames, frictional sparks overheated
surfaces of machinery or plant, chemical or physical-chemical reaction and radiant heat.
(5) Spontaneous ignition:- Where materials are likely to induce spontaneous ignition, care shall
be taken to avoid formation of air pocket and to ensure adequate ventilation. the material
susceptible to spontaneous ignition should be stored in dry conditions and should be in heaps of
such capacity and separated by such passage which will prevent fire. The materials susceptible
to ignition and stored in the oven shall be at a distant not less than 10 metres a way from process
or storage buildings.
(6) Cylinders containing compressed gas:- Cylinders containing compressed gas may only be
stored in open if they are protected against excessive variation of temperature, direct rays of sun,
or continuous dampness. Such cylinders shall never be stored near highly flammable substances,
furnaces or hot processes. The room where such cylinders are stored shall have adequate
ventilation.
(7) Storage of flammable liquids:-
(a) The quantity of flammable liquids in any work room shall be the minimum required for the
process or processes carried on in such room. Flammable liquids shall be stored in suitable
containers with close fitting covers;
Provided that not more than 20 litres of flammable liquids having a flash point of 21 deg C or
less shall be kept or stored in any work room.
(b) flammable liquids shall be stored in closed containers and in limited quantities in well
ventilated rooms of fire resisting constructions which are isolated from the remainder the
building by fire walls and self closing fire doors.
(c) Large quantities of such liquids shall be stored in isolated adequately ventilated building or
fire resisting construction or in storage tanks, preferably under ground and at a distance from
any building as required in the Petroleum Rules, 1976.
(d) Effective steps shall be taken to prevent leakage of such liquids into basements, sumps or
drains and to confine any escaping liquid within safe limit.
(8) Accumulation of flammable dust, gas, fume or vapour in air or flammable waste material on
the floors:-
(a) Effective steps shall be taken for removal or prevention of the accumulation in the air of
flammable dust, gas, fume or vapour to an extent which is likely to be dangerous.
(b) No waste material Of a flammable nature shall be permitted to accumulate on the floors and
shall be removed at least once in a day or shift, and more often, when possible, such materials
shall be placed in suitable metal containers with covers wherever possible.
(9) Fire Exits:-
(a) For the purpose of this sub-rule-
(i) "horizontal exit" means an arrangement which allows alternative egress from a floor area to
another floor at or near the same level in an adjoining building or an adjoining part of the same
building with adequate separation; and
(ii) "travel distance" means the distance an occupant has to travel to reach an exit.
(b) An exit may be a doorway, corridor, passageway to an external stairway or to a verandah or

to an internal stairway segregated from the rest of building by fire resisting walls which shall
provide continuous and protected means of egress to the exterior of a building or to an exterior
open space. An exit may also include horizontal exit leading to an adjoining building at the same
level.
(c) Lifts, escalators and revolving doors shall not be considered as exits for the purpose of this
sub-rule.
(d) In every room of a factory exits sufficient to permit safe escape

of the occupants in case of fire or other emergency shall be provided which shall be free of any
obstruction.
(e) The exits shall be clearly visible and suitable illuminated with suitable arrangement,
whatever artificial lighting is to be adopted for this purpose, to maintain the required
illumination in case of failure of the normal source of electric supply.
(f) The exits shall be marked in a language understood by the majority of the workers.
(g) Iron ring ladders or spiral staircases shall not be used as exit staircases.
(h) Fire resisting doors or roller shutters shall be provided at appropriate places along the escape
routes to prevent spread of fire and smoke, particularly at the entrance of lifts or stairs where
funnel or flue effect may be created inducing an upward spread of fire.
(i) All exits shall provide continuous means of egress to the exterior of a building or to an
exterior open space leading to a street.
(j) Exit shall be so located that the travel distance to reach at least one of them on the floor shall
not exceed 30mts.
(k) In case of those factories where high hazard materials are stored or used, the travel distance
to the exit shall not exceed 22.5 metres and there shall be at least two ways of escape from every
room, however small except toilet rooms, so located that the points of access thereto are out of
or suitably shielded from areas of high hazard.
(l) Wherever more than one exit is required for any room space or floor, exits shall be placed as
remote from each other as possible and shall be arranged to provide direct access in separate
directions from any point in the area served.
(m) The unit of exit width used to measure capacity of any exit shall be 50 cm. A clear width of
25 cm shall be counted as an additional half unit. Clear width of less than 25 cm shall not be
counted for exit width.
(n) Occupants per unit width shall be 50 for stairs and 75 per doors.
(o) For determining the exits required, the occupant load shall be reckoned on the basis of actual
number of occupations within any floor area or 10 square metres per person, whichever is more.
(p) There shall not be less than two exits serving every floor area above and below the ground
floor, and at least one of them shall be an internal enclosed stairway.
(q) For every building or structure used for storage only, and every section thereof considered
separately, shall have access to at least one exit so arranged and located as to provide a suitable
means of escape for any person employed therein, and in any such room wherein more than 10
persons as may be normally present at least two separate means of exit shall be available, as
remote from each other as practicable.
(r) Every storage area shall have access to at least one means of exit which can be readily
opened.
(s) Every exit door way shall open into an enclosed stairway, a horizontal exit on a corridor or
passage way providing continuous and protected means of egress.
(t) No exit doorway shall be less than 100 cm. in width Doorways shall be not less than 200 cm.
in height.
(u) Exit doorways shall open outwards, that is, away from the room but shall not obstruct the
travel along any exit. No door when opened, shall reduce the required width of stairway or
landing to less than 90 cm. Over-head of doors shall not be installed for this purpose.
(v) An exit door shall not open immediately upon a flight of stairs. A landing at least 1.5 m X
1.5 m in size shall be provided in the stairway at each doorway. The level of landing shall be the
same as that of the floor which it serves.
(w) The exit doorways shall be openable from the side which they serve without the use of a
key.
(x) Exit corridors and passage ways shall be of a width not less than the aggregate required
width of exit doorways leading from there in the direction of travel to the exterior.
(y) Where stairways discharge through corridors and passageways the height of the corridors
and passageways shall not be less than 2.4 mts.
(aa) A staircase shall not be arranged round a lift shaft unless the latter is totally enclosed by a
materials having a fire resistance rating not lower than that of the type of construction of the
former.
(bb) Hollow combustible construction shall not be permitted.
(cc) The minimum width of an internal staircase shall be 100 cm.
(dd) The minimum width of treads without nosing shall be 25 cm for an internal staircase. The
treads shall be constructed and maintained in a manner to prevent slipping.
(ee) The maximum height of a riser shall be 19 cm. and the number of risers shall be limited to
12 per flight.
(ff) Hand rails shall be provided with a minimum height of 100 cm and shall be firmly
supported.
(gg) The use of spiral staircase shall be limited to low occupant load and to a building of height
of 9 metres, unless they are connected to platforms such as balconies and terraces to allow
escapes to pause. A spiral staircase shall be not less than 300 cms. in diameter and have
adequate headroom.
(hh) The width of a horizontal exit shall be same as for the exit doorways.
(ii) The horizontal exit shall be equipped with at least one fire door of self closing type.
(jj) The floor area on the opposite or refuge side of a horizontal exit shall be sufficient to
accommodate occupants of the floor areas served, allowing not less than 0.3 square metre per
person. The refuge area shall be provided with exits adequate to meet the requirements of this
sub-rule. At least one of the exits shall lead directly to the exterior or street.
(kk) Where there is difference in level between connected areas for horizontal exit, ramps not
more than 1 in 8 slope shall be provided. For this purpose steps shall not be used.
(ll) Doors in horizontal exits shall be openable at all times.
(mm) Ramps with a slope of not more than 1 to 10 may be substituted for the requirements of
staircase. For all slopes exceeding 1 to 10 and wherever the use in such as to involve danger of
slipping, the ramp shall be surfaced with non-slipping material.
(nn) In any building not provided with automatic fire alarm a manual fire alarm system shall be
provided if the total capacity of the building is over 500 persons, or if more than 25 persons are
employed above or below the ground floor, except that no manual fire alarm shall be required in
one storey buildings where the entire area is undivided and all parts thereof are clearly visible to
all occupants.
(10) First-aid fire fighting arrangements:-
(a) In every factory there shall be provided and maintained adequate and suitable fire fighting
equipment for fighting fires in the early stages, those being referred to first-aid fire fighting
equipment in this rule.
(b) The types of first-aid fire fighting equipment to be provided shall be determined by
considering the different types of fire risks which are classified as follows:-
(1) "Class A fire" - Fire due to combustible materials such as wood, textiles, paper, rubbish
and the like.
(i) "Light hazard" - Occupancies like offices, assembly halls, canteens, rest-rooms, ambulance
rooms and the like;
(ii) "Ordinary hazard" - Occupancies like saw mills, carpentry shop, small timber yards, book
binding shops, engineering workshop and the like;
(iii) "Extra hazard" - Occupancies like large timber yards, godowns storing fibrous materials,
flour mills, cotton mills, jute mills, large wood working factories and the like.
(2) "Class B fire" - Fire in flammable liquids like oil, petroleum products, elements, paint etc.
(3) "Class C fire" - Fire arising out of gaseous substances.
(4) "Class D fire" - Fire from reactive chemicals, active metals and the like.
(5) "Class E fire" - Fire involving electrical equipment and delicate machinery and the like.
(c) The number and types of first-aid fire fighting equipment to be provided for 'light hazard'
occupancy shall be as given in Schedule 1. For "ordinary hazard or extra hazard" occupancies
equipment as given in paragraph 10 shall be provided in addition to that given in Schedule I.
(d) The first-aid fire fighting equipment shall conform to the relevant Indian Standards.
(e) As far as possible the first-aid fire fighting equipment shall be similar in shape and
appearance and shall have the same method of operation.
(f) All first-aid fire fighting equipment shall be placed in a conspicuous position and shall be
readily and easily accessible for immediate use. Generally, these equipment shall be placed as
near as possible to the exits or stair landing of normal routes of escape.
(g) All water buckets and pump type extinguishers shall be filled with clean water. All and
buckets shall be filled with clean dry and fine sand.
(h) All other extinguishers shall be charged appropriately in accordance with the instructions of
the manufacturers.
(i) Each first-aid fire fighting equipment shall be allotted a serial number by which it shall be
referred to in the records. The following details shall be painted with white paint on the body of
each equipment.
(1) Serial number;
(2) Date of last refilling ; and
(3) Date of last inspection.

(j) First - aid fire fighting equipment shall be placed on platforms on cabinets in such a way that
their bottom is 750 mm. above floor level. Fire buckets shall be placed on books attached to a
suitable stand or wall in such a way that their bottom is 750 mm. above the floor level. Such
equipment if placed outside the building shall be under sheds or cover.
(k) All extinguishers shall be thoroughly cleaned and re-charged immediately after discharge.
Sufficient refill material shall be kept readily available for this purpose at all times.
(l) All first-aid fire fighting equipment shall be subjected to routine maintenance, inspection, and
testing to be carried out by properly trained persons. Periodicity of the routine maintenance,
inspection and test shall conform to the relevant Indian Standards.
(m) Other fire fighting arrangements : (a) In every factory adequate provisions of water supply
for fire fighting shall be made and where the amount of water required in litres per minute as
calculated from the formula A+B+C+D divided by 20 in 550 or more, power driven trailor
pumps of adequate capacity to meet the requirement of water as calculated above shall be
provided and maintained.
In the above formula:-
A=the total area in square meters of all floors including galleries in all buildings of the factory;
B= the total area in square meters of all floors and galleries including open spaces in which
combustible materials are handed or stored;
C= the total area in square meters of all floors over 15 meters above ground level; and
D= the total area of square meters of all floors of all buildings other than those of fire resisting
construction.
Provided that in areas where the fire risk involved does not require use of water, such areas
under B, C or D may for the purpose of calculation, be solved.
Provided further that where the areas under B, C or D are protected by permanent automatic fire
fighting installations approved by any fire association or fire insurance company such areas
may, for the purpose of calculation, be halved.
Provided also that where the factory is situated at not more than 3 kames. from an established
city or town fire service, the pumping capacity based on the amount of water arrived at by the
formula above may be reduced by 25% but no account shall be taken of this reduction in
calculating water supply required under clause (a).
(b) Each trailer pump shall be provided with equipment as per Schedule II appended to this rule.
Such equipment shall conform to the relevant Indian Standards.
(c) Trailer pumps shall be housed in a separate shed or sheds which shall be sited close to a
principal source of water supplies in the vicinity of the main risks for the factory.
(d) In factories where the area is such as cannot be reached by man-hauling of trailer pumps
within reasonable time vehicles with towing attachment shall be provided at the scale of one for
every four trailer pumps with a minimum of one such vehicle kept available at all times.
(e) Water supply shall be provided to give flow of water as required under clause (a) for at least
100 minutes. At least 50% of this water supply or 450,000 litres which ever is less, shall be in
the form of static tanks of adequate capacities (not less than 450,000 litres each) distributed
round the factory with due regard to the potential fire risks in the factory.
Where piped supply is provided, the sizer of the main shall not be less than 15 cms in diameter
and it shall be capable of supplying a minimum of 4500 litres per minute at a pressure of not less
than 7 kilogram per square centimetre.
(f) All trailer pumps including the equipment provided with -them and the vehicles for towing
them shall be maintained in good condition and subjected to periodical inspection and testing as
required.
(12) Personnel in charge of equipment and for fire fighting, fire drills, etc.
(a) The first-aid and other fire fighting equipment to be provided as required in sub-rules (10)
and (11)shall be in charge of a trained responsible person.
(b) Sufficient number of persons shall be trained in the proper handling of fire fighting
equipment as referred to in clause (a) and their use against number of persons are available for
fire fighting both by means of first-aid fire fighting equipment and others. Such persons shall be
provided with clothing and equipment including helmets, belts and boots, preferably gumboots.
Wherever vehicles with towing attachment are to be provided as required in clause (d) of sub-
rule(11) sufficient number of persons shall be trained in driving these vehicles to ensure the
trained persons are available for driving them whenever the need arises.
(c) Fire fighting drills shall be held as often as necessary and at least once in every period of 2
months.
(13) Automatic sprinklers and fire hydrants shall be in addition and not in substitution of the
requirements in sub rules (10) and (11).
( 14) If the Chief Inspector is satisfied in respect of any factory or any part of the factory that
owing to the exceptional circumstances such as inadequacy of water supply or infrequency water
supply or infrequency of the manufacturing process or for any other reason, to be recorded in
writing, all or any of the requirements of the rules are impracticable or not necessary for the
protection of workers, he may by order in writing (which he may at his discretion revoke)
exempt such factory or part of the factory from all or any of the provisions of the rules subject to
conditions as he may by such order prescribe.
61-A Safety Officer
(1) Qualifications:-
(a) A person shall not be eligible for appointment as Safety Officer unless he -
(i) Possesses a recognised degree in any branch of engineering or technology and has had
practical experience of working in a factory in supervisory capacity for a period of not less than
two years ; or
a recognised degree in physics or chemistry and has had practical experience of working in a
factory for a period of not less than five years; or a recognised diploma in any branch of
engineering or technology and has had practical experience of working in a factory in a
supervisory capacity for a period of not less than five years
(ii) Possesses a degree or diploma in industrial safety recognised by the State Government in this
behalf from time to time as specified in the Annexure at the end of this rule; and
(iii) has adequate knowledge of the language spoken by majority of the workers in the region in
which the factory where he is to be appointed is situate.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions contained in clause (a), any person who,
of not less than 5 years in a Department of the Central or State Government which deals with the
administration of the Factories Act 1948 or the Indian Dock Labourers Act, 1934; or
of not less than 5 years, full time, on training, education, consultancy, or research in the field of
accident prevention in industry or in any institution shall also be eligible for appointment as a
Safety Officer.
Provided that the Chief Inspector may subject to such conditions as he may specify, grant
exemption from the requirements of this sub-rule, if in his opinion, a suitable person possessing
the necessary qualifications and experience is not available for appointment:
Provided further that in the case of a person who has, been working as a Safety Officer for a
period of not less than 3 years on the date of commencement of this rule, the Chief Inspector
may, subject to such conditions as he may specify, relax all or any of the qualifications, specified
above in respect of such office.
(2) Recruitment:-
(i) The post of Safety Officer shall be advertised in at least two newspapers having a wide
circulation in the State, one of which shall be an English Newspaper.
(ii) Selection for appointment to the post of Safety Officer shall be made from among the
candidates applying for the post by a committee appointed by the Occupier of the factory.
(iii) The appointment when made shall be notified by the occupier to the Chief Inspector of
factories giving the details of the qualifications, age, pay, previous experience and other relevant
particulars of the officer appointed and the terms and conditions of his service.
(3) Conditions of Service:-
(a) Where the number of Safety Officers to be appointed in a factory as required by a notification
in the Official Gazette exceeds one, one of them shall be designated as the Chief Safety Officer
and shall have a status higher than that of the others. The Chief Safety Officer shall be in overall
charge of the safety functions as envisaged in sub-rule (4), the other safety officers working
under his control.
(b) The Chief Safety Officer or the Safety Officer in the case of factories where only one Safety
Officer is required to be appointed, shall be given the status of a senior executive and he shall
work directly under the control of the Chief Executive of the factory. All other Safety Officers
shall be given appropriate status to enable them to discharge their functions effectively.
(c) The scale of pay and the allowance to be granted to the Safety Officer including the Chief
Safety Officer, and the conditions of their service shall be the same as those of the officers of the
corresponding status in the factory. In no case the total emoluments being paid by a State
Government to an Inspector of Factories at the minimum of his scale of pay and in the case of
Chief Safety Officer to that of a Regional Inspector of Factories.
(d) In the case of dismissal or discharge, Safety Officer shall have right to appeal to the State
Government, whose decision thereon shall be final.
(4) Duties:-
The duties of the Safety Officer shall be to advise and assist the factory management in the
fulfillment of its obligation, statutory or otherwise, concerning prevention of personal injuries
and maintaining a safe working environment. These duties shall include the following namely -
(i) to advise the concerned departments in a factory in planning and organising measures
necessary for the effective control of personal injuries.
(ii) to check and evaluate the effectiveness of the action taken or proposed to be taken to prevent
personal injuries.
(iii) to advise on safety aspects in all job studies, and to carry out detailed job safety studies of
selected jobs
(iv) to advise the purchasing and stores department in ensuring high quality and availability of
personal protective equipment;
(v) to provide advice on matters related to carrying out plant safety inspections ;
(vi) to carry out plant safety inspections in order to observe the physical conditions of work and
the work practices and procedures followed by the workers and to render advice on measures to
be adopted for removing unsafe physical conditions and preventing unsafe actions by workers
(vii) to render advice on matters related to reporting and investigation of industrial accidents and
diseases
(viii) to investigate selected accidents
(ix) to investigate the case of industrial diseases contracted and dangerous occurrences under
Rule96
(x) to advise on the maintenance of such records as are necessary relating to accidents, dangerous
occurrences and industrial diseases ;
(xi) to promote setting up of safety committees and act as adviser and catalyst to such
committees
(xii) to organise in association with the concerned departments campaigns, competitions,

contests and other activities which will develop and maintain the interest of the workers in
establishing and maintaining safe conditions of work and procedures ; and
(xiii) to design and conduct either independently or in collaboration with the training department,
suitable training and educational programmes for the prevention of personal injuries.
(5) Facilities:- An occupier of the factory shall provide each Safety Officer with such facilities,
equipment and information as are necessary to enable him to discharge his duties effectively.
(6) Prohibition of Performance of other duties..- No Safety Officer shall be required or permitted
to do any work which is inconsistent with or detrimental to the performance of the duties
prescribed in sub-rule (4).
(1) Definitions:-
(i) the occupier or (ii) a contractor for the time being under contract with the occupier or
(iii) a person employed, appointed or selected by the occupier or by a contractor as
aforesaid, to carry out certain duties incidental to the generation, transformation,
conversion switching, controlling, regulating, distribution or use of electrical energy;
such occupier, contractor, or person being a person who is competent for the purposes
of the rule in which the term is used.
(b) "Apparatus " means electrical apparatus, and includes all apparatus, machines and
fittings in which conductors are used or of which they form a part.
(e) "Conductor" means an electrical conductor arranged to be

electrically connected to a system.
(f) "Covered with insulating material" means' adequately covered with insulating
materials of such quality and thickness that there is no danger.
(g) "Danger " means danger to health or danger to life or limb from shock, burn, or other
injury to persons employed, or from fire attendant upon generation, transformation,
distribution or use of electrical energy.
(i) "Earthed" means connected to the general mass of earth in such manner as will
ensure at all time an immediate discharge of electrical energy without danger.

(Of such size, quality and construction according to the circumstances of the use
thereof, that a person is thereby adequately protected from danger).
(o) "Pressure" means the difference of electrical potential between any two conductors
or between, a conductor and earth as read by a hot wire an electrostatic voltameter.
(p) "Low pressure " means a pressure in a system normally not

exceeding 250 volts where the electrical energy is used.
(r) "High pressure" means a pressure in a system normally above 650 volts, but not
exceeding 3,000 volts, where the electrical energy is used or supplied.
(s) "Extra High pressure" means a pressure in a system normally exceeding 3,000 volts
where the electrical energy is used or supplied.
(t) "Switch Board" means the collection of switches or fuses,

conductors and other apparatus in connection therewith, used for the purpose of
controlling the current or pressure in any system or part of a system.
(u) "Switch Board Passage-way" means any passage way or

compartment large enough for a person to enter, and used in
connection with switch board when live.
(2) All apparatus and conductors shall be adequate in size and power
for the work they are called upon to do and so constructed, installed, protected,
workednd maintained as to prevent danger so far as reasonably practicable.
(3) Every electrical joint and connection shall be of proper construction

as regards conductivity, insulation, mechanical strength and protection.
(4) Efficient means, suitably located, shall be provided for protecting from
excess of current to every part of a system as may be necessary to prevent
danger.
(5) All parts, of generators, motors, transformers, or other similar apparatus, within
reach from any position in which any person employed may be required to be, shall be,
so far as reasonably practicable, so protected as to prevent danger.
(6) All accessible metallic portions of electrical plant or apparatus which
though normally not forming part of an electrical circuit, may become alive,
accidentally, shall be protected by an insulating covering or by other adequate means or
shall be connected to earth by a conductor of adequate size.
(7) Adequate working space and means of access, free from danger..
shall be provided for all apparatus which have to be worked or attended to
by any person.
(8) Where one of the conductors of a system is connected to earth, no

single pole switch other than a link for testing purposes, or switch for use in
controlling a generator shall be placed in such conductor or any branch thereof.
(9) Every fuse and every automatic circuit-breaker used instead thereof
shall be so constructed and arranged as effectively to interrupt the current
before it so exceeds the working rate as to involve danger. It shall be of
such construction or be so guarded or placed as to prevent danger from over heating, or
from arcing or the scattering of hot metal or other substance which it comes into
operation. Every fuse shall be either of such construction or so protected by a switch
(10) Conductors which in accordance with the conditions of operation

are required to be earthed shall, as a general rule not be protected by fuses.
(11) The general arrangement of switch-boards shall, so far as reasonably

practicable, be such that:-
(c) conductors arranged for connection to the same system are kept well apart, and can,
where necessary, be readily distinguished;
(d) all bare conductors are so placed or protected as to prevent danger from accidental
short circuit.
(12) Every switch board having bare conductors normally so exposed

that they may be touched, shall, if not located in any area or areas set apart
for the purposes thereof, where necessary be suitably fenced or enclosed.
No person except an authorised person, or a person acting under his

immediate supervision, shall, for the purpose of carrying out his duties, have access to
any part of an area so set apart.
(13) Every motor shall be provided with an efficient switch or circuit
breaker for starting and sping the motor, so placed as to be easily and safely operated
by the person controlling the motor. Such a switch or circuit breaker may be embodied
in the starting controlling device used with the motor.
(14) In every place in which machines are being driven by an electric

motor, there shall be means at hand for either switching off the motor, or
sping machines if necessary to prevent danger.
(15) Every flexible wire for portable apparatus shall be connected to the
system either by efficient permanent joints or connections, or by a properly
constructed connector.
In all cases where the person handling portable apparatus or pendent

lamps with switches, would be liable to get a shock through a conducting floor or
conducting work or otherwise, if the metal work of the portable apparatus became
charged, the metal work must be efficiently earthed; and any flexible metallic covering of
the conductors shall be itself efficiently earthed and shall not itself be the only earth
A lamp holder shall not be in metallic connection with the guard or other
metal work of a portable lamp.
In such places the portable apparatus and its flexible wire shall be
controlled by efficient means suitably located, and capable of cutting of the
pressure, and the metal work shall be efficiently earthed independently of any flexible
metallic cover of the conductors and any such flexible covering shall itself be
independently earthed.
(16) In plug and socket connection for transportable apparatus the socket
shall be connected to the conductor and the plug to the appliance.
(17) Plug for connecting moveable conductors shall he of such construction

that they do not get in the socket connections meant for higher current. Plug and socket
connection shall be of such construction that the plug cannot be inserted or withdrawn
while the current is on.
(18) Efficient means, suitably located, shall be provided for cutting off
all pressure from every part of a system as may be necessary to prevent
danger.
(19) All conductors shall either be covered with insulating material and
further efficiently protected where necessary to prevent danger or they shall
be so placed and safeguarded as to prevent danger so far as is reasonably practicable.
(20) Knife switches shall be of such construction that the breaking area
cannot reach the operating handle and they shall be so connected that when open the
blades are dead.
(21) All conductors and apparatus exposed to the weather wet corrosion,
inflammable surroundings or explosive atmosphere, or used in any process or for any
special purpose other than for lighting or power, shall be so constructed or protected,
and such special precautions shall be taken as may be necessary to prevent danger in
view of such exposure or use.
(22) In any place where inflammable substance or explosive dust or gas

is liable to be present :
(a) No lamp except incandescent lamp with its holder completely enclosed in a fitting
having thick glass glove and an adequate radiating surface shall be used.
(b) All generators, motors, plants and their tunnels and every electrical fitting shall be of
gas tight construction.
(d) No portable apparatus shall be used unless such apparatus is approved by the Chief
Inspector.
(e) Switches, cut outs and all other accessories liable to are shall where practicable be
located out side such places, but where this is impracticable they shall be of flame-proof
type.
(23) Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent any conductor or

apparatus from being accidentally or inadvertently electrically charged when persons
are working thereon.
(24) Where necessary insulating stands or screens shall be provided

adequately to prevent danger and kept permanently in position, and shall be maintained
in sound condition.
(25) Portable insulating stands, screens, boots, or other suitable means

shall be provided and used when necessary adequately to prevent danger, and shall be
periodically examined by an authorised person. A record of such examinations shall be
kept in suitable register which shall be readily available for perusal by an Inspector.
(26) No person except an authorised person or a competent person acting

under his immediate supervision shall undertake any work where technical
knowledge or experience is required in order adequately to avoid danger; and no
person shall work alone in any case in which the Chief Inspector directs that he shall
not. No person except an authorised person or a competent person over 21 years of
age acting under his immediate supervision, shall undertake any repair, alteration,
extension, cleaning or similar work where technical knowledge or experience is required
in order to avoid danger, and no one shall do such work unaccompanied.
(27)When work is being carried on the power lines a notice board of

a size not less than 1'-0" x 0'-9" labelled in red "Caution, person working on line" and its
equivalent in vernacular shall be placed on the switch board.
(28) Instructions, both in English and in the vernacular of the district as

to the treatment of persons from electric shock, shall be affixed in all premises where
electrical energy is generated, transformed, converted, switched, controlled, regulated,
distributed or used.
(29) Exemptions..-
(1) Nothing in this rule shall apply to any service lines or apparatus on the supply side of
the consumer's terminal or to any chamber containing such service lines or apparatus
where the supply is obtained from an outside authority.
(2) This rule shall not apply to any installation generating, transforming, converting or
using electrical energy at a voltage of 24 volts or less.
(3) The State Government may by order exempt from the operation of this rule either in
whole or in part any premises to which any special rules or regulations under any other
Act as to the generation, transformation, conversion, switching, controlling, distribution
and use of electrical energy apply; and may revoke such order.
(4) If the occupier can show, with regard to any requirement of this rule,that the special
conditions in his premises are such as adequately to prevent danger, that requirement
shall be deemed to be satisfied and the Chief Inspector may by order in writing direct,
that any class of special condition
defined in the requirements of this rule adequately to prevent danger are satisfied, and
may revoke such order. In particular the following shall be deemed for all the purposes
of this rule adequately to prevent danger-
Room in which-
(b) there is no machinery or other earthed metal with which a person handling any non-
earthed lamp fittings or any portable lamp is liable to be in contact
(1) Definitions:-
(i) the occupier or (ii) a contractor for the time being under contract with the occupier or (iii) a
person employed, appointed or selected by the occupier or by a contractor as aforesaid, to carry
out certain duties incidental to the generation, transformation, conversion switching, controlling,
regulating, distribution or use of electrical energy; such occupier, contractor, or person being a
person who is competent for the purposes of the rule in which the term is used.
(b) "Apparatus " means electrical apparatus, and includes all apparatus, machines and fittings in
which conductors are used or of which they form a part.
(e) "Conductor" means an electrical conductor arranged to be electrically connected to a system.
(f) "Covered with insulating material" means' adequately covered with insulating materials of
such quality and thickness that there is no danger.
(g) "Danger " means danger to health or danger to life or limb from shock, burn, or other injury
to persons employed, or from fire attendant upon generation, transformation, distribution or use
of electrical energy.
(i) "Earthed" means connected to the general mass of earth in such manner as will ensure at all
time an immediate discharge of electrical energy without danger.

(Of such size, quality and construction according to the circumstances of the use thereof, that a
person is thereby adequately protected from danger).
(o) "Pressure" means the difference of electrical potential between any two conductors or
between, a conductor and earth as read by a hot wire an electrostatic voltameter.
(p) "Low pressure " means a pressure in a system normally not exceeding 250 volts where the
electrical energy is used.
(r) "High pressure" means a pressure in a system normally above 650 volts, but not exceeding
3,000 volts, where the electrical energy is used or supplied.
(s) "Extra High pressure" means a pressure in a system normally exceeding 3,000 volts where the
electrical energy is used or supplied.
(t) "Switch Board" means the collection of switches or fuses, conductors and other apparatus in
connection therewith, used for the purpose of controlling the current or pressure in any system or
part of a system.
(u) "Switch Board Passage-way" means any passage way or compartment large enough for a
person to enter, and used in connection with switch board when live.
(2) All apparatus and conductors shall be adequate in size and power for the work they are called
upon to do and so constructed, installed, protected, worked and maintained as to prevent danger
so far as reasonably practicable.
(3) Every electrical joint and connection shall be of proper construction as regards conductivity,
insulation, mechanical strength and protection.
(4) Efficient means, suitably located, shall be provided for protecting from excess of current to
every part of a system as may be necessary to prevent danger.
(5) All parts, of generators, motors, transformers, or other similar apparatus, within reach from
any position in which any person employed may be required to be, shall be, so far as reasonably
practicable, so protected as to prevent danger.
(6) All accessible metallic portions of electrical plant or apparatus which though normally not
forming part of an electrical circuit, may become alive, accidentally, shall be protected by an
insulating covering or by other adequate means or shall be connected to earth by a conductor of
adequate size.
(7) Adequate working space and means of access, free from danger shall be provided for all
apparatus which have to be worked or attended to by any person.
(8) Where one of the conductors of a system is connected to earth, no single pole switch other
than a link for testing purposes, or switch for use in controlling a generator shall be placed in
such conductor or any branch thereof.
(9) Every fuse and every automatic circuit-breaker used instead thereof shall be so constructed
and arranged as effectively to interrupt the current before it so exceeds the working rate as to
involve danger. It shall be of such construction or be so guarded or placed as to prevent danger
from over heating, or from arcing or the scattering of hot metal or other substance which it
comes into operation. Every fuse shall be either of such construction or so protected by a switch
(10) Conductors which in accordance with the conditions of operation are required to be earthed
shall, as a general rule not be protected by fuses.
(11) The general arrangement of switch-boards shall, so far as reasonably practicable, be such
that:-
(c) conductors arranged for connection to the same system are kept well apart, and can, where
necessary, be readily distinguished;
(d) all bare conductors are so placed or protected as to prevent danger from accidental short
circuit.
(12) Every switch board having bare conductors normally so exposed that they may be touched,
shall, if not located in any area or areas set apart for the purposes thereof, where necessary be
suitably fenced or enclosed.
No person except an authorised person, or a person acting under his immediate supervision,
shall, for the purpose of carrying out his duties, have access to any part of an area so set apart.
(13) Every motor shall be provided with an efficient switch or circuit breaker for starting and
sping the motor, so placed as to be easily and safely operated by the person controlling the
motor. Such a switch or circuit breaker may be embodied in the starting controlling device used
with the motor.
(14) In every place in which machines are being driven by an electric motor, there shall be means
at hand for either switching off the motor, or sping machines if necessary to prevent danger.
(15) Every flexible wire for portable apparatus shall be connected to the system either by
efficient permanent joints or connections, or by a properly constructed connector.
In all cases where the person handling portable apparatus or pendent lamps with switches, would
be liable to get a shock through a conducting floor or conducting work or otherwise, if the metal
work of the portable apparatus
became charged, the metal work must be efficiently earthed; and any flexible metallic covering
of the conductors shall be itself efficiently earthed and shall not itself be the only earth
A lamp holder shall not be in metallic connection with the guard or other metal work of a
portable lamp.
In such places the portable apparatus and its flexible wire shall be controlled by efficient means
suitably located, and capable of cutting of the pressure, and the metal work shall be efficiently
earthed independently of any flexible metallic cover of the conductors and any such flexible
covering shall itself be independently earthed.
(16) In plug and socket connection for transportable apparatus the socket shall be connected to
the conductor and the plug to the appliance.
(17) Plug for connecting moveable conductors shall he of such construction that they do not get
in the socket connections meant for higher current. Plug and socket connection shall be of such
construction that the plug cannot be inserted or withdrawn while the current is on.
(18) Efficient means, suitably located, shall be provided for cutting off all pressure from every
part of a system as may be necessary to prevent danger.
(19) All conductors shall either be covered with insulating material and further efficiently
protected where necessary to prevent danger or they shall be so placed and safeguarded as to
prevent danger so far as is reasonably practicable.
(20) Knife switches shall be of such construction that the breaking area cannot reach the
operating handle and they shall be so connected that when open the blades are dead.
(21) All conductors and apparatus exposed to the weather wet corrosion, inflammable
surroundings or explosive atmosphere, or used in any process or for any special purpose other
than for lighting or power, shall be so constructed or protected, and such special precautions
shall be taken as may be necessary to prevent danger in view of such exposure or use.
(22) In any place where inflammable substance or explosive dust or gas is liable to be present :
(a) No lamp except incandescent lamp with its holder completely enclosed in a fitting having
thick glass glove and an adequate radiating surface shall be used.
(b) All generators, motors, plants and their tunnels and every electrical fitting shall be of gas
tight construction.
(d) No portable apparatus shall be used unless such apparatus is approved by the Chief Inspector.
(e) Switches, cut outs and all other accessories liable to are shall where practicable be located out
side such places, but where this is impracticable they shall be of flame-proof type.
(23) Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent any conductor or apparatus from being
accidentally or inadvertently electrically charged when persons are working thereon.
(24) Where necessary insulating stands or screens shall be provided adequately to prevent danger
and kept permanently in position, and shall be maintained in sound condition.
(25) Portable insulating stands, screens, boots, or other suitable means shall be provided and
used when necessary adequately to prevent danger, and shall be periodically examined by an
authorised person. A record of such examinations shall be kept in suitable register which shall be
readily available for perusal by an Inspector.
(26) No person except an authorised person or a competent person acting under his immediate
supervision shall undertake any work where technical knowledge or experience is required in
order adequately to avoid danger; and no person shall work alone in any case in which the Chief
Inspector directs that he shall not. No person except an authorised person or a competent person
over 21 years of age acting under his immediate supervision, shall undertake any repair,
alteration, extension, cleaning or similar work where technical knowledge or experience is
required in order to avoid danger, and no one shall do such work unaccompanied.
(27)When work is being carried on the power lines a notice board of a size not less than 1'-0" x
0'-9" labelled in red "Caution, person working on line" and its equivalent in vernacular shall be
placed on the switch board.
(28) Instructions, both in English and in the vernacular of the district as to the treatment of
persons from electric shock, shall be affixed in all premises where electrical energy is generated,
transformed, converted, switched, controlled, regulated, distributed or used.
(29) Exemptions..-
(1) Nothing in this rule shall apply to any service lines or apparatus on the supply side of the
consumer's terminal or to any chamber containing such service lines or apparatus where the
supply is obtained from an outside authority.
(2) This rule shall not apply to any installation generating, transforming, converting or using
electrical energy at a voltage of 24 volts or less.
(3) The State Government may by order exempt from the operation of this rule either in whole or
in part any premises to which any special rules or regulations under any other Act as to the
generation, transformation, conversion, switching, controlling, distribution and use of electrical
energy apply; and may revoke such order.
(4) If the occupier can show, with regard to any requirement of this rule, that the special
conditions in his premises are such as adequately to prevent danger, that requirement shall be
deemed to be satisfied and the Chief Inspector may by order in writing direct, that any class of
special condition defined in the requirements of this rule adequately to prevent danger are
satisfied, and may revoke such order. In particular the following shall be deemed for all the
purposes of this rule adequately to prevent danger-
Room in which-
(b) there is no machinery or other earthed metal with which a person handling any non-earthed
lamp fittings or any portable lamp is liable to be in contact

61-C. Safety belts
Where any person is required or allowed to work at a place from which he may be liable to fall
through a distance of more than ten feet, he shall be provided with a safety belt with leather
shoulder straps of not less than two inches in width and a 'D' ring at the back for fastening a rope,
the other end of which shall be securely tied or hooked to some suitable rigid fixture. The safety
belt so provided shall be tested and examined thoroughly by a competent person at least once in
six months and a certificate with regard to its suitability obtained from the said competent person
and entered in a register, which shall be produced before the Inspector on demand.
Provided that where Chief Inspector is satisfied that in respect of any particular work in a factory
or any location thereof, wearing of safety belt is not convenient or is inappropriate or is not
reasonably practicable and where alternate safety precautions have been taken and provided by
the management for the safety of the workers, on the application of the manager of the factory he
may, by order in writing, exempt the factory or any part thereof or description of work, from the
requirement of providing safety belts under the rule subject to such conditions as he may specify.
61-D. Fragile roofs, provision of crawling Boards etc.
In any factory, no person shall be required to stand or pass over or work on or near, any roof or
ceiling covered with fragile material through which he is liable to fall, in case it breaks or gives
way, a distance of more than three metres, unless -
(a) suitable and sufficient ladders, duck ladders or crawling boards which shall be securely
supported, are provided and used ; and
(b) a permit to work on the fragile roof is issued to him each time he is required to work thereon
by a responsible person of the factory concerned.
61-E Supply of Protective Equipments and Clothing
Save as otherwise expressly provided for in these rules, suitable personal protective equipments
and clothing, such as helmets, goggles, respirators, aprons, leggings, boots or other foot-wear,
gloves, and clothing, as may be specified by the Inspector by an order in writing shall be
supplied to workers engaged in any process which in the opinion of the Inspector, is likely to be
injurious to the health and safety of the workers.
All such equipments shall be maintained in good condition.
61-F. Building and Structure
(1) Buildings and Structures: No building, wall, chimney bridge, tunnel, road, gallery, stair-way,
ramp, floor, platform, staging, or other structure, whether of a permanent or temporary character,
shall be, constructed or situated, maintained in any factory in such manner as to cause risk of
bodily injury.
(2) Machinery and Plant:- No machinery, plant or equipment shall be erected, situated, operated
or maintained in any factory in such a manner as to cause risk of bodily injury.
(3) Methods of work:- No process or work shall be carried on in any factory in such a manner as
to cause risk of bodily injury.
(4) Stacking and storing of material etc.:- No material or equipment shall be stacked or stored in
such a manner as to cause risk of bodily injury.
61-G. Ship building and Ship-repairing

1. Application:- These rules shall apply as respects of work carried out in any of the operations.
2. Definitions:- In these rules unless there is anything repugnant in

the subject or context
(a) "Certificate of entry" means a certificate which-
(i) is given by a person who is a competent analyst and who is competent to give such certificates
; and
(ii) certifies that he has in an adequate and suitable manner tested the atmosphere in the oil-tank
or oil-tanks specified in the certificate and found that having regard to all the circumstances of
the case, including the likelihood or otherwise of the atmosphere being or becoming dangerous,
entry to the oil-tank or oil-tanks without wearing breathing apparatus may in his opinion, be
permitted;
(b) "hot work" means any Work which involves-
(i) welding, burning, soldering, brazing, sand blasting or chipping by spark producing tools; or
(ii) use of non-flame proof electrical equipment or equipment with internal combustion engines;
and includes any other work which is likely to produce sufficient heat capable of igniting
flammable gases or vapours.
(c) "naked light certificate" means a certificate which -
(i) is given by a person who is a competent analyst and who is competent to give such
certificates; and
(ii) certifies that he has in an adequate and suitable manner tested for the presence of
inflammable vapour the oil-tank, compartment, space or other part of the vessel specified in the
certificate and found it to be free therefrom and that having regard to all the circumstances of the
case, including the likelihood or otherwise of the atmosphere becoming inflammable, the use of
naked lights, fires, lamps or heated rivets or any hot work to be carried out may in his opinion be
permitted in the oil-tank, compartment, space or other part of the vessels specified in the
certificate:
(d) "oil" means any liquid which has a f lash point below 132 deg C (270deg F) and also includes
lubricating oils, liquid methane, liquid butane and liquid propane :
Explanation:- Flash point wherever it occurs in these rules, shall be flash point as determined by
Abel Closed Cup or Pensky-Marten Closed Cup Procedures as described in I.S.1448-1960.
(e) "Oil-tank" means any tank or compartment in which oil is or has been carried;
(f) "the operations" means-

(i) construction, reconstruction or breaking up of any ship or vessel, repairing, refitting, painting
and finishing;
(ii) the sealing, surfing or cleaning of its boilers (including combustion chambers or smoke
boxes) ; and
(iii) the cleaning of its bilges or oil-fuel tanks or any of its tanks last used for carrying oil.
For the purpose of this definition the expression "Oil" means oil of any description whether or no
oil within the meaning of foregoing definition of that expression:
(g) "Ship" and "vessel" shall have the same meanings as in the Merchant Shipping Act, 1958;
(h) "Shipyard" means any yard or dry dock (including the precincts thereof) in which ships or
vessels are constructed, reconstructed, repaired, refitted or finished;
(i) "Stage" means any temporary platform on or from which persons employed perform work in
connection with the operations, but does not include a boatswain's chair;
(j) "Staging" includes any stage, and any upright, thwart, pin, wedge, distance piece, belt or other
appliance or material not being part of the structure of the vessel, which is used in connection
with the support of any stage, and any guard-rails connected with a stage;
(k) "Tanker" means a vessel constructed or adopted for carrying a cargo of oil in bulk.
ACCESS AND STAGING
3. General access to vessels in shipyard:- All main gangways giving general access to a vessel in
a shipyard, whether from the ground or from a wharf or quay, and all cross, gangways leading
from such a main gangway on the vessel shall -
(i) be at least 60 cm. wide
(ii) be securely protected on each side to a height of at least 90cm. by strongly constructed upper
and lower hand-rails and by a secure to board projecting at least 15 cm. above the floor;
(iii) be of good construction, sound material and adequate strength
(iv) be stable and wherever practicable, of permanent construction,
(iii) be kept in a position as long as required and,
(iv) maintained in good repairs

4. Access to dry dock:-
(a) Every flight of steps giving access from ground level either to an altar or to the bottom of a
dry dock shall be provided throughout on each side with a substantial hand rail. In the case of an
open side, secure friends to a height of at least 90 cm. shall be provided by means of upper and
lower rails, taut ropes or chains or by equally safe means. For the purposes of this sub-rule a
flight steps which is divided into two by a chute for materials, with no space between either side
of the chute and the steps shall be deemed to be one flight of steps.
(b) Such hand rails and fencings as aforesaid shall be kept in position save when and to the
extent to which their absence is necessary (whether or not for the purpose of the operations) for
the access of persons, or for the movement of materials or vessels or for traffic or working, for
repair, butt handrails or fencings removed for any of those purposes shall be kept readily
available and shall be replaced as soon as practicable.
5. Access to vessels in dry dock:-
(a) If a ship is lying in a dry dock for the purpose of undergoing any of the operations, there shall
be provide means of access for the use of workers at such times as they have to pass to, or from,
the ship or dry dock -
(i) where reasonably practicable one more ships accommodation ladders, or
(ii) One or more soundly constructed gangways or similar constructions.
(b) The means so provided shall not be less than 55 cm. wide properly secure and fenced
throughout on each side to a clear height of 90 cm. by means of upper and lower rails, taut ropes
or chains or by any other safe means, except that in the case of the ships accommodation ladder,
such fencing shall be necessary on one side only provided where the other side is properly
protected by the ships side.
(c) Where at any dry dock, there is a gangway giving access from an alter of the dock to vessel
which is in the dock for the purpose of undergoing any of the operations, and the edge of the
altar is unfenced, adequate hand-holds shall be available for any length of the altar which
workers commonly use when passing between the gangway and the nearest flight of steps which
gives access to ground level.
6. Access to and from bulwarks..- Where there is a gangway leading on to a bulwark of a vessel
there shall be provided.
(a) Wherever practicable, a platform at the in-board end of the gangway with safe means of
access therefrom to the decks ; or
(b) Where such a platform is not practicable, a second gangway or stairway leading from a
bulwark on to the deck which are either attached to the first mentioned gangway or place
continuous to it in which case means of access securely protected by fencing shall be provided
from one to other.
7. Access to staging etc.:-
(a) Where outside staging is erected on a shipyard, there shall be provided sufficient ladders
giving direct access to the stages having regard to extent of the staging and to the work to be
done.
(b) Where a vessel is under construction or reconstruction and workers are liable to go forward
or aft or athwarship across or along uncovered deck beams, or across or long floors, sufficient
planks shall be provided on these deck-beams or on these floors for the purpose of access to or
from places of work, and sufficient and suitable portable ladders shall be provided so as to give
access either from the ground or outer bottom plating to the of the floor.
(c) Without prejudice to any other provision in these rules requiring a greater width, no footway
or passageway constructed of planks shall be less than 45 cm. wide.
8. Ladders:-
(a) Subject to clauses (b) and (c) of this rule, every ladder which affords a means of access,
communication of support to a person shall-
(i) be soundly constructed and properly maintained; and
(ii) be of adequate strength for the purpose of which it is used; and
(iii) be securely fixed either-
(i) as near its upper resting place as possible or
(ii) where this is impracticable at its base, or where such fixing is impracticable a person shall be
stationed at the base of the ladder when in use to prevent it from slipping; and
(iv) Unless there is other adequate hand-hold, extent to a height of at least 75 cm; above the
place of landing or the highest of the right rung to be reached by the foot of any person working
on the ladder, as the case may be, or, if this is impracticable, to the greatest practicable height.
(b) Requirements (iii) and (iv) of the preceding clause of this rule shall not apply to fixed ladders
of ship or to rope ladders. Effective measures by means of roping off or other similar means shall
be taken to prevent the use of fixed ladders of a ship which do not comply with requirements (i)
and (ii) of that sub-rule.
(c) Any worker who removes any ladder and sets it up in a new position shall, as regards that
ladder, comply with requirements (c) of clause (a) of this rule.
(d) Rope ladders shall provide foot-hold of a depth including any space behind the ladder of not
less than 12 cm. and so far as is reasonably practicable, suitable provision shall be made for
preventing such ladders from twisting.
9. Lashing of Ladders:-
(a) A fibre rope, or rope made with stands consisting of wire ropes covered with fibre, shall not
be used to secure a ladder used for the purpose of the operation.
(b) A wire rope shall not be used to secure any such ladder unless its ends are furled, but this
provision shall not apply in the case of an end which is so situated or protected that a person
using the ladder is not liable to come into contact with it s as to suffer injury.
10. Material for staging:-
(a) A sufficient supply of sound and substantial material and appliances shall be available in
convenient place or places for the construction of staging.
(b) All planks and other materials and appliances intended to be used or re-used for staging shall
be carefully examined, before being taken into use or re-use in any staging. Every examination
required by this clause shall be carried out by a person competent for the purpose.
11. Staging, dry dock altars and shoring sills:-
(a) All staging and every part thereof shall be of good construction, of suitable and sound
material and of adequate strength for the purpose for which it is used and shall be properly
maintained, and every upright and thwart shall be kept so fixed, secured or placed in position as
to prevent, so far as is reasonably practicable, accidental displacement.
(b) All planks forming stages shall be securely fastened to prevent them from slipping unless
they extend 45 cm. or more beyond the ins de edge of the thwart or support on which they rest.
(c) All staging used in connection with the operations shall be inspected before use, and
thereafter at regular and frequent intervals, by a responsible person.
(d) All dry dock altars and shoring sills on or from which persons perform work in connection
with the operations shall be of sound construction and properly maintained.
(e) All parts of stages, all parts of footways or passageways constructed of planks, and all parts
of dry dock altars or shoring connection with the operations, shall so afar as is reasonably
practicable, be kept clear of all substances likely to make foot-hold or hand-hold insecure.
12. Upright used for hosting block:-
(a) If any upright forming part of staging is used as a fixing for a pulley for hosting materials,
(i) it shall be properly housed in the ground or shall otherwise be adequately secured so as to
prevent it from rising; and
(ii) it shall be suitably protected against damage by the action of the chain or wire or other means
of securing the pulley block to the upright.
(b) No upright forming part of staging shall be used as an anchorage for a load pulley block,
unless the upright is not likely to be displaced by such use.
13. Support of stages on planks:- Planks supported on the rungs of ladders shall not be used to
support stages.
14. Suspended stages:-
(a) Stages suspended by ropes or chains shall be secured as far as possible so as to prevent them
swinging.
(b) A fibre rope, or a rope made of stands consisting of wire cores covered with fibre shall not be
used for suspending a stage except that fibre ropes may be used in the case a stage of which the
suspension ropes are received through blocks.
(c) Chains, ropes, blocks and other gear used for the suspension of stages shall be of sound
material, adequate strength and suitable quality, and in good condition.
(d) Appropriate steps shall be taken to prevent ropes or chains used for supporting a stage from
coming into contact with sharp edges of any part of vessel.
15. Boatswain's Chains:-
(a) Boatswains' chains and chains, ropes or other gear used for their suspension shall he of sound
material, adequate strength and suitable quality and the chains, ropes or other gear shall be
securely attached.
(b) Suitable measures shall be taken to prevent where possible the spinning of a boatswain's chair
to prevent the tipping of a boatswain's chair and to prevent any occupant falling therefrom.
16. Rising stages:- All planks forming a rising stage at the bow end of a vessel shall be securely
fastened to prevent them from slipping.
17. Width of staging..- Without prejudice to the other provisions of these Rules, all stages shall
be of sufficient width as is reasonable in all the circumstances of the case to secure the safety of
the persons working thereon.
18. Stages from which a person is liable to fall more than 2 m. or into water..-
(a) This Rule applies to stages from which a person is liable to fall a distance of more than 2 m.
or into water, in which there is a risk of drowning.
(b) Every stage to which this Rule applies -
(i) shall so far as is reasonably practicable, be closely boarded, planked or plated
(ii) shall be constructed or placed that a person is not liable to fall as aforesaid through gap in the
staging not being a gap necessary and no larger than necessary having regard to the nature of the
work being carried on;
(iii) shall be at least 45 cm. wide.
(c) Every side of a stage to which this rule applies shall -
(i) if it is not a side immediately adjacent to any part of a vessel, of be fenced (subject to the
provisions of sub rules (d) to (g) this Rule) with a guard rail or guard rails to a height of at least 1
m. above the stage, which rail or rails shall be so placed as to prevent so far as practicable the fall
of persons from the stage or from any standing raised place on the stage ; or
(ii) if it is a side immediately adjacent to any part of a vessel, be placed as near as practicable to
that part having regard to the nature of the work being carried on, and to the nature of the
structure of the vessel.
(d) In the case of stages which are suspended by ropes or chains and which are used solely for
painting, the fencing required by clause (i) of the preceding sub-clause may be provided by
means of taut guard rope or taut guard ropes.
(e) no side of a stage or as the case may be, no part of the side of a stage need be fenced in
pursuance of sub-clause (c) (i) of this sub-rule in cases where, and so long as, the nature of the
work being carded on makes the fencing of that side, or, as the case may be, that part
impracticable.
(f) guard rails provided in pursuance of sub-clause (c) (i) of this sub-rule may be removed for the
time and to the extent necessary for the access of persons or for the movement of materials; but
guard rails removed for either of these purposes shall be replaced as soon as practicable.
(g) where it is not reasonably practicable to comply with the provisions of sub-clause (c) (i) of
this sub-rule, workers shall be provided with suitable safety belts equipped with life lines which
are secured with a minimum amount of slack to a fixed structure.
FURTHER PRECAUTIONS AGAINST FALL OF PERSONS, MATERIALS AND ARTICLES
19. Fencing of dry docks:-
(a) Fencing shall be provided at or near the edges of a dock at a ground level, including edges
above flights of steps and chutes for materials. The height of such fencing shall at no point be
less than 1 m.
(b) Such fencing as aforesaid shall be kept in position save when and to the extent to which its
or for movement of materials or vessels or for traffic or working, or for repair but fencing
removed for any of those purposes shall be kept readily available and shall be replaced as soon
as practicable.
20. Protection of openings..-
(a) Every side or edge of an opening in a deck or tank of a vessel, being a side or edge which
may be a source of danger to workers shall, except where and while the opening is securely
covered or where the side or edge is protected to a height of not less than 75 cm. by a earning or
other part of the vessel, be provided with fencing to height of not less than 90 cm. above the edge
or side and such fencing shall be kept in position save and when to the extent to which its
or the movement of materials, or for traffic or working, or for repair, but fencing removed for
any of these purposes shall be kept readily available and shall. he replaced as soon as practicable.
(b) Sub-clause (a) of this sub-rule shall not apply-
(i) to that. part of an opening in a deck or tank which is at the head of a stairway or ladder-way
intended to be used while the operations are being carried on; or
(ii) to parts of a deck or tank to which are intended . be plated except such parts where plating
has necessarily to be delayed so that the opening may be used for the purpose of the operation.
21. Fall of articles from stages:- Where workers are at work outside a vessel on a stage adjacent
to part of the structure of the vessel and other workers are at work directly beneath that stage, the
planks of the stage shall be in such a position that no article liable to cause injury to the workers
can fall between the planks, and the inside plank of the stage shall be placed as near as
practicable to the structure of the vessel having regard to the nature of the work being carried on.
22. Boxes for rivets etc.:-
(a) Boxes or other suitable receptacles for rivets, nuts, bolts and welding rods shall be provided
for the use of workers.
(b) It shall be the duty of the workers to use, as far as practicable, the boxes or other suitable
receptacles so provided.
23. Throwing down materials and articles..-
(a) Subject to the provisions of a sub-clause (b) of this sub-rule, parts of staging, tools and other
articles and materials shall not be thrown down from a height where they are liable to cause
injury to workers, but shall be properly lowered.
(b) When the work to be done necessarily involves the throwing down from a height of articles
or materials, conspicuous notices shall be posted to warn persons from working or passing,
underneath the place from which articles or materials may fall, or the work shall be done under
the direct supervision of a competent person in authority.
(c) No person shall throw down any articles or materials from a height except in accordance with
the requirement of this sub-rule.
24. Loose articles or materials:- As far as practicable, steps shall be taken to minimise the risk
arising from loose articles or materials being left lying about in any place from which they may
fall on workers or persons passing underneath.
RAISING AND LOWERING
25. Secureness of loads:-
(a) Loads shall be securely suspended or supported whilst being raised or lowered, and all
reasonable precautions shall be taken to prevent danger from slipping or displacement.
(b) Where by reason of the nature or position of the operations load is liable, whilst being moved
by a lifting machine or lifting tackle, to come into contact with any object so that the object may
become displaced, special measures shall be adopted to prevent the danger as far as reasonably
practicable.
26. Support of lifting machines and lifting tackle:- Every lifting machine and all lifting tackle
shall be adequately and suitably supported or suspended having regard to the purpose for which
it is used.
27. Wire ropes with broken wires:- No wire rope shall be used if in any length of ten diameters
the total number of visible broken wires exceeds five percent of the total number of wires, or if
the rope shows signs of excessive wear of coercion or other serious defect.
28. Supplies in wire-ropes:- A thimble or loop splice made in any wire rope shall have at least
three tucks with a whole stand of the rope and two tucks with one half of the wires cut out of
each stand. All tucks shall be against the lay of the rope:
Provided that this sub-rule shall not operate to prevent the use of another form of splice which
can be shown to be as efficient as the form of splice specified in this sub-rule.
29. Knotted chains, etc.:-
(a) No chain or wire rope shall be used when there is a knot tied in any part thereof.
(b) No chain which is shortened or joined to another chain by means of bolts and nuts shall be
used :
Provided that this does not exclude the use of a chain bolted or joined to another chain by an
approved and properly constructed attachment.
30. Precautions against damage to chains and ropes:- Appropriate steps shall be taken to prevent,
so far as practicable, the use of chains or ropes for raising or lowering in circumstances in which
they are in or liable to come into contact with sharp edges of plant materials or loads or with
sharp edges of any part of the vessel on which work is being carried out.
31. Loads on lifting appliances:- No loads shall be left suspended from a lifting appliance other
than a self sustaining manually operated lifting appliance, unless there is a competent person in
charge of the appliance while the load is so left.
32. Heavy loads:- Where there is reason to believe that a load being lifted or lowered on a lifting
appliance weights more than 20 tonnes, its height shall be ascertained by means of an accurate
weighing machine or by the estimation of a person competent for the purpose, and shall be
clearly marked on the load :
Provided that this sub-rule shall not apply to any load lifted or lowered by a crane which has
either a fixed or a derricking jib and which is lifted with an approved type of indicator in good
working order which,-
(i) indicates clearly to the driver or person operating the crane the load being carried approaches
safe working load of the crane for the radius of the jib at which the load is carried; and
(ii) gives an efficient sound signal when the load moved is in excess of the safe working load of
the crane at that radius.
PRECAUTIONS AGAINST ASPHYXIATION, INJURIOUS

FUMES OR EXPLOSIONS
33. Certification for entry into confined spaces likely to contain dangerous fumes:- A Space
shall not be certified under Section 36(3)(a) of the Act unless-
(i) effective steps have been taken to prevent any ingress of dangerous fumes
(ii) any sludge or other deposit liable to give off dangerous fumes has been removed and the
space contain no other material liable to give off dangerous fumes ; and
(iii) the space has been adequately ventilated and tested for dangerous fumes and has a supply of
air adequate for respiration, but no account shall be taken for the purposes of sub-paragraph (ii)
of his paragraph of this sub-rule of any deposit or other material liable to give off dangerous
fumes in insignificant quantities only.
34. Precautions against shortage of oxygen:- No person shall enter or remain in any confined
space in vessel, being a confined space in which there is reason to apprehend that the proportion
of oxygen in the air is so low as to involve risk of persons being overcome, unless either-
(i) the space has been and remains adequately ventilated and a responsible person has tested it
and certified that it is safe for entry without breathing apparatus; or
(ii) he is wearing a suitable breathing apparatus and a safety belt securely attached to a rope, the
free end of which is held by person standing outside the confined space.
35. Rivet fires.-
(a) Rivet fires shall not be taken into or used in or remain in any confined space on board or in a
vessel unless there is adequate ventilation to prevent the accumulation of fumes.
(b) No person employed shall move a rivet fire into any confined space on board or in a vessel he
has been authorised by his employer to move the fire into that space.
36. Gas cylinders and acetylene generators:-
(a) No cylinder which contains or has contained oxygen or any flammable gas or vapour at a
pressure above atmospheric pressure and no acetylene generating plant, shall be installed or
placed within 5 M. of any substantial source of heat (including any boiler or furnace when alight)
other than the burner or blow pipe operated from the cylinder or plant.
(b) No such cylinder and no such plant shall be taken below the weather deck in the case of a
vessel undergoing repair, or below the most completed deck in the case of a vessel under
construction, unless it is installed or placed in a part of the vessel which is adequately ventilated
to prevent any dangerous concentration of gas or fumes.
37. Further provision as to acetylene generators:-
(a) The following provisions shall be observed as respects any acetylene generating plant:
(i) no such plant shall be installed or placed in any confined space unless effective and suitable
provision is made for securing and maintaining the adequate ventilation of that space so as to
prevent, as far as practicable, any dangerous accumulation of gas;
(ii) any person attending or operating any such plant shall have been fully instructed in its
working and a copy of the maker's instructions for that type of plant shall be constantly available
for his use;
(iii) the charging and cleaning of such plant shall so far as practicable be done during day light;
and
(iv) partly spent calcium carbide shall not be recharged into an acetylene generator.
(b) No person shall smoke or strike a light or take a naked light or a lamp in or into any acetylene
generator house or shed or in or into dangerous proximity to any acetylene generating plant in
the open air or on board a vessel;
Provided that this sub-clause shall not apply as respects a generator in the open air or on board
vessel which, since it was last charged, has been thoroughly cleaned and freed from any calcium
carbide and acetylene gas.
(c) A prominent notice prohibiting smoking, naked lights and lamps shall be exhibited on or near
every acetylene generating plant whilst it is charged or is being charged or is being cleaned.
38. Construction of plant for cutting, welding or heating metal:-
(a) Pipes or hoses for the supply of oxygen or any flammable gas or vapour to any apparatus for
cutting, welding or heating,, metal shall be of good construction and sound material and be
properly maintained.
(b) Such pipes or hoses shall be securely attached to the apparatus and other connections by
means of suitable clips or other equally effective appliances.
(c) Efficient reducing and regulating valves for reducing the pressure of the gases shall be
provided and maintained in connection with all cylinders containing oxygen or any flammable
gas or vapour at a pressure above atmospheric while the gases or vapours from such cylinders are
being used in any process of cutting, welding or heating metal.
(d) Where acetylene gas is used for cutting, welding or heating metal-
(i) a properly constructed and efficient back-pressure valve and flame arrestor shall be provided
and maintained in the acetylene supply pipe between each burner or blow-pipe and the acetylene
generator, cylinder or container from which it is supplied, and shall be placed as near as
practicable to the burner or blow- pipe, except that those requirements shall not apply where an
acetylene cylinder serves only one burner or blow-pipe; and
(ii) any hydraulic valve provided in pursuance of the preceding clause shall be inspected on each
day by every person who uses the burner or blow-pipe on that day and it shall be the duty of
every worker who used the burner or blow-pipe to inspect the hydraulic valve accordingly.
(e) The operating valves of burners or blow-pipes to which oxygen or any flammable gas or
vapour is supplied for the purposes of cutting, welding or heating metal shall be so constructed,
or the operating mechanism shall be so protected that the valves cannot be opened accidentally.
39. Precautions after use of apparatus for cutting, welding or heating metal:-
(a) In the case of apparatus on board a vessel and used for cutting, welding, or heating metal with
the aid of oxygen or any flammable gas or vapour supplied at a pressure above atmospheric
pressure, the precautions specified in the following sub-clause of this sub-rule shall be taken
when such use ceases for the day or a substantial period and the apparatus is to be left on board,
but need not be taken when such use is discontinued merely during short interruptions of work.
The requirements in sub-clauses (a) and (b) of this sub-rule shall not apply during a meal
interval, provided that a responsible person is placed in charge of the plant and equipment
referred to therein.
(b) Supply valves of cylinders, generators and gas mains shall be securely closed and the valve
key shall be kept in the custody of a responsible person.
(c) Moveable pipes or houses used for conveying oxygen of flammable gas or vapour and
welding cutting torches shall in the case of vessel undergoing construction, be brought to the
most completed deck, or in the case of a vessel undergoing repair to a weather-deck, or in either
case to some other place of safety which is adequately ventilated to prevent any dangerous
concentration of gas or fumes
Provided that were owing to the nature of the work it is impracticable to comply with the
foregoing requirements of this sub-rule, the pipes or noses shall be disconnected from cylinders,
generators or gas mains as the case may be.
(d) When cylinders or acetylene generating plant have been taken below deck as permitted by
sub-clause (b) of sub-rule (36) such cylinders or acetylene generating plant shall be brought to a
weather deck, or, in the case of vessel undergoing construction to the most completed deck.
40. Naked light and hot work on oil-carrying vessels..-
(a) Subject to the provisions of sub-clause (b) of this rule and to the provisions of sub-rule (48)
and without prejudice to the provisions of Rules 46 and 47, no naked light, fire or lamp (other
than a safety lamp of a type approved for the purpose of this sub-rule)
(i) shall be permitted to be applied to or to be in or any hot work permitted to be carried out in
any part of the tanker, unless, since oil was last carried in that tanker, a naked light certificate,
has been obtained and is in force in respect of those part of the tanker for which in the opinion of
a competent analyst, a naked light certificate is necessary
Provided that a naked light, fire or lamp of a kind specified, in writing by a competent analyst
may be applied to, or be in,. or any hot work of a type specified by him carried on any part of the
tanker so specified
(ii) shall be permitted-
(a) to be in any oil-tank on board or in a vessel in which oil tank the oil last carried was oil
having a flash point of less than 23degC (73 deg F). or was liquid methane, liquid propane or
liquid butane, or any hot work permitted to be carried out in a such oil-tank or vessel unless a
that oil tank and of any oil-tank, compartment or space adjacent thereto ;
(b) to be applied to the outer surface of any oil-tanker in board or in a vessel in which oil-tank
the oil last carried was such oil as aforesaid or any work of such a nature which is likely to
produce sufficient heat capable of igniting inflammable gas or vapours permitted to be carried
out on the outer surface of such oil-tank or vessel, unless a naked light certificate has previously
been obtained on the same day and is in force in respect of that oil-tank ;
(c) to be applied to the outer surface of, or to be in any compartment or space adjacent an oil-
tank on board or in a vessel in which oil-tank the oil last carried was such oil as aforesaid, or any
hot work permitted to be carried out in such compartment or space as aforesaid or any work of
such nature which is likely to produce sufficient heat capable of igniting inflammable gases or
vapours, permitted to be carried out on the outer surface of such compartment or space, unless a
that compartment or space ;
Provided that where in any such case referred to in sub-clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this sub-rule a
competent analyst has certified that daily naked light certificates are necessary or are necessary
only to specified extent, such a daily certificate need not be obtained or, as the case may be, need
only be obtained to the specified extent;
(iii) shall be permitted to be applied to the outer surface, of, or to be in, any oil-tank on board or
in a vessel or any hot work permitted to be carried out in any such oil-tank or vessel or any work
of such nature which is likely to produce sufficient heat capable of igniting inflammable gases or
vapours permitted to be carried out on the outer surface of the oil-tank or vessel, unless since oil
was last carried in that oil-tank, a naked light certificate has been obtained and is in force in
respect of that oil tank
(iv) shall be permitted to be applied to the outer surface of, or to be in, any compartment or space
adjacent to an oil-tank on board or in a vessel or any hot work permitted to be carried out in any
such compartment or space, or any work of such nature which is likely to produce sufficient heat
capable of igniting inflammable gases or vapours, permitted to be carried out on the outer surface
of any such compartment or space, unless since oil was last carried as car o in that oil-tank, a
naked light certificate has been obtained and is in force in respect of that compartment or space.
(b) Notwithstanding anything in clause (a) of this sub-rule, heated rivets may be permitted in any
place without naked light certificate being in force in respect of that place if expressly so
authorised by competent analyst who certified that after adequate and suitable testing, he is
satisfied having regard to all the circumstances of the atmosphere becoming ease, including the
likelihood or otherwise of the atmosphere becoming flammable, that the place is sufficiently free
from flammable vapour, but such heated rivets shall, where practicable, be passed through tubes.
(c) No person shall introduce, have or apply naked light, fire or lamp (other than safety lamp of a
type approved for the purpose of this sub-rule) into, in or to any place where they are prohibited
by this sub-rule.
(d) No person shall carry out hot work or any work of such nature which is likely to produce
sufficient heat capable of igniting inflammable gases or vapours, in any place or any surface
where they are prohibited by this sub-rule.
(e) In this sub-rule the, expression 'competent analyst' means an analyst who is competent to give
a naked light certificate.
41. Entering oil-tanks:-
(a) No person (other than an analyst entering with a view to issuing a certificate of entry) shall,
unless he is wearing a breathing apparatus of a type approved for the purpose of this sub-rule,
enter or remain in an oil-tank on in a vessel unless since the oil-tank last contained oil, a
certificate of entry has been obtained and is in force in respect of the tank.
(b) Without prejudice to Clause (a) of this sub-rule, no person (other than an analyst entering as
aforesaid) shall be allowed or required to enter or remain in an oil-tank on board or in a vessel in
which oil tank, the oil last carried was oil having a flash point of less than 230deg C (73deg F)
unless since the oil-tank last contained oil, an analyst has certified that the atmosphere is
sufficiently free from inflammable mixture.
(c) The provisions of this sub-rule are without prejudice to the requirements of sub-rule (34).
42. Duration of certificates:- Any naked light certificates or certificates of entry may be issued
subject to a condition, that it shall not remain in force after a time specified in the certificate.
43. Posting of certificates:- Every occupier for whom a naked light certificate or certificate of
entry is obtained shall ensure that the certificate or a duplicate thereof is posted, as soon as may
be, and remains posted in a position where it may be conveniently read by all persons,
concerned.
44. Maintaining safe atmosphere..-
(a) When conditions in an oil-tank are such in respect of which a naked light certificate has been
issued that there is possibility of oil vapour being released from residues or other sources, test
shall be carried out by a competent analyst at such intervals, as may be required so as to ensure
that the condition in the tank are maintained safe.
(b) Whenever hot work carried on or a naked light, fire or lamp is allowed to be, on the whether
deck over spaces, in respect of which a naked light certificate has not been issued all covers of
man holes or openings on deck and all valves (except those which are connected to high vent
pipes) connecting the weather deck with the said spaces, shall be closed.
(c) A record of all the tests carried out for the purpose of sub-rules(34),(40) and (4 1) shall be
maintained in a register which should furnish the date, time location and results of the tests.
45. Cleaning of oil-tanks:-
(a) Subject to the provisions of sub-rule (4), before a test f6r flammable vapour is carried out
with a view to the issue of a naked light certificate for the purposes of sub-rule (40) in respect of
an oil-tank on board or in a vessel, that oil-tank shall, since oil was last introduced into the tank,
be cleaned and ventilated in accordance with clause (b) of this sub-rule.
(b) The said cleaning and ventilation shall be carried out by the following methods, namely-
(i) the oil-tank shall be treated in such a manner and for such period as will ensure the
vaporisation of all volatile oil;
(ii) all residual oil on any sludge or other deposition in the oil tank shall be removed therefrom;
(c) After the oil tank has been so cleaned

(i) All covers of man-holes and other openings therein shall be removed and it shall be
thoroughly ventilated by mechanical or other efficiency means with a view to the removal of all
oil vapour; and
(ii) The interior surfaces, if any deposit remains thereon, shall be washed or scrapped down.
46. Invalidation of certificates..-
(a) If during the course of work in, or to the surface or, any part of tanker or aircraft carrier, any
pipe or tank joint is opened or broken on any other event occurs so that there is a risk of oil
vapour entering or arising in that part of the tanker or aircraft carrier, that work shall be
suspended thereafter any certificates of entry previously issued in respect of any oil-tank, oil-
tank in that part and any naked light certificate previously issued in respect of that part shall be
no longer in force.
(b) If (in the case of vessel other than a tanker or a aircraft carrier) during the course of work in
any oil-tank or any compartment or space adjacent thereto, any pipe or tank joint is opened or
broken or any other event occurs so that, there is a risk of oil vapour entering or arising in the oil
tank, or in any compartment or space adjacent thereto shall be suspended and thereafter any
certificate of entry previously issued in respect of oil tank and any naked light certificate
previously issued in respect of oil-tank or any compartment or space adjacent thereto shall be no
longer in force.
47. Provisions as to work in other compartment or spaces:-
(a) Without prejudice to the other provisions of these rules, if the presence of oil in such quantity
and in such position as to be likely to give rise to fire or explosion is detected in any part of a
vessel, being a part to which this sub-rule applies and in which repairs of the following, kind are
to be or are being undertaken, that is to say repairs involving the use of a naked light, fire or
lamp (other than a safety lamp of a type approved for the purpose of sub-rule (40), or involving
hot work, such repairs shall not be started or continued until a naked light certificate has been
issued or, as the case may be, reissued in respect of that part of the vessel).
(b) This sub-rule shall apply to beiges, shaft tunnels, pump rooms, lamp rooms, and to
compartments and spaces other than those to which clause (a) (iv) of sub-rule (40) applies.
48. Exemptions..- If the Chief Inspector is satisfied, by reason of the nature of the work and the
circumstances in which it is carried out, that any provisions of sub-rules (33) and (45) or part
thereof can be suspended or relaxed without danger to the health or safety of any person, he may
grant suspension or relaxation in writing specifying such conditions as he may consider fit. Any
such suspension or relaxation may be revoked at any time.
PRECAUTIONS IN USE OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY
49. Earthing:- Electric energy other than that generated by an independent generating unit on
board shall not be taken for use, or used in, or in connection with any of the operations unless the
body of the ship is securely earthed in such a manner as to ensure an immediate and safety
discharge of energy to the earth. A ship or vessel shall not be considered as securely earthed for
the purpose of this rule, only on account of its being partly submerged in water.
50. Arc welding:-
(a) Electric arc welding shall not be carded on in connection with any of the operations unless
separate and fully insulated welding return conductor or conductors, as the case may be, of
adequate electrical capacity are provided for return of the current to the transformer or generator
of the welding set.
(b) The return end of source of the welding current shall not be earthed.
(c) All work on which welding is carried on shall be securely earthed independently to an earth
electrode by means of conductor or conductors, as the case may be, of adequate capacity, unless
all such works are connected to any structure of the ship or vessel in such manner as to ensure
adequate connection to earth as aforesaid.
51. Cutting of energy in certain cases:- Electrical energy shall be cut off from all portable electric
tools and manual electrode holders within any tank compartment or space referred to in sub-rules
(34) and (40) or in any other confined space during all times when such tools or holders are not
in operation:
Provided that for determining whether any such portable electric tool or electrode holder is not in
operation no account shall be taken of brief interruptions of work occurring during normal
working.
Provided further that energy may not be cut off from any such equipment if a responsible person
is left in charge of it in such tank, compartment or space concerned;
Provided further that cutting of all electrical energy by operation of any switch or control
provided on the portable tool or electrodes holder itself should not be taken as fulfilling the
requirements of this sub-rule.
MISCELLANEOUS SAFETY PROVISIONS

52. Lighting:- All parts of a vessel and all other places where the operations are being carried on,
and all approaches to such parts and to places to which a worker may be required to proceed in
the course of his employment shall be sufficiently and suitably lighted in providing such lighting,
due regard shall be given to avoidance of glare and formation of shadows, to the safety of the
vessel and cargo, of the navigation of other vessels, and to any local statutory requirements as to
the lighting of the harbour or dock.
53. Work in boilers etc.:-
(a) No work shall be permitted in any boiler, furnace or boiler flue until it has been sufficiently
cooled to make work safe for the workers.
(b) Before any worker enters any steam boiler which is one of a range of two or more steam
boilers,
(i) all inlets through which steam or hot water might otherwise enter the boiler from any other
part of the range shall be disconnected from that part, or
(ii) all valves or taps controlling such entry shall be closed and securely locked.
(c) While workers remain in any steam boiler to which clause (b) of this sub-rule applies all such
inlets as are referred to in that clause in shall remain disconnected or all such valves or taps as
are there referred to shall remain closed and securely locked.
(d) No worker shall be allowed or required to enter or remain in, and no person shall enter or
remain, in any steam boiler to which clause, (b) of this sub-rule applies unless the provisions of
that clause are being complied with.
54. Hatch beams:- The hatch beams of any hatch in use for the options shall, if not removed be
adequately secured to prevent their displacement.
55. Jumped-up bolts:- Bolts which have been jumped-up and rescrewed shall not be used for
securing plates on the sides of vessels, and no worker shall use such bolts for this purpose.
56. Work in or on life boats..-
(a) Before workers are permitted to work in or on any life boat, either stowed or in suspended
positions, precautions shall be taken to prevent the boat from falling due to accidental tripping of
the releasing gear or movement of the davits and capsizing of the boat if in chocks.
(b) Workers shall not be permitted to remain in fire boats while the life boats are being hoisted
into final stowed position.
PROTECTIVE WEAR
57. Hand protection:- Adequate protection for the hands shall be available for all workers when
using cutting or welding apparatus to which oxygen or any flammable gas vapour is supplied a
pressure greater than atmospheric pressure or when engaged in machine caulking or machine
riveting or on transporting or stacking plate or in handling plates at machines.
58. Protection in connection with cutting or welding..
(a) Suitable goggles fitted with tinted eye-pieces shall be provided and maintained for all persons
employed when using cutting or welding apparatus to which oxygen or any flammable gas or
vapour is supplied at a pressure above atmospheric pressure
(b) There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all persons employed when engaged in
the process of electric welding-
(i) suitable helmets or suitable head shields or suitable hand shields to protect the eyes and face
from hot metal and from rays likely to be injurious; and
(ii) suitable gauntlets to protect the hands forearms from hot metal and from rays likely to be
injurious.
(c) When electric welding is in progress at any place and persons other than those engaged in
that process are employed in a position where the rays are likely to be injurious to their eyes,
screens shall, whenever practicable, be provided at that place for the protection of those persons.
Where it is not practicable to provide effective protection of these persons by screening, suitable
goggles shall be provided for their use.
59. Eye protection for other processes:- Suitable goggles of effective screens shall be provided to
protect the eyes of all workers in any of the following processes :
(a) the cutting out or cutting off of cold rivets bolts from boilers or other plant or form ships ;
(b) the chipping, scaling or scurfing or boiler or ship's plates
(c) drilling by means of portable machine tools
(d) dry grinding of metals.
60. Head Protection:- When workers are employed in areas where there is danger of falling
objects they shall be provided with suitable safety helmets.
61. Safety belts and life lines..-
(a) Whenever any worker is engaged on work at place from which he is liable to fall more than 2
m. he shall be provided with safety belts equipped with life lines which are secured with a
minimum of slack, to a fixed structure unless any other effective means such as provision of
guard rails or ropes are taken to prevent his falling.
(b) All safety belts and life lines shall be examined at frequent intervals by a competent person to
ensure that no belt or life line which is not in good condition is used.
HEALTH AND WELFARE
62. Prohibition of employment of young persons in certain processes:- Employment of young

persons are prohibited in the following processes namely-
(a) the application of asbestos by means of a spray; or
(b) the breaking down for removal of asbestos lagging; or
(c) the cleaning of socks or other container which have contained asbestos; or
(d) the cutting of material containing asbestos by means of portable power driven saws; or
(e) the scaling, surfing or cleaning of boilers, combustion chambers or smoke boxes where his
work exposes him to dust of such a character and to such an extent as to be likely to be injurious
or offensive to persons employed in such work.
63. Lead Processes:-
(a) Lead paint shall not be applied in the form of a spray, in the interior painting of any part of a
ship or vessel.
(b) Wherever lead sheathing work is carried on for making cold storage chambers in the ships,
efficient exhaust draughts with portable extractors should be provided to remove the lead fumes
from the confined spaces.
64. Stretchers ambulances and ambulances rooms etc.:-
(a) In every shipyard there shall be provided and kept readily available-
(i) a sufficient number of suitably constructed sling stretchers or other similar appliances for
raising injured persons;
(ii)a sufficient number of carrying or wheel stretchers; and
(iii) a sufficient supply of suitable reviving apparatus and oxygen, and the stretchers and
appliances and apparatus so provided shall be properly maintained.
(b) In every shipyard there shall always be readily available during working hours responsible
person or responsible persons whose duty it is to summon an ambulance or other means of
transport if needed in cases of accident or illness. Legible copies of a notice indicating that
person or, as the case may be, those persons shall be affixed in prominent positions in every
shipyard.
(c) In every shipyard other than a dry dock available for hire-
(i) in which the number of persons employed normally exceeds five hundred ; or
(ii) in which the number of persons employed normally exceeds one hundred and which is more
than ten miles from a hospital; there shall be provided and maintained in good order and in clean
condition a properly constructed ambulance room containing at least the equipment prescribed
by the rules framed under Section 45 of the Act. The room shall be used only for the purpose of
treatment and rest and shall be in the charge of a suitably qualified person who shall always be
readily available during working hours, and record shall be kept of all cases of accident or
sickness treated at the room.
65. Young persons:-
(a) No young person shall, until he was employed in a shipyard or shipyards for at least six
months be employed in connection with the operations in a shipyard on a stage from which, or in
any part of a ship where he is liable to fall a distance of more than 2 m. or into water in which
there is a risk of drowning.
(b) Any young person under the age of sixteen shall, when employed in the operations in
shipyard, be placed under the charge of an experienced workman.
66. Safety supervision:- In the case of every shipyard other than a dry dock available for hire
being a shipyard where the number of workers regularly or from time to time, exceeds five-
hundred, a person experienced in the work of such yards shall be appointed and employed
exclusively to exercise general supervision of the observance of these sub-rules and to promote
the safe conduct of the work generally.
61 -H.
The occupier of a factory employing 100 or more workers shall plant and maintain trees within
the precinct of the factory. The number, type and lay-out of trees should be approved by the
District Forest Officer concerned or any qualified horticulturist.
61-1. Reaction Vessels and Kettles
(1) This rule applies to reaction vessels and kettles, hereinafter referred to as reaction vessels,
which normally work at a pressure not above the atmospheric pressure but in which there is
likelihood of pressure being created above the atmospheric pressure either due to reaction getting
out of control or due to any other circumstances.
(2) In the event of the vessel being heated by electrical means, suitable thermostatic control
devices shall he provided to prevent the temperature exceeding the safety limit.
(3) Where steam is used for heating purposes in a reaction vessel, it shall pass through a suitable
pressure reducing valve or any other suitable automatic device to prevent escape of excessive
steam into the vessel so that the maximum permissible pressure of steam only is allowed into the
supply line itself
(4) Suitable safety valve or rupture disc of adequate size and capacity shall be provided to
effectively prevent the pressure being built up in the reaction vessel beyond the safety limit.
Effective arrangements shall be made to ensure that the released gases, fumes, vapours, liquids
or dust, as the case may be, are lead away and disposed of through suitable pipes without causing
any hazard. Where flammable gases or vapours are likely to be vented out as discharge from the
vessel, it shall be provided with a flame arrestor.
(5) Every reaction vessel shall be provided with a pressure gauge having the appropriated range.
(6) In addition to the devices as mentioned in the foregoing provisions there shall also be
provided means or devices for automatically sping the feed into the vessel as soon as process
conditions excessively deviate from the normal limits and which deviation can be considered to
be dangerous.
(7) Where necessary, an effective system for cooling, flooding or blanketing shall be provided,
for the purpose of controlling the reaction and process conditions within the safe limits of
temperature and pressure.
(8) An automatic auditory and visual warning device, shall also be provided for clear warning
whenever process conditions exceed the normal limits. This device, wherever possible, shall be
integrated with automatic process correction systems.
(9) A notice pointing out the possible circumstances and conditions under which pressures above
atmospheric pressure may be built up in the reaction vessel, the dangers involved and the
precautions to be taken by the operators shall be displayed clearly at a conspicuous place near the
vessel which always shall be in a visible conditions
61-J. Examination of eye sight of certain workers

(1) No person shall be employed to operate a crane, locomotive or work-lift truck, or to give
signals to a crane or locomotive operator unless his eye sight and colour vision have been
examined and declared fit by a qualified ophthalmologist to work whether with or without the
use of corrective glasses.
(2) The eye sight and colour vision of the person employed as referred to in clause (i) shall be
examined at least once in every period of 12 months upto the age of 45 years and once in every 6
months beyond that age.
(3) Any fee payable for an examination of a person under this sub-rule shall be paid by the
occupier shall not be recoverable from that person.
(4) The record of examination or re-examination carded out as required under sub-rule(l) shall be
maintained in Form No.8 C.
FORM NO. 8-C
[Prescribed under sub-rule (4) of Rule 61-J]

Record of Eye Examination
Age on
erial Department Name of Examination of Signature of
Sex last Occupation Remarks
Number / work worker eye sight Ophthalmologist
birthday
Nature Date of employment Date result
RULE PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTION 41 AND 112
61-K. Railways in factories
(1)This rule shall apply to railways in the precincts of a factory which are not subject to Indian
Railways Act 1890.
(2) Gateways:- A gateway through which a railway track passes shall not be used for the general
passage of workers into or out of a factory.
(3) Barriers and Turngates:-
(a) Where buildings or walls contain doors or gates which open to a railway tract, a barrier about
1 metre high shall be fixed parallel to and about 60 cm. away from the building or wall outside
the opening and extending several feet beyond it at other end, so that any person passing out may
become aware of an approaching train when his pace is checked at the baffler.
If the traffic on the nearest track is all in one direction, the barrier shall be in the form of an " L"
with end of the short leg abutting on to the wall and the other end opening towards the
approaching train ;
(b) If the distance between wall and track cannot be made to accommodate such a barrier, the
barrier of a turngate shall be placed at the inside of the opening ; and
(c) Where a footway passes close to a building or other obstructions as it approaches a railway
track, a barrier or a turngate shall be fixed in such a manner that a person approaching the track
is compelled to move away from the building or obstruction and thus obtain timely sight of an
approaching locomotive or wagon.
(4) Crowds:-
(a) Worker's pay-windows, first-aid stations and other points where a crowd may collect shall not
be placed near a railway track ; and
(b) At any time of the day when workers are starting or ending work all railway traffic shall
cease for not less than five minutes.
(5) Locomotive:-
(a) No locomotive shall be used in shunting operations unless it is in good working order;
(b) Every locomotive and tender shall be provided with efficient breaks, all of which shall be
maintained in good working order. Brake shoes shall be examined at suitably fixed intervals and
those that are worn out replaced at once
(c) Water-gauge glasses or every locomotive whatever its boiler pressure, shall be protected with
substantial glass or metal screens
(d) Suitable steps and hand-holds shall be provided at the corners of the locomotive for the use of
shunters
(e) Every locomotive crane shall be provided with lifting and jacking pads at the four corners of
the locomotive for assisting in re-railing operations ; and
(f) It shall be clearly indicated on every locomotive crane in English and in language understood
by the majority of the workers in the factory, for what weight of load and at what reading the
crane is
safe.
(6) Wagons:-
(a) Every wagon (and passenger coach, if any) shall be provided either with self-acting brakes
capable of being applied continuously or with efficient hand brakes which shall be maintained in
good working order. The hand brakes shall be capable of being applied by co-person on the
ground and fitted with a device for retaining them in the applied position ;
(b) No wagon shall be kept standing within three metres of any authorised crossing ; and
(c) No wagon shall be removed with the help of crow bars or pinch bars.
(7) Riding on locomotive, wagon or other rolling stock:- No person shall be permitted to be upon
(whether inside or outside) any locomotive wagon or after rolling stock except where secure
foot-hold and handhold are provided.
(8) Attention to brakes and doors:-
(a) No locomotive, wagon or other rolling stock shall be kept standing unless its brakes are
firmly applied and, where it is on a gradient, without sufficient number of properly constructed
scotches placed firmly in position; and
(b) No train shall be set in motion until the shunting jamadar has satisfied himself that all wagon
doors are securely fastened.
(9) Projecting loads and cranes:-
(a) If the load on a wagon projects beyond its length, a guard or dummy-truck shall be used
beneath the projection ;
(b) No loco-crane shall travel without lead unless the jib is completely lowered and positioned in
line with the track and
(c) when it is necessary for a loco-crane to travel with a load, the jib shall not be swung until the
loco-crane has come to rest.
(10) Loose shunting:- Loose-shunting shall be permitted only when it cannot be avoided. It shall
never be performed on a wagon not accompanied by a man capable of applying and pinning
down the brakes. A wagon not provided with brakes in good working order and capable of being
easily pinned down shall not be loose-shunted unless attached to it at least another wagon with
such brakes. Loose-shunting shall not be performed with, or against a wagon containing
passengers, live-stock or explosives.
(11) Fly-shunting..- Fly-shunting shall not be permitted on any factory railway.
(12) The shunting Jamadar..-
(a) Every locomotive or wagon in motion in a factory shall be kept under the control of a well
trained jamadar ; and
(b) Before authorising a locomotive or wagon to be moved, the shunting jamadar shall satisfy
himself that no person is under or in between or in front of the locomotive or wagon.
(13) Hand Signals:- The hand signals used by the shunting jamadar in day and night shall be
those prescribed by the shunting rules of railways, working under the Indian Railway Act 1890
(IX of 1890).
(14) Night work and fog:-
(a) In factories, where persons work at night, no movement of locomotive, wagon or other rolling
stock otherwise than by hand shall be permitted between sunset and sunrise unless the tracks and
their vicinity are lighted on a scale of not less than 10 lux as measured at the horizontal plane at
the ground level ; and
(b) In no circumstances any locomotive or train shall be moved between sunset and sunrise or at
any time when there is fog, unless it carries a white head light and a red rear light.
(15) Speed control:-
(a) A locomotive or train shall not be permitted to move at a speed greater than seven kilometers
per hour ; and
(b) A train, locomotive, wagon or other rolling stock shall not be moved by mechanical or
electrical power unless it is preceded at a distance of not less than 10 metres during the whole of
its journey by shunting jamadar. He shall be provided with a signalling flags or lamp and whistle
necessary for calling the attention of the driver.
(16) Tracks:-
(a) The distance (i) between tracks and (ii) between tracks and buildings, blind walls or other
structures and (iii) tracks and materials deposited on the ground shall be respectively not less
than-
(aa) from centre to centre of parallel tracks, the overall width of the widest wagon of that gauge
plus twice the width of the door of such a wagon when opened directly outward plus 1 metre ;
(bb) from a building or structure other than a loading platform to the centre of the nearest track,
half the overall width of the widest wagon of that gauge, plus the width of its door when opened
outward, plus 1.5 metres ; and
(cc) from material stacked or deposited alongside the track, on the ground or on a loading
platform, to the centre of the nearest track, half the, overall width of the widest wagon of that
gauge, plus half the width of its door when opened directly outward, plus 1 metre.
(b) Sleepers of a track shall be in level with of the ground and at all crossings of the track with a
road or walkway, the surface of the road or walkway shall be in level with the of the rails ;
(c) All track ends shall be equipped with buffer ss of adequate strength ;
(d) Barriers of substantial construction shall be securely and permanently fixed across any
doorway or gateway in a building or in a wall which conceals an approaching trade from view,
between the building and the track as prescribed in clause (a) of sub-rule (3).
(e) Where track are carded on a gantry or other elevation, a safe footway or footways with hand
rails and toe-boards shall be provided at all positions where persons work or pass on foot, and
where there is an opening in the stage of an elevated track for the dropping of materials to a
lower level, the position shall be adequately fenced or the opening itself provided with a grill
through which a person cannot fall
(f) All point levers shall have their movements parallel, to, not across, the direction of the track ;
(g) All loading platforms which are more than 60 cms above the level of the ground on which the
track is laid and more than 15 metres in length, shall be provided with ss at intervals not greater
than 15 metres apart from to enable the platform to be easily mounted from the track
(h) Turn tables on plant railways shall be provided with locking devices which will prevent the
tables from turning while locomotives or wagon are being run on or off the tables ; and
(i) workers shall be prohibited from passing under, between or above railway wagons.
(17) Crossings:-
(a) At all crossings of a track with a road or walk way, danger or crossing signs and wherever
reasonably practicable, blinking lights or alarm lights shall be provided, at all important
crossings, gates or barriers manned by watchman shall be provided. Swinging gate and barriers
shall be secured against inadvertent opening or closing.
61.L. Quality of personal protective equipment
All personal protective equipment provided to workers as required under any of the provisions of
the Act or the Rule shall have certification of B.1. S. or any other national standard of Advanced
countries in case B.1.S. has not standard.]
61-M. Thermic Fluid heaters
(1) All heaters shall be on such construction that coils are removable for periodic cleaning, visual
inspection and hydraulic test.
(2) Suitable arrangement shall be made for cooling furnace effectively in case of failure.
(3) Before restarting the furnace, it shall be effectively purged.

(4) Velocity of flow of thermic fluid shall not be allowed to fall below the minimum
recommended by the manufacturers while the heater is in operation.
(5) The thermic fluid shall be circulated in a closed circuit formation with an expansion cum
deaerator tank. This tank shall be located outside the shed where the heater is installed.
(6) Every heater shall be provided with a photo-resister actuated audio-visual alarm indicate
flame failure and automatic burner cut off.
(7) The stack temperature motor-cum-controller with audio visual alarm shall be provided so as
to warn the operator in case the outlet temperature exceeds the specified min.
(8) Where inspection doors are provided on the furnace they shall be interlocked with the burner
itself so that they cannot be opened until burner is shut off and furnace is cooled sufficient.
(9) All heaters shall also be provided with the following safety devices:-
(i) level control in the expansion tank
(ii) temperature control of thermic fluid
(iii) differential pressure switch on the out let line of the heater tubes and
(iv) temperature control device for the fuel oil supply the burner.
(10) All devices mentioned in paragraph 9 shall have interlocking arrangement with burner so
that in case of any predetermined limits being crossed the supply of fuel and air to burner shall
automatically be cut-off.
(11) All safety interlocks when operated shall be indicated on the control panel of the heater by a
suitable audio-visual alarm.
(12) Every heater unit shall be provided as a standard necessary an arrangement for sniffing with
low pressure steam or nitrogen for putting out the fire.
(13) Electric panel for the heater shall be located near the heater but not so close as to be exposed
to spilling or leaking oil.
(14) The heater shall be located in a place partitioned off with fire proof material from other
manufacturing activities.
(15) Explosion vent shall be so installed that release takes place at safe location.
(16) The heater coil shall be subjected to pressure test by competent person once at least in every
12 months. This test pressure shall not be less than twice the operating pressure.
(17) If repairs are carded out to the coil, it shall be tested before taking it into use.
(18) The thermic fluid shall confirm to the specifications prescribed by the manufacturers and
shall be tested by competent person for suitability at least once in every three months period.
Such test shall include test for acidity, suspended matter, ash contents, viscosity and flash point.
(19) Cleaning of internal surface of the heater or soot and check up of refractory surface on the
inside shall be carried out every month or as often as required depending upon working
conditions. The coils shall be removed and surface of the coils cleaned thoroughly once at least
in a period of six months. The nozzles of filters and pumps shall be cleaned once a week during
the period of use.
(20) A separate register containing the following information shall be

maintained:
(i) Weekly checks carried out confirming the effectiveness of the interlock
(ii) Weekly checks confirming that all accessories are in goof state of repairs ; and
(iii) information regarding fuel oil temperature, pressure thermic fluid inlet/outlet pressure and
temperature fuel gas temperature recorded at hourly interval.
(21) The heater when in operation shall always be kept in charge of a trained operator.
61-N. Protective equipment
The inspector may having regard to the nature of the hazards involved in work and process being
carried out, order the Occupier or the Manager in writing to supply to the workers exposed to
particular hazard any personal protective equipment as may be found necessary.
61-0. Oven and Driers
(1) Application:- This rule shall apply to ovens and driers, except those used in laboratories or
kitchens of any establishment and those which has a capacity below 325 litres.
(2) Definitions:- For the purpose of this rule, "oven or drier" means any enclosed structure,
receptacle, compartment or box which is used for baking, drying or otherwise processing of any
article or substance at a temperature higher than the ambient temperature of the air in the room or
space in which a flammable or explosive mixture of air and a flammable substance, is likely to
be evolved within the enclosed structure receptacle, compartment or box or part thereof on
account of the article or substance which is baked, dried or otherwise processed within it:
(3) Separate electrical connection:- Electrical power supplied to every oven or drier shall be by
means of a separate circuit provided with an isolation switch.
(4) Design, construction, examination and testing:-
(a) Every oven or drier shall be properly designed on sound engineering practice and be of good
construction, sound materials and adequate strength, from any patent defects and safe if properly
used.
(b) No oven or drier shall be taken into use in factory for the first time unless a competent person
has thoroughly examined all its parts and carried out the tests as are required to establish that the
necessary safe systems and controls provided for safety in operation for the processes for which
it is to be used and a certificate of such examination and tests signed by that competent person
has been obtained and is kept available for inspection.
(c) All parts of an oven or drier which has undergone any alteration or repair which has to effect
of modifying any of the design characteristics, shall not be used unless a thorough examination
and tests as have been mentioned in clause (1) has been carried out by a competent person and a
certificate of such examination and tests signed by that competent person has been obtained and
is kept available for inspection.
(5) Safety ventilation..
(a) Every oven or drier shall be provided with a positive and effective safety ventilation system
using one or more motor-driven centrifugal fans so as to dilute any mixture of air and any
flammable substance that may be formed within the oven or drier and maintain the concentration
of the flammable substance in the air at a safe level of dilute.
(b) The safe level of dilution referred to in clause (a) shall be so as to achieve a concentration of
the concerned flammable substance in air of not more than 25 per cent of its lower explosive
limit:
Provided that a level of concentration in air upto 50 per cent of the lower explosive limit of the
concerned flammable substance may be permitted to exist subject to installation and maintenance
of an automatic device which-
(i) Shows continuously the concentration of the flammable substance in air present in the oven or
drier at any instant
(ii) Sounds an alarm when the concentration of the flammable substance in air in any part of the
oven or drier reaches a level of 50 per cent of its lower explosive limit; and
(iii) Shuts down the heating system of the oven or drier automatically when the concentration in
air of the flammable substance in any part of the oven or drier reaches a level of 60 per cent of its
lower explosive limit, is provided to the oven or drier and maintained in efficient working
condition.
(c) No oven or drier shall be operated without its safety ventilation system working in an
efficient manner.
(d) No oven or drier shall be operated with a level of dilution less than what is referred to in
clause (b).
(e) Exhaust ducts of safety ventilation systems should be so designed and placed that their ducts
discharge the mixture of air and flammable substance away from the workrooms and not near
windows or doors or other openings from where the mixture could re-enter the workrooms.
(f) The fresh air admitted into the oven or drier by means of the safety ventilation system shall be
circulated adequately by means of circulating fan or fans through all parts of the oven or drier so
as to ensure that there are no locations where the flammable substance can accumulate in the air
or become pocketed to any dangerous degree.
(g) Throttling dampers in any safety ventilation system should be so designed by cutting away a
portion of the damper or otherwise, that the system will handle at least the minimum ventilation
rate required for safety when they are set in their maximum throttling position.
(6) Explosion panels..-
(a) Every oven or drier having an internal total space of not less than half cubic meter shall be
provided with suitably designed explosion panels so as to allow release of the pressure of any
possible explosion within the oven or drier through explosion vents. The area of openings to be
provided by means of such vents together with area of openings of any access doors which are
provided with suitable arrangements for their release in case of an explosion shall be not less
than 2200 square centimetre for every one cubic meter of volume of the oven or drier. The
design of the explosion panels and doors as above said shall be much as to secure the complete
release under the internal pressure of 0.25 Kg. per square centimeter.
(b) The explosion releasing panels, shall as far as practicable, be situated at the roof of the oven
or drier or at those portion of the walls where persons not remain in connection with operation of
the oven or drier.
(7) Interlocking arrangements:-
(a) In each oven or drier efficient inter-locking arrangements shall be provided and maintained to
ensure that-
(i) all ventilating fans and circulating fans whose failure would adversely effect the ventilation
rate or flow pattern are in operations before any mechanical conveyor that may be provided for
fee~ the articles to be processed in the oven or drier is put into operation.
(ii) failure of any of the ventilating or circulating fans will automatically s any conveyor as
referred to in clause (i) as may be provided, as well as s the fuel supply by closing the shut off
valve and shut off the ignition in the case of gas or oil fired oven and in the case of electrically
heated ovens switch off the electrical supply to the heaters.
(iii) the above said mechanical conveyor is set in operation before the above said, shut off valve
can be energized; and
(iv) the failure of the above said conveyor will automatically close and above said shut off value
in the case of ovens and driers heated by gas, oil or steam and reactivate the ignition system, or
cut off the electrical heaters in the case of electrically heated ovens or furnaces.
(8) Automatic pre-ventilation..- Every oven or drier heated by oil, steam, gas or electricity shall
be provided with an efficient arrangement for automatic pre-ventilation consisting of at least 3
volume changes with fresh air by operation of the safety ventilation fans and the circulating fans
(if used) so as to effect purging of the oven or drier of any mixture of air and a flammable
substance before the heating system can be activated and before the conveyor can be placed in
position.
(9) Temperature Control:- Every oven or drier shall be provided with an automatic arrangement
to ensure that the temperature within does not exceed a safe upper present limit to be decided in
respect of the particular processing being carried on.
(10) Multistage processes:- Wherever materials are to be processed 'in ovens or driers in
successive operations, suitable arrangements should be provided to ensure that the operating
temperatures necessary for safe operation at each stage are maintained within the design limits.
(11) Combustible substances not to drip on electrical heaters or burners flame:- Effective
arrangements shall be provided in every oven or drier to prevent dripping of combustible
substances on electric heaters or burner flame used for heating.
(12) Periodical examination testing and maintenance:-
(a) All parts of every oven and drier shall be properly maintained and thoroughly examined and
the various control as mentioned in this rule and the working of the oven or drier tested at
frequent intervals to ensure its safe operation by a responsible person designated by the occupier
or manager, who by his experience and knowledge of necessary precautions against risks of
explosion is fit to undertake such work.
(b) A register shall be maintained in which the details of the various tests carried out from time
to time under clause (a) shall be entered and every entry made shall be signed by the person
making the tests.
(13) Training of operators: No person shall be assigned any task connected with operation of any
oven or drier unless he has completed 18 years of age and he is properly trained.
(14) Polymerising machines..-
(a) Printed fabric shall be thoroughly dried by passing them over drying cans or through hot flue
or other equally effective means, before the same is allowed to pass through polymerising
machines.
(b) Infrared ray heaters of polymerising machines shall be cut off while running the prints.
Back to Section
61. (SA) A: Site appraisal committee
(1) Constitution:-'The following provisions shall govern the functioning of the Site appraisal
committee, hereinafter, be referred to as the 'Committee' in these rules:-
(a) The State Government may constitute a site Appraisal Committee and reconstitute the
Committee as and when necessary ;
(b) The State Government may appoint a senior official of the factories Inspectorate, preferably
with qualification in Chemical Engineering to be the Secretary of the Committee ;
(c) The State Government may appoint the following as members of the Committee:
(i) a representative of the Fire Service Organisation of the State Government;
(ii) a representative of the State Department of Industries
(iii) A representative of the Director General of Factory Advice Service and Labour Institutes,
Bombay.
(2) No member, unless required to do so by a Court of Law, shall disclose otherwise than in
connection with the purpose of the Act, at any time any information relating to manufacturing or
commercial business or any working process which may come to his knowledge during the
tenure as a Member on this Committee.
(3) Applications for appraisal of sites-
(a) Application for appraisal of sites in respect of the factories covered under section 2 (cb) of
the Act shall be submitted to the Chairman of the Site Appraisal Committee.
(b) The application for site appraisal along with 15 copies thereof shall be submitted in the Form
annexed to this Rule. The Committee may dispense with furnishing information on any particular
item in the application form if it considers the same may not be relevant to the application under
consideration.
(4) Function of the Committee-
(a) The Secretary shall arrange to register the applications received for appraisal of site in a
separate register and acknowledge the same within a period of 7 days.
(b) The Secretary shall fix up meeting in such a manner that all the applications received and
registered and referred to the committee within a period of one month from that of their receipt.
(c) The committee may adopt a procedure for its working keeping in view of the need for
expeditious disposal of application.
(d) The committee shall examine the application for appraisal of a site with reference to the
prohibitions and restriction on the location of industry and the carrying on of process and
operations in different areas as per the provisions of Rule 5 of the Environment (protection)
Rules, 1986 framed under Environment Protection Act, 1986.
(e) The committee may call for documents, examine experts, inspect the site if necessary and
take other steps for formulating its views in regard to the suitability of the site.
(f) Wherever the proposed site requires clearance by the Minisistry of Industry or the Ministry of
Environment and Forests, the application for site Appraisal will be considered by the Site
appraisal committee only after such clearance has been received.
FORMAT OF APPLICATION TO THE SITE APPRAISAL COMMITTEE
1. Name and address of the applicant:
2. Site Ownership Data:
(1) Revenue details of site such as Survey No. Plot No. etc.
(2) Whether the site is classified as forest and if so, whether approval of the Central Govt., under
section 5 of the Indian Forests Act, 1927 has been taken.
(3) Whether the proposed site attracts the provisions of section 3 (2) (v) of the E.P. Act, 1986, if
so, the nature of the restrictions.
(4) Local authority under whose jurisdiction the site is located.
3. Site Plan..-
(1) Site plan with clear identification of boundaries and total area proposed to be occupied and
showing the following details nearby the proposed site.
(a) Historical monuments, if any, in the vicinity.
(b) Names of neighbouring manufacturing units and human habitats, educational and training
institutions, petrol installations, storages of LPG and other hazardous substances in the vicinity
and their distance from the proposed unit.
(c) Water sources (rivers, streams, canals, dams, water filtration plants, etc.) in the vicinity.
(d) Nearest hospitals, fire-stations, civil defence stations and police station and their distances.
(e) High tension electrical transmission lines, pipe lines for water, oil gas or sewerage, railway
lines, roads, stations: jetties and other similar installations.
(2) Details of spill conditions and depth at which hard strata obtained.
(3) Contour map of the area showing nearby hillocks and difference in levels.
(4) Plot Plan of the factory showing the entry and exit points, reads within, water drains, etc.
4. Project Report:-
(1) A summary of the salient features of the Project
(2) Status of the organisation (Govt. Semi-Govt.) Public or Private etc.)
(3) Maximum number of persons likely to be working in the factory.
(4) Maximum amount of power and water requirements and source of their supply.
(5) Block diagram of the buildings and installations, in the proposed supply.
(6) Details of housing colony, hospital, school and other infrastructural facilities proposed.
5. Organisation structure of the proposed Manufacturing Unit / Factory..-
(1) Organisation diagrams of

- proposed enterprise in general
- Health, Safety and Environment protection departments and their linkage to operation and
technical departments
(2) Proposed health and Safety Policy

(3) Area allocated for treatment of wastes and effluent.
(4) Percentage outlay on safety, health and environment protection measures.
6. Meteorological data relating to the site:-
(1) Average, minimum and maximum of

- Temperature
- Humidity
- Wind velocities during the previous ten years.
(2) Seasonal variations of wind direction
(3) Highest water level reached during the floods in the area recorded so far
(4) Lightening and seismic data of the area
7. Communication links..-
(1) Availability of Telephone/Telex/Wireless and other communication facilities for outside

communication
(2) Internal communication facilities proposed.
8. Manufacturing Process Information..-
(1) Process flow diagram
(2) Brief write up on process and technology
(3) Critical process parameters such as pressure build-up temperature else and run-away
reactions.
(4) Other external effects critical to the process having safety implications, such as ingress of
moisture of water, contact with incompatible substances, sudden power failure.
(5) Highlights of the built in safety pollution control devices or measures/ incorporated in the
manufacturing technology.
9. Information of Hazardous Materials:-
(1) Raw materials, intermediates, products and by-products and their quantities (Enclose
Material Safety Data Sheet in respect of each hazardous substance).
(2) Main and intermediate storage proposed for raw materials/ intermediates/products/byproducts
(Maximum quantities to be stored at any time).
(3) Transportation methods to be used for materials inflow and outflow, their quantities and
likely routes to be followed.
(4) Safety measures proposed for:

- handling of materials
- internal and external transportation; and
- disposal (packing and forwarding of finished products)
10. Information on disposal / Disposal of wastes and Pollutants:-
(1) Major pollutants (gas, liquid, solid) their characteristics and quantities (average and at peak
loads).
(2) Quality and quantity of solid wastes generated, method of their treatment and disposal.
(3) Air, Water and solid pollution problems anticipated and the proposed measures to control the
same including treatment and disposal of effluents.
11. Process Hazards Information:-
(1) Enclose a copy of the report on environmental impact assessment.
(2) Enclosed a copy of the report on Risk Assessment Study.
(3) Published (open or classified) reports, if any, on accident situations/ occupational health
hazards or similar plants elsewhere (within or outside the country).
12. Information of proposed safety and occupational Health Measures.-
(1) Details of fire fighting facilities and minimum quantity of Water, CO2 and or other fire
fighting measures needed to meet the emergencies.
(2) Details of in-house medical facilities proposed.
13. Information on Emergency Preparedness..-
(1) On site emergency plan.
(2) Proposed arrangements, if any, for mutual aid scheme with the group of neighbouring
factories.
14. Any other relevant information..-

I certify that the information furnished above is correct to best of my knowledge and nothing of
importance has been concealed while furnishing it.
Name and signature of

the Applicant
61 (SB) A. Health and Safety Policy
(1) Occupier of every factory, except as provided for in sub-rule (2) shall prepare a written
statement of his policy in respect of health and safety of workers at work.
(2) All factories
(a) Covered under section 2 (m) (i) but employing less than 1 00 workers
(b) and the following categories of factories
(i) Khandasari Sugar factories
(ii) Cotton ginning and pressing factories
(iii) Tobacco redrying factories
(iv) Fruit processing units
(v) Salt factories
are exempted from requirements of sub-rule (1)
Provided that they are not covered in the First Schedule under Section 2 (cb) or carrying out
processes or operations declared to be dangerous under section 87 of the Act.
(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in Sub-rule (2) the Chief Inspector may require the
occupiers of any, of the factories or class description of factories to comply with the
requirements of sub-rule (1) if, in his opinion, it is expedient to do so.
(4) The Health and Safety Policy should contain or deal with
(a) declared intention and commitment of the management to health safety and environment and
compliance with their relevant statutory requirements
(b) arrangements, for making the policy effective.
5. In particular, the policy should specify the following-

(a) arrangements for involving the workers ;
(b) intentions of taking into account the health and safety performance of individuals at different
levels while considering their career advancement
(c) fixing the responsibility of the contractors, sub-contractors transporters and other agencies
entering the premises
(d) providing a resume of health and safety performance of the factory in its Annual Report
(e) relevant techniques and methods, such as safety audits and risk assessment for periodical
assessment of the status on health, safety and environment and taking all the remedial measures
(f) stating its intentions to integrate health and safety in all decisions including those dealing with
purchase of plant equipment machinery and material as well as selection and placement of
personnel
(g) arrangements for informing. educating and training and retraining its own employees at
different levels and the public, wherever required.
6. A copy of the declared Health and Safety policy signed by the occupier shall be made
available to the Inspector having jurisdiction over the Factory and to the Chief Inspector.
7. The policy shall be made widely known by-
(a) making copies available to all workers including contract workers, apprentices, transport
workers, suppliers, etc.
(b) displaying copies of the policy at conspicuous places ; and
(c) any other means of communication; in a language understood by majority of workers.
8. The Occupier shall revive the safety policy as often as may be appropriate, but it shall
necessarily be revised under the following circumstances:
(a) whenever any extension or modification having implications on safety and health of persons
at work is made; or
(b) Whenever new substances or articles are introduced in the manufacturing process having
implications on health and safety of persons exposed to such substances.
61 (SB) A. Health and Safety Policy
(1) Occupier of every factory, except as provided for in sub-rule (2) shall prepare a
written statement of his policy in respect of health and safety of workers at work.
(2) All factories
(a) Covered under section 2 (m) (i) but employing less than 1 00 workers
(b) and the following categories of factories
(i) Khandasari Sugar factories
(ii) Cotton ginning and pressing factories
(iii) Tobacco redrying factories
(iv) Fruit processing units
(v) Salt factories
are exempted from requirements of sub-rule (1)
Provided that they are not covered in the First Schedule under Section
2 (cb) or carrying out processes or operations declared to be dangerous under section
87 of the Act.
(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in Sub-rule (2) the Chief Inspector

may require the occupiers of any, of the factories or class description of
factories to comply with the requirements of sub-rule (1) if, in his opinion, it
is expedient to do so.
(4) The Health and Safety Policy should contain or deal with
(a) declared intention and commitment of the management to health safety and
environment and compliance with their relevant statutory requirements
(b) arrangements, for making the policy effective.
5. In particular, the policy should specify the following-
(a) arrangements for involving the workers ;
(b) intentions of taking into account the health and safety performance of individuals at
different levels while considering their career advancement
(c) fixing the responsibility of the contractors, sub-contractors

transporters and other agencies entering the premises
(d) providing a resume of health and safety performance of the factory in its Annual
Report
(e) relevant techniques and methods, such as safety audits and risk assessment for
periodical assessment of the status on health, safety and environment and taking all the
remedial measures
(f) stating its intentions to integrate health and safety in all decisions including those
dealing with purchase of plant equipment machinery and material as well as selection
and placement of personnel
(g) arrangements for informing. educating and training and retraining its own employees
at different levels and the public, wherever required.
6. A copy of the declared Health and Safety policy signed by the occupier
shall be made available to the Inspector having jurisdiction over the Factory and to the
Chief Inspector.
7. The policy shall be made widely known by-
(a) making copies available to all workers including contract workers, apprentices,
transport workers, suppliers, etc.
(b) displaying copies of the policy at conspicuous places ; and
(c) any other means of communication; in a language understood by majority of

workers.
8. The Occupier shall revive the safety policy as often as may be appropriate, but it shall
necessarily be revised under the following circumstances:
(a) whenever any extension or modification having implications on safety and health of
persons at work is made; or
(b) Whenever new substances or articles are introduced in the

manufacturing process having implications on health and safety of persons exposed to
such substances.
61 (SB) B. Collection and development and dissemination of information
(1) The occupier of every factory carrying on a 'hazardous' process' shall arrange to
obtain or develop information in the form of Material Safety DATA Sheet (MSDS) in
respect of every hazardous substance or material handled in the manufacture,
transportation and storage in the factory. It shall be accessible upon request to a worker
for reference:-
(a) Every such Material safety Data Sheet shall include the following information:
(i) The identity used on the label

(ii) Hazardous ingredients of the substance
(iii) Physical and chemical characteristics of the hazardous substance
(iv) The physical hazards of the hazardous substance, including the potential for fire,
explosion and reactivity;
(v) The health hazards of the hazardous substance, including signs and symptoms of
exposure, and by medical conditions which are generally recognised as being
aggravated by exposure to the substance;
(vi) The primary route (s) of entry
(vii) The permissible limits of exposure prescribed in the Second Schedule under
Section 4 1 -F of the Act, and in respect of a Chemical not covered by the said
Schedule, any exposure limit used or recommended by the manufacturer, importer or
occupier ;
(viii) Any generally applicable precautions for safe handling and use of the hazardous
substance, which are known including appropriate hygienic practices, protective
measures during repairs and maintenance of contaminated equipment procedures for
clean-up of spills and leaks
(ix) Any generally applicable control measures, such as appropriate engineering,

controls, work practices, or use of personal protective equipment;
(x) Emergency and first-aid procedures ;
(xi) The date of preparation of the Material Safety Data Sheet, or the last change to it ;
and
(xii) The name, address and telephone number of the manufacturer, importer, occupier
or other responsible party preparing or distributing the Material Safety Date Sheet, who
can provide
additional information on the hazardous substances and appropriate emergency
procedures, if necessary.
(b) The occupier while obtaining or developing a Material Safety Data Sheet in respect
of a hazardous substance shall ensure that the information recorded accurately reflects
the scientific evidence used in making the hazard determination. If he becomes newly
aware of any significant information regarding the hazards of a substance, or ways to
protect against the hazards, this new information shall be added to the Material Safety
Data Sheet as soon as practicable.
(c) An example of such Material Safety Data Sheet is given in the schedule to this Rule-
Labelling:
2(A) Every container of a hazardous substance shall be clearly labelled or marked to

identify :
(a) the contents of the container
(b) The name and address of the manufacturer or importer of the hazardous substances
;
(c) the physical and health hazards ; and
(d) the recommended personal protective equipment needed to work safety with the
hazardous substance.
(B) In case a container is required to be transported by road outside the factory

premises it should in addition be labelled or married in accordance with the,
requirements laid down under Rule 61 (SB)H.
See Schedule
Information contained in this material data sheet is believed to be reliable but no

representation, guarantee or warranties of any kind are made as to its accuracy,
suitability for a particular application or results to be obtained from them. It is upto the
manufacturer/seller to ensure that the information contained in the material safety data
sheet is relevant to the product rnanufactured / handled or sold by him as the case may
be. The Government makes no warranties expressed or implied in respect of the
adequacy of this document for any particular purpose.
61(SB)C. Disclosure of information to workers
(1) The occupier of a factory carrying on a 'hazardous processes" shall supply to all
workers the following information in relating to handling of hazardous materials or
substances in the manufacturer, transportation, storage and other processes:-
(a) Requirements of Section 41 B, 41 C, and 41 H of the Act
(b) A list of 'hazardous process' carried on in the factory
(c) Location and availability of all Material Safety Data sheets as per Rule 61 (SB) B
(d) Physical and health hazards arising from the exposure to or handling of substances ;
(e) Measures taken by the occupier to ensure safety and control of physical and health
hazards
(f) Measures to be taken by the workers to ensure safety handling, store and
transportation of hazardous substances ;
(g) Personal protective equipment required to be used by workers employed in

'hazardous process' or 'Dangerous' operations
(h) Meaning of various label and markings used on the containers of hazardous
substances as provided under Rule 61( SB)B
(i) Signs and symptoms like to be manifested on exposure to hazardous substances

and to whom to report
(j) Measures to be taken by the workers in case of any spillage or leakage of hazardous
substance
(k) Rule of workers vis-a-vis the emergency plan of the factory in particular evacuation
procedures ;
(l) any other information considered necessary by the occupier to ensure safety and
health of workers.
(2) the information required by sub-rule (1) shall be complied and made
known to workers individually, through supply of booklets or leaflets and
display of cautionary notices at the work places.
(3) The booklets, leaflets and the cautionary notices displayed in the
factory shall be in the language understood by the majority of the workers,
and also explain to them.
(4) The Chief Inspector may direct the occupier to supply further
information to the workers deemed necessary.
61 (SB)(E). Disclosure of information to the Chief Inspector
(1) The occupier of every factory carrying on 'hazardous process' shall

furnish, in writing, to the Chief inspector a copy of all the information furnished to the
workers.
(2) A copy of compilation of Material Safety Data Sheets in respect of

hazardous substances used produced or stored in the factory shall be furnished to the
Chief Inspector, and the local Inspector.
(3) The occupier shall also furnish any other information asked for by
the Chief Inspector from time to time for the purpose of this Act and Rules
made thereunder.
61(SB)(F). Information of industrial Wastes
(1) The information furnished under Rules 61 (SB)C, and (SB)G shall include the
quantity of the solid and liquid wastes generated per day, their characteristics and
method of treatment such as incineration of solid wastes, chemical and biological
treatment of liquid wastes, and arrangements for their final disposal.
(2) It shall also include information on the quality and quantity of a

gaseous waste discharged through the stacks or other openings and
arrangements such as provision of scrubbers, cyclone separators, electrostatic
precipitators or similar such arrangements made for controlling pollution of the
environment.
(3) The occupier shall also furnish the information prescribed in the sub-
rules (1) and (2) to the State Pollution Control Board.
61(SB)(G). Review of the information furnished to workers etc
(1) The occupier shall review once in every calendar year and modify, if
necessary, the information furnished under Rule 61 (SB)C and 61 (SB)E to
the workers and to the Chief Inspector.
(2) In the event of any change in the process or operations or methods

of work or when any new substance is introduced in the process or in the
event of a serious accident taking place, the information so furnished shall
be reviewed and modified to the extent necessary.
61(SB)(H). Confidentiality of information
The occupier of a factory carrying on 'hazardous process' shall disclose all information
needed for protecting safety and health of the workers to-
(a) his workers
(b) the Chief Inspector
as required under Rules 61 (SB) F and 61 (SB)G If the occupier is of

the opinion that the disclosure of details regarding the process and formulations will
adversely affect his business interests, he may make a representation to the Chief
Inspector stating the reasons for withholding such information. The Chief Inspector shall
give an opportunity to the occupier of being heard and pass an order on the
representation.
An occupier aggrieved by an order of Chief Inspector may prefer an

appeal before the State Government within a period of 30 days. The State
Government shall give an opportunity to the occupier of being heard and pass an order.
The order of the State Government shall be final
61(SC)A. Medical Examination
(1) Workers employed in a 'hazardous process' shall be medically examined b a qualified

medical practitioner hereinafter referred to as Factory Medical Officer, in the following manner.-
(a) Once before employment, to ascertain physical fitness of the person to do the particular job
(b) Once in a period of 6 months, to ascertain the health status of all the workers in respect of
occupational health hazards to which they are exposed; and in cases where in the opinion of the
Factory Medical Officer it is necessary to do so at a shorter interval in respect of any worker.
(c) The details of pre-employment and periodical medical examinations carried out as aforesaid
shall be received in the Health Register in Form 17.
(2) No person shall be employed for the first time without a certificate of fitness in Form 17A
granted by the Factory Medical Officer. If the Factory Medical Officer declares a person unfit for
being employed in any process covered under sub-rule (1), such a person shall have the right to
appeal to the inspector who shall refer the matter to the certifying surgeon whose opinion shall
be final in this regard. If the Inspector himself is also a certifying surgeon, he may dispose of the
application himself
(3) Any findings of the Factory Medical Officer revealing any abnormality or unsuitability of
any person employed in the process shall immediately be reported to the certifying surgeon who
shall in turn, examine the concerned worker and communicate his findings to the occupier within
30 days. If the certifying surgeon is of the opinion that the worker so examined is required to be
taken away from the process for health protection, he will direct the occupier accordingly, who
shall employ the said worker in the same process, However, the worker so taken away be
provided with alternate placement unless he is fully incapacitated, in the opinion of the certifying
surgeon, in which case the worker affected shall be suitably rehabilitated.
(4) A certifying surgeon on his own motion or on a reference from an Inspector may conduct
medical examination of a worker to ascertain the suitability of his employment in a hazardous
process or for ascertaining his health status. The opinion of the Certifying Surgeon in such a case
shall be final. The fee required for this medical examination shall be paid by the occupier.
(5) The worker taken away from employment in any process under sub-rule (2) may be
employed again in the same process only after obtaining the fitness certificate from the certifying
surgeon and after making entries to that effect in the Health Register.
(6) The worker required to undergo medical examination under these rules and for any medical
survey conducted by or on behalf of the Central or the State Government shall not refuse to
undergo such medical examination.
61(SC)B. Occupational Health Centres
(1) In respect of any Factory carrying on' hazardous process' there shall be provided and
maintained in good order an Occupational Health Centre with the services and facilities as per
scale laid down hereunder:-
(a) For factories employing upto 50 workers-.
(i) the services of a Factory Medical Officer on retainership basis, in his clinic to be notified by
the occupier. He will carry out the pre-employment and periodical medical examination as
stipulated in rules. 61 (SC) A and render medical assistance during any emergency
(ii) a minimum of 5 persons trained in first-aid procedures amongst whom at least one shall
always be available during the working period;
(iii) a fully equipped first-aid box.
(b) For factories employing 51 to 200 workers-
(i) An occupational Health Centre having a room with a minimum floor area of 15 sq. M. with
floors and wall made of smooth and impervious surface and within adequate illumination and
ventilation as well as equipment as per the schedule annexed to this Rule;
(ii) a part-time Factory Medical Officer shall be in over all charge of the Centre who shall visit
the factory at least twice in a week and whose services shall be readily available during medical
emergencies;
(iii) One qualified and trained dresser-cum-compounder on duty throughout the working period;
(iv) a fully equipped first aid box in all the departments.
(c) For factories employing above 200 workers-
(i) one full time Factory Medical Officer for factories employing upto 500 workers and one more
Medical Officer for every additional 1000 workers on part thereof,
(ii) An occupational Health Centre having at least 2 rooms each with a minimum floor area of 15
Sq.m. with floors and walls made of smooth and impervious surface and adequate illuminations
and ventilation as well as equipment as per the schedule annexed to this Rule
(iii) there shall be one nurse, and dresser-cum-compounder and one sweeper-cum-ward boy
throughout the working period;
(iv) the Occupational Health Centre shall be suitably equipped to manage medical emergencies.
(2) The factory Medical Officer required to be appointed under sub-rule(1) shall have
qualifications included in Schedules to the Indian Medical Degrees Act of 1916 or in the
Schedules to the Indian Medical Council Act, 1956 and possess a Certificate of Training in
Industrial Health of Minimum three months duration recognised by the State Government.
Provided that-
(i) a person possessing a Diploma in Industrial Health or equivalent shall not be required to
possess the certificate of training as aforesaid
(ii) the Chief Inspector may, subject to such conditions as he may specify, grant exemption from
the requirement of this sub rule, if in his opinion a suitable person possessing the necessary
qualification is not available for appointment
(iii) in case of a person who has been working as a Factory Medical Officer for a period of not
less than 3 years on the date of commencement of this rule, the Chief Inspector may, subject to
the condition that the said person shall obtain the aforesaid certificate of training within, a period
of three years, relax the qualification.
(3) the syllabus of the course leading to the above certificate, and the organisations conducting
the State course shall be approved by the DG FASLI or the Government in accordance with the
guidelines issued by the DG FASLI.
(4) Within one month of the appointment of a Factory Medical Officer, the occupier of the
factory shall furnish to the Chief Inspector the following particulars:
(a) Name and address of the Factory Medical Officer
(b) Qualifications;
(c) Experience, if any ; and
(d) the sub-rule under which appointed.
Equipment for occupational Health Centre in Factories
1 .A glazed sink with hot and cold water always available.
2. A table with a smooth at least 180 cm X 105 cm.
4. A couch.

6. A kettle and spirit stove or other suitable means of boiling water.
7. One bottle of spiritus ammonia aromatious (120ml.).
9. Two 'kidney' trays.
13. Two tea spoons.
14. Two graduated (120ml) measuring glasses.
15. One wash bottle (1000 cc) for washing eyes.
16. One bottle (one litre) carbolic lotion 1 in 20.
17. Three Chairs.
18. One Screen.
19. One electric hand torch
20. An adequate supply of tetanus toxide.
21. Coramine liquid (60 ml).
22. Tablets - antihistaminic, antispasmodic (25 each).
23. Syringes with needles - 2 cc, 5 cc and 10 cc.
24. Two needle holders, big and small.
25. Suturing needles and materials.
26. One dissecting forceps.
27. One dressing forceps.
28. One scalpels.

29. One stethoscope.
30. Rubber bandage - pressure bandage.
32. One blood pressure apparatus .
33. One patellar Hammer.
34. One peak-flow meter for lung function measurement.
35. One stomach wash set.
36. Any other equipment recommended by the Factory Medical Officer according to specific
need relating to manufacturing process.
37. In addition :
1. For factories employing 51 to 200 workers-
1. Four plain wooden splints 900mm X 100mm X 6mm.
2. Two plain wooden splints 250mm X 50mm X 12mm
3. One paid artery forceps
4. Injections - Morphia, Pethidine, atropine, adrenaline, coramine, Novocan (2 each)
5. One surgical scissors
(2) For factories employing above 200 workers-
1. Eight Plain wooden splints 900mm x 100mm x 6mm
2. Eight Plain wooden splints 350mm x 75mm x 6mm
3. Four Plain wooden splints 250mm x 50mm x 12mm
4. Two pairs artery forceps
5. Injections - morphia, pethadine, atropine, adrenaline ceramine, movacan (4 each)
6. Two surgical scissors.

61 (SC)C. Ambulance Van
(1) In any factory carrying on 'hazardous process' there shall be provided and maintained in good
condition, a suitably constructed ambulance van equipped with items as per sub-rule (2) and
manned by a full time Driver - cum - Mechanic and Helper trained in first aid for the purpose of
transportation of serious cases of accidents or sickness. The ambulance van shall not be used for
any purpose other than the purpose stipulated herein and will normally be stationed at or near to
the Occupational Health Centre :
Provided that a factory employing less than 200 workers, may make arrangements for procuring
such facility at short notice from nearby hospital or other places, to meet any emergency.
(2) The Ambulance should have the following equipments:
(a) General
 A wheeled stretcher with folding and adjusting devices, with the

head of the stretcher capable of being fitted upward-
 Fixed suction unit with equipment.
 Fixed oxygen supply with equipment.
 Pillow with case - Sheets - Blankets; Towels.
 Emesis bag; Bed pan; - Urinal - Glass
(b) Safety Equipment
 Flares with life of 30 minutes - Flood lights

 Flash lights - Fire extinguisher dry powder type;
 Insulated gauntlets.
(c) Emergency care equipment
(i) Resusciation
 portable suction unit, portable oxygen units

 Bag-valve-mask, hand operated artificial units
 Airways, Mouth gaga - Trachoestomy adaptors
 Short spine board, I V Fluids with administration units
 B.P. Manometer,Cugg,- Stethoscope
(ii) Immobolisation,
 Long and short boards, wire ladder splints

 Triangular bandage, long and short spine boards
(iii) Dressings
 Gauge pads 4" x 4", Universal dressing 19" x 36"

 Roll of Aluminium foils, soft roller bandages 6" x 5 yards
adhesive tape in 3" roll, safety pins
 Bandage sheets-burn sheets
(iv) Poisoning
Syrup of Ipecac, Activated charcoal pre-packed in doses, snake bite kit, drinking water-pre-
packed in doses
(v) Emergency medicines
As per requirement ( under the advice of medical officer only)
61 (SC) D : Decontamination facilities
In every factory, carrying out 'hazardous process', the following provisions shall be made to meet
emergency -
(a) full equipped first aid box,
(b) readily accessible means of drenching water for workers, parts of body of workers and,
clothing of workers who have been contaminated with hazardous and corrosive substance; and
such means shall be as per the scale shown in theTable below
TABLE
No. of persons employed No. of drenching showers

at any time
(i) Upto 50 workers 2
2 + 1 for every additional
(ii) Between 51 to 200 workers
50 or part thereafter
5 + for every additional
(iii) between 201 to 500 workers
2 + 1 for every additional
(iv) 501 workers and above
(c) a sufficient number of eye wash bottles filled with distilled water or suitable liquid, kept in
boxes or cupboards conveniently situated and clearly indicated by a distinctive sign which shall
be visible at all times.
61(SC)E. Making available Health Records to workers
(1) The occupier of every factory carrying out 'hazardous process' shall make accessible the
health records including the record of workers exposure to hazardous process or, as the case may
be, the medical records of any worker for his perusal under the following conditions-
(a) Once in every six months or immediately after the medical examination whichever is earlier ;
(b) If the factory Medical Officer or the Certifying Surgeon as the case may be, is of the opinion
that the worker has manifested signs and symptoms of any notifiable disease as specified in the
Third Schedule of the Act
(c) If the worker leaves the employment
(d) If any one of the following authorities so direct;

- the Chief Inspector of Factories ;
- Health Authority of Central or State Government
- Commissioner of Workmen's Compensation;
- The Director General, Employees State Insurance Corporation,
- The Director, Employees State Insurance Corporation
(Medical Benefits); and
- The Director General, Factory Advice Service and Labour Institutes.
(2) A copy of the upto date health records including the record of worker's exposure to hazardous
process or, as the case may be, the medical records shall be supplied to the worker on receipt of
an application from him. X-ray plates and other medical diagnostic reports may also be made
available for reference to his medical practitioner.
61 (SC)F. Qualifications, etc. of Supervisors
(1) All persons who are required to supervise the handling or hazardous substances shall possess
the, following qualifications and experience
(a) (i) A degree in Chemistry or Diploma in Chemical Engineering or Technology with 5 years
experience; or
(ii) A Master's Degree in Chemistry or a Degree in Chemical Engineering or Technology with 2

years experience. The experience stipulated above shall be in process operation and maintenance
in the Chemical Industry.
(b) The Chief Inspector may require the supervisor to undergo training in Health and Safety.
(2) The syllabus and duration of the above training the organisations conducting the training
shall be approved by the DG FASLI or the State Government in accordance with guidelines
issued by the DG FASLI.
61(SC)G.
For the purpose of compliance with the requirements of sub-sections (1) and (4) and (7) of
Section 41 -B or 4 1 -C the Chief Inspector may, if deemed necessary, issue guidelines from time
to time to the occupiers of factories carrying on 'hazardous process'. Such guidelines may be
based on National Standards, Codes of Practice, or recommendations of International Bodies
such as ILO and WHO.
61 (SG) A. Safety Committee
(1) In every factory-
(a) Working with the aid of power, wherein 100 or more workers are ordinarily
employed;
(b) Which carries on any process or operation declared to be dangerous under Section
87 of the act ; or
(c) Which carries on 'hazardous process' as defined under Section 2(cb) of the Act.,
there shall be a safety committee.
(2) The representatives of the management on safety committee shall include
(a) A senior official, who by his position in the organisation can contribute effectively to
the functioning of the committee shall be the Chairman.
(b) A safety officer and a factory Medical Officer, wherever available and the safety
officer in such a case shall be the Secretary of the Committee.
(c) A representative each from the production, maintenance and purchase departments.
(3) The workers representatives on this committee shall be nominated

from their worker members by the recognised or else trade union or where
such Trade Union is not in existence, the representatives shall be elected by the
workers directly.
(4) The tenure of the committee shall be co-terminus with the tenure
of the Trade Union or two years where there is no. Trade Union.
(5) Safety Committee shall meet as often as necessary but at least once
in every quarter. The minutes of the meeting shall be recorded and produced to the
Inspector on demand.
(6) Safety committee shall have the right to be adequately and suitably
informed of-
(a) Potential safety and health hazards to which the workers may be exposed at
workplace.
(b) data on accidents as well as data resulting from surveillance of the working
environment and of the health of workers exposed to hazardous substances so far as
the factory is concerned, Provided that the committee undertakes to use the data on a
confidential basis and solely to provide guidance and advice on measures to improve
the working environment and the health and safety of the workers.
(7) Function and duties of the Safety committee shall include-
(a) Assisting and co-operating with the management in achieving the aims and
objectives outlined in the 'Health and Safety Policy' of the occupier
(b) dealing with all matters concerning health; safety and environment and to arrive at
practicable solutions to problems encountered
(c) creating safety awareness amongst all workers
(d) undertaking educational, training and promotional activities;
(e) discussing reports on safety, environmental and occupational health surveys, safety
audits, risk assessment, emergency and disaster management plans and
implementation of the recommendations made in the reports ;
(f) carrying out health and safety surveys and identify causes of
accidents ;
(g) looking into any complaint made on the likelihood of an imminent danger to the
safety and health of the workers and suggest corrective measures ; and
(h) reviewing the implementation of the recommendations made by it.
(8) Where owing to the size of the factory, or any other reasons the functions referred to
in sub-rule (7) cannot be effectively carried out by the
Safety Committee, it may establish sub-committees as may be required to
61 (SG) A. Safety Committee
(1) In every factory-
(a) Working with the aid of power, wherein 100 or more workers are ordinarily employed;
(b) Which carries on any process or operation declared to be dangerous under Section 87 of the
act ; or
(c) Which carries on 'hazardous process' as defined under Section 2(cb) of the Act., there shall be
a safety committee.
(2) The representatives of the management on safety committee shall include
(a) A senior official, who by his position in the organisation can contribute effectively to the
functioning of the committee shall be the Chairman.
(b) A safety officer and a factory Medical Officer, wherever available and the safety officer in
such a case shall be the Secretary of the Committee.
(c) A representative each from the production, maintenance and purchase departments.
(3) The workers representatives on this committee shall be nominated from their worker
members by the recognised or else trade union or where such Trade Union is not in existence, the
representatives shall be elected by the workers directly.
(4) The tenure of the committee shall be co-terminus with the tenure of the Trade Union or two
years where there is no. Trade Union.
(5) Safety Committee shall meet as often as necessary but at least once in every quarter. The
minutes of the meeting shall be recorded and produced to the Inspector on demand.
(6) Safety committee shall have the right to be adequately and suitably informed of-
(a) Potential safety and health hazards to which the workers may be exposed at workplace.
(b) data on accidents as well as data resulting from surveillance of the working environment and
of the health of workers exposed to hazardous substances so far as the factory is concerned,
Provided that the committee undertakes to use the data on a confidential basis and solely to
provide guidance and advice on measures to improve the working environment and the health
and safety of the workers.
(7) Function and duties of the Safety committee shall include-
(a) Assisting and co-operating with the management in achieving the aims and objectives
outlined in the 'Health and Safety Policy' of the occupier
(b) dealing with all matters concerning health; safety and environment and to arrive at
practicable solutions to problems encountered
(c) creating safety awareness amongst all workers
(d) undertaking educational, training and promotional activities;
(e) discussing reports on safety, environmental and occupational health surveys, safety audits,
risk assessment, emergency and disaster management plans and implementation of the
recommendations made in the reports ;
(f) carrying out health and safety surveys and identify causes of accidents ;
(g) looking into any complaint made on the likelihood of an imminent danger to the safety and
health of the workers and suggest corrective measures ; and
(h) reviewing the implementation of the recommendations made by it.
(8) Where owing to the size of the factory, or any other reasons the functions referred to in sub-
rule (7) cannot be effectively carried out by the Safety Committee, it may establish sub-
committees as may be required to assist it.
62-A. Drying of wet clothing
In the classes of factories mentioned in the schedule annexed hereto, facilities for safe keeping of
clothing not worn during working hours and for the drying of wet clothing used in the course of
work shall be provided .
SCHEDULE
Glass Works Engineering Workshops

Oil mills Automobile Workshops
Sugar Factories Iron and Steel Works
Chemical Works Dying Works
Thermal Power
Leather Tanneries
Generating Stations
63. First-aid appliance
The First-aid boxes or cupboards shall be distinctly marked with a red cross on white back-
ground and shall contain the following equipment-
A. For factories in which the number of persons employed does not exceed ten or (in the case of
factories in which mechanical power is not used) does not exceed fifty persons :
(i) Six small size sterlized dressings.
(ii) Three medium size sterilized dressings.

(iii) Three large size sterilized dressings.
(iv) Three large size sterilized burn dressings.
(v) One (60 ml.) bottle of cetrimide solution (1%) or a suitable antiseptic solution.
(vi) One (60 ml.) bottle of mercurochrome solution (2%) in water.
(vii) One (30 ml.) bottle containing sal-volatile having the dose and mode of administration
(viii) One pair scissors.
(ix) One roll of adhesive plaster (2cm X 1 metre).
(x) Six pieces of sterilized eye pads in separate sealed packets.
(xi) A bottle containing 100 tablets (each of 5 grains) of aspirin or any other analgesic.
(xii) Polythene Wash bottle (1/2 litre, i.e., 500 c.c) for washing eyes.
(xiii) A snake-bite lancet.
(xiv) One (30 ml.) bottle containing Potassium Permanganate Crystals.
(xv) One copy of first-aid leaflet issued by the Directorate General of Factory Advice Service
and Labour Institutes, Government of India, Bombay.
B. For Factories in which mechanical power is used and in which the number of persons
employed exceeds ten but does not exceed fifty.
(i) Twelve small size sterilised dressings.
(ii) Six medium size sterilised dressings.
(iii) Six medium size sterilized dressings.
(iv) Six large size sterilized burn dressings.
(v) Six (1 5 gm) packets of sterilized cotton wool.
(vi) One (120 ml.) bottle of cetrirmide solution (1%) or a suitable antiseptic solution.
(vii) One (120 ml.) bottle of mercurochrome solution (2%) in water.

(viii) One (60 ml.) bottle containing sal-volatile having the dose and mode of administration
(x) Two rolls of adhesives plaster (2 cm X 1 metre).
(xi) Eight pieces of sterilized eye pads in separate sealed packets.
(xii) One tourniquet.
(xiii) One dozen safety pins.
(xiv) A bottle containing 100 tablets (each of 5 grains) of aspirin or any other analgesic.
(xv) One polythene wash bottle (1/2 litre i.e.,500 cc) for washing eyes.
(xvi) A snake-bite lancet.
(xvii) One (30 ml.) bottle containing potassium permanganate crystals.
(xviii) One copy of the first-aid leaflet issued by the Directorate General of Factory Advice
Service and Labour, Government of India, Bombay.
C. For factories employing more than fifty persons.
(i) Twenty-four small sterilized dressings.
(ii) Twelve medium size sterilized dressings.
(iii) Twelve large size sterilized dressings.
(iv) Twelve large size sterilized burn dressings.
(v) Twelve (15 gm.) packets of sterilized cotton wool.
(vi) One (200 ml.) bottle of mercurochrome (2%) solution in water.
(vii) One (200 ml.) bottle of cetrimide solution (1 %) or a suitable antiseptic solution.
(viii) One (200 ml.) bottle of sal-volatile having the dose and mode of administration indicated
on the label.
(x) One roll of adhesive plaster (6 cms X 1 metre).

(xi) Two rolls of adhesive plaster (2 cms. X 1 metre).
(xii) Twelve pieces of sterilized eye pads in separate sealed packets.
(xiii) A bottle containing 100 tablets (each of 5 grains) of aspirin or any other analgesic.
(xiv) One polythene wash bottle (500 c.c) for washing eyes.
(xv) Twelve roller bandages 10 cms. wide.
(xvi) Twelve roller bandages 5 cms. wide.
(xvii) Six Triangular bandages.
(xviii) One tourniquet.
(xix) A supply of suitable splints.
(xx) Two packets of safety pins.
(xxi) Kidney tray.
(xxii) A snake-bite lancet.
(xxiii) One 30 ml. bottle containing Potassium Permanganate crystals.
(xxiv) first-aid leaflet issued by the Directorate General of Factory Advice Service and Labour
Institutes, Bombay :
Provided that items (xiv) to (xxi) need not be maintained in the standard first-aid box or cup-
board (a) where is a properly equipped ambulance room, or (b) if at least one box containing
such items and placed and maintained in accordance with the requirements of Section 45 is
separately provided.
D. The dressing required under items (i) and (ii), may be substituted by, adhesive wound
dressings approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories and other equipment or medicines that
may be considered essential and recommended by the Chief-inspector of Factories from time to
time.
63 A. Notice regarding First-aid
A notice containing the names of the persons working within the precincts of the Factory who
are trained in first aid treatment and who are in charge of the First-aid boxes or cup-boards shall
be posted in every factory at a conspicuous place and near each such box or cup-board. The
notice shall also indicate the workroom, where the said person shall be available. The name of
the nearest hospital and its telephone number shall also be mentioned prominently in the said
notice.

64. Ambulance room
(1)Every ambulance room shall be under the charge of at least one whole-time qualified medical
officer assisted by at least one qualified nurse or dresser-cum-compounder, subject to condition
that the Medical Officer is readily available on call during the working hours of the factory.
(2) There shall be displayed in the ambulance room a notice giving the name, address and
telephone number of the Medical Practitioner in charge. The name of the nearest hospital and its
telephone number shall also be mentioned prominently in the said notice.
(3) The ambulance room shall be separate from the rest of the factory and shall be used only for
the purpose of first-aid treatment and rest. It shall have a floor area of at least 24 sq. metres with
smooth, hard and impervious walls and shall be adequately ventilated and lighted by both natural
and artificial means There shall be attached to it at least one latrine and urinal of sanitary type.
An adequate supply of whole-some drinking water shall be provided and the following articles
shall always be kept in the ambulance room or dispensary:--
1. A glazed sink with hot and cold water.

2. A table with a smooth of at least 180 cms x 105 cms. dimensions.
4. A couch.
5. Two stretchers.
7. Two rubber hot water bags.
8. A kettle and a spirit stove or other suitable means of boiling water.
9. Twelve plain wooden splints 90 mm x 100 mm. X 6 mm.
10. Twelve plain wooden splints 350 mm. X 75 mm. X 6 mm.
11. Six plain wooden splints 250 mm. X 50 mm. X 12 mm.
12. Six woolen blankets.
13. Three pairs of artery forceps.
14. One bottle of spiritus Ammonia Aromatics(120 ml.)
15. Smelling salts(60 gms.).
17. Six hand towels.
18. "Four kidney" trays.
22. Tea spoons-two
23. Graduated (120 ml.) measuring glass-two
24. Minimum Measuring glass-two.
25. One wash bottle (100 cc.) for washing eyes.
26. One bottle (one litre) carbolic lotion 1 in 20
27. Three chairs.
28. One screen.
29. One electric hand torch.
30. Four first-aid boxes or cup-boards stocked to standards prescribed under clause of Rule
63.
31. An adequate supply of anti-tetanus toxide
32. Injections-Morphia, Pethiadine, Atropine, Adrenaline, Corarnine, Novocam-6 each.
33. Coramine liquid (60 ml.)
34. Tablets-antihistaminies, antispasmodic (25 each).
35. Syringes with needles-2 cc, 10 cc., 50 cc
36. Surgical scissors-three.
37. Needle holder.
38. Suturing needles and materials
39. Dissecting forceps-three
40. Dressing forceps-three.
41. Scalpels-three
42. Stethoscope-one.
43. Rubber bandage pressure bandage.
(4) The occupier of every factory to which these rules apply, shall for the purpose of removing
serious cases of accident sickness, provide in the premises and maintain in good condition a
suitable conveyance unless he has made arrangements of or obtaining such a conveyance from a
hospital.
Explanation..- For the purposes of this rule, "qualified medical practitioner" means a person
holding a qualification granted by an Authority specified in the Schedule to the Indian Medical
Degree Act, 1916, or in the Schedules to the Indian Medical Council Act, 1956.
(5) The Chief Inspector of factories may, by an order in writing, exempt any factory from the
requirements of this rule, subject to such conditions as he may specify in that order, if a hospital,
ambulance room or dispensary is maintained at or within two kilometers of the precincts of the
factory and such arrangements are made so as to ensure the immediate treatment of all injuries
sustained by workers within the factory and for providing rest to the workers so injured.
65. Canteens
(1) Rules 65 to 71 shall come into force in respect of any factory or factories on such dates as the
State Government may, by notification in the official Gazette, appoint in this behalf.
(2) The occupier of every factory notified by the State Government, and wherein more than two
hundred and fifty workers are ordinarily employed shall provide in or near the factory an
adequate canteen according to the standards prescribed in these rules.
(3) The occupier of factory notified by the State Government under Section 46 shall submit for
the approval of the Chief Inspector, plans and site plan in triplicate, of the building to be
constructed or adopted for use as a canteen and such a building shall be in accordance with the
plans approved by the Chief Inspector and shall satisfy such condition or conditions as may be
imposed, if any, by the Chief Inspector to ensure conformity with these rules or the Act.
(4) The canteen building shall be situated not less than fifty feet from any latrine, urinal, boiler
house, coal stocks, ash pumps and any other source of dust, smoke or obnoxious fumes,
Provided that the Chief Inspector may in any particular factory relax the provisions of this sub-
rule such extent as may be reasonable in the circumstances and may require measures to be
adopted to secure the essential purposes of this sub-rule.
(5) The canteen building shall be constructed in accordance with the plans approved by the Chief
Inspector and shall accommodate at least a dining hall, kitchen, store room, pantry and washing
place separately for workers and for utensils. The minimum height of the building shall be not
less than 12 feet and all the walls and roof shall be of suitable heat resisting materials and shall
be waterproof.
(6) In a canteen the floor and inside walls up to a height of four feet from the floor shall be made
of smooth and impervious material; the remaining portion of the inside walls shall be made
smooth by cement plaster or in any other manner approved by the Chief Inspector.
(7) The doors and windows of a canteen building shall be of fly-proof construction and shall
allow adequate ventilation.
(8) The canteen shall be sufficiently lighted at all times when any person have access to it.
(9) (a) In every canteen-
(i) all inside walls of rooms and all ceilings and passages and staircases shall be lime-washed or
colour washed at least once in every year or painted once in three years dating from the period
when last lime-washed or painted as the case may be
(ii) all wood work shall be varnished or painted once in three years dating from the period when
last varnished or painted
(iii) all internal structural iron or steel work be varnished or painted once in three years dating
from the period when last varnished or painted, Provided that, inside-walls-of the kitchen shall
be lime washed once in every four months.
(10) The precincts of the canteen shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition. Waste
water shall be carried away in suitable covered drains and shall not be allowed to accumulate so
as to cause a nuisance. Suitable arrangements shall be made for the collection and disposal of
garbage.
66. Dining Hall
(1) The dining hall shall accommodate at a time at least 30 per cent of the workers working at a
time;
Provided that, in any particular factory or in any particular class of factories, the Inspector of
Factories may by an order in writing in this behalf alter the percentage of workers to be
accommodated.
(2) The floor area of the dining hall, excluding the area occupied by the service counter and any
furniture except tables and chairs, shall be not less than 10 square feet per diner to be
accommodated as prescribed in sub- rule (1).
(3) A portion of the dining hall and service counter shall be partitioned of and reserved for
women workers in proportion to their number. Washing places for women shall be separated and
screened to secure privacy.
(4) Sufficient tables, chairs, or benches shall be available for the number of diners to be
accommodated as prescribed in sub-rule(l), Provided that where the Chief Inspector is satisfied
that satisfactory alternate arrangements are made, he may exempt any particular factory or class
of factories from the provisions of this sub rule.
(5) Soaps and towels should be provided at the washing places in the canteen for the use of the
workers.
67. Equipment
(1) There shall be provided and maintained sufficient utensils, crockery, cutlery, furniture and
any other equipment necessary for the efficient running of the canteen. Suitable clean clothes for
the employees serving in the canteen shall be provided and maintained.
(2) The furniture, utensils and other equipment shall be maintained in a clean and hygienic
condition. A service counter, if provided, shall have a of smooth and impervious material.
Suitable facilities including an adequate supply of hot water shall be provided for the cleaning of
utensils and equipment.
(3) Food and food materials should be stored in fly-proof safes and handled with the help of
wooden ladles or suitable metal forceps whichever is convenient. Vessels once used should be
scaled before being used again.
68. Prices to he charged
(1) Food, drinks and other items served in the canteen shall be served on a non-profit basis and
the prices charged shall be subject to the approval of the Canteen Managing Committee.
Provided that, where the canteen is managed by a Worker's Co-operative Society in accordance
with the provisions of sub-rule(6) of Rule 70, such society may be allowed to include in the
working charges to be incurred for the food, the food stuff served, a profit up to five per cent on
its working capital employed in running the canteen.
(2) In computing the prices referred to in sub-rule (1) the following items of expenditure shall
not be taken into consideration, but will be borne by the occupier -
(a) the rent for the land and building
(b) the depreciation and maintenance charges of the building and equipment provided for the
canteen ;
(c) the cost of purchase, repairs and replacement of equipment including furniture, crockery,
cutlery, and utensils ;
(d) the water charges and expenses for providing lighting and ventilation
(e) the interest for the amount spent on the provision and maintenance of the building, furniture
and equipment provided for the canteen;
(f) the cost of fuel required for cooking or for heating stuffs or water; and
(g) the wages to the employees servicing of the canteen and the cost of uniforms, if any provided
to them.
(3) The charges per quantity of foods stuffs, beverages and any other item served in the canteen
shall be conspicuously displayed in the language understood by the majority of workers.
69. Accounts
(1) All books of accounts, registers and any other documents used in connection with the running
of the canteen shall be produced on demand to an inspector of Factories.
(2) The accounts pertaining to the canteen shall be audited, once in every twelve months, by
registered accountants and auditors. The balance sheet prepared by the said auditors shall be
submitted to the canteen managing committee not later than two months after the closing of the
audited accounts :
Provided that the accounts pertaining to the canteen in a Government Factory having its own
accounts Department may be audited by such Department.
70. Managing Committee
The manager shall appoint a Canteen Managing Committee which shall be consulted from time
to time; as to -
(a) the quality and quantity of food stuffs to be served in the canteen
(b) the arrangement of the menus
(c) times of meals in the canteen ; and
(d) any other matter as may be directed by the committee.
(2) The Canteen Managing Committee shall consist of an equal number of persons nominated by
the occupier and elected by the workers. The number of elected workers shall be in the
proportions of one for every 1,000 workers employed in the factory, provided that in no case
shall there be more than five or less than two workers on the committee and in case where the
workers refuse to elect their representatives, the occupier shall himself nominate the workers
representatives.
(3) The occupier shall appoint from among the persons nominated by him, a Chairman to the
Canteen Managing Committee.
(4)The manager shall determine and supervise the procedure for elections to the Canteen
Managing Committee.
(5) A Canteen Managing Committee shall be dissolved by the manager two years after the
election, no account being taken of a by-election or its constitution, as the case may be.
(6) Where the workers of a factory in which a canteen has been provided by the occupier in
accordance with Rules 65 to 67 for the use of the workers, desire to run the canteen by
themselves, on a co-operative basis with share capital contributed by themselves, the
management may permit them to run the canteen in accordance with the bye-laws of the co-
operative canteen, the Madras Co-operative Societies Act, 1932, or the Hyderabad Co-operative
Societies Act 1952 and the rules framed thereunder, subject to such conditions as the Chief
Inspectors may, in consultation with the Registrar of Co-operative Societies, Andhra Pradesh,
impose.
(7) The provisions of sub-rule (1) of Rule 68, sub-rule (2) of Rule 69 and sub-rules (1) to (5) of
Rule 70 shall not apply to canteens which are run on co-operative basis by the workers
themselves and which are recognized by the Chief Inspector.
71. Annual medical examination of canteen staff
Annual medical examination of fitness of each member of the Canteen staff who handles food
stuffs shall be carried out by the factory medical officer or the certifying surgeon which should
include the following:-
(i) routine blood examination;
(ii) routine and bacteriological testing of faeces and urine for germs, dysentery and typhoid
fever;
(iii) any other examination including chest X-Ray that may be considered necessary by the
factory medical officer or the Certifying Surgeon.
Any person who, in the opinion of the Factory Medical Officer or Certifying Surgeon, is
unsuitable for employment on account of possible risk to the Health of other shall not be
employed as canteen staff.
71-A. Relaxation of Rules 65 to 70 in certain cases
The provisions of Rules 65 to 70 may be relaxed by the Chief Inspector, subject to such
conditions as he may deem fit in the case of factories belonging to the same business group as
amalgamation where centralized cooking in an approved industrial canteen is arranged for.
Adequate arrangements to the satisfaction of the Chief Inspector shall, however, be made in such
cases for the conveyance and proper distribution of the food so cooked to the workers concerned
as if separate canteens had actually been provided at site, in the factories covered by this
relaxation.
73. Crèches
(1) The occupier of a factory who is required to provide a crèche under Section 48 shall submit
for the approval of the Chief Inspector, detailed plans in triplicate of the crèche building to be
constructed and such a building shall 'be in accordance with the plans approved by the Chief
Inspector and satisfy such condition or conditions as may be imposed by the Chief Inspector.
(2) The crèche shall be conveniently accessible to the mothers of the children accommodated
therein and so far as is reasonably practicable it shall not be situated in close proximity to any
part of the factory where obnoxious fumes, dust or odours are given off or in which excessively
noisy processes are carried on.
(3) The building in which the crèche is situated shall be soundly constructed and all the walls and
roof shall be of suitable heat-resisting materials and shall be water-proof. The floor and internal
walls of the crèche to a height of 1.20 metres around shall be so laid or finished as to provide a
smooth impervious surface.
(4) The height of the rooms in the building shall be not less than 3.65 metres from the floor to the
lowest part of the roof and there shall be not less than 1.86 metres of floor area for each child to
be accommodated.
5) Effective and suitable provision shall be made in every part of the crèche for securing and
maintaining adequate ventilation by the circulation of fresh air.
(6) The crèche shall be adequately furnished and equipped and in particular there shall be one
suitable cot or cradle with the necessary bedding for each child (provided that for children over
two years of age it will be sufficient if suitable bedding is made available) at least one chair or
equivalent seating accommodation for the use of each mother while she is feeding or attending to
her child and a sufficient supply of suitable toys for the older children.
(7) The crèche shall be ordinarily provided with one cradle for every 30 women workers
employed in the factory subject to a minimum number of six cradles.
(8) A suitably fenced and shady open air playground shall be provided for the old children:
Provided that the Chief Inspector may by order in writing exempt any factory from compliance
with this sub-rule if he is satisfied that there is not sufficient space available for the provision of
such playground.
74. Wash room
There shall be in or adjoining the crèche a suitable wash room for the washing and their clothing.
The wash room shall conform to the following standards:-
(a) The floor and internal walls of the room to a height of 3 feet shall be so laid or finished as to
provide a smooth impervious surface. The room shall be adequately lighted and ventilated and
the floor shall be effectively drained and maintained in a clean and tidy condition.
(b) There shall be at least one basin or similar vessel for every four children accommodated in
the crèche at any one time together with supply of water provided, if practicable, through taps
from a source approved by the Health Officer. Such source shall be capable of yielding for each
child a supply of at least five gallons of water a day.
(c) An adequate supply of clean clothes, soap and clean towels shall be made available for each
child while it is in the crèche.
(d) Adjoining the washing room referred to above, a septic type latrine shall be provided for the
sole use of the children in the crèche. The design of this latrine and the scale of accommodation
to be provided shall be determined by the Health Officer. The crèche latrine shall always be kept
clean and in a sanitary condition by a sweeper specially employed for the purpose.
75. Supply of milk and refreshment
At least half a pint of clean pure milk shall be available for each child on every day it is
accommodated in the crèche and the mother of such a child shall be allowed in the course of her
daily work-intervals of at least 15 minutes to feed the child. For children above two years of age
there shall be provided in addition an adequate supply of wholesome refreshment.
76. Clothes for crèche staff
The crèche staff be provided with suitable clean clothes for use while on duty in the crèche.
76-A. Exemption from the provisions of crèche
(1) In factories where the number of married women workers or widows employed does not
exceed 15 or where the factory works for less than 180 days in a calendar year, the Chief
Inspector may exempt such factories from the provisions of Section 48 and Rules 73 to 76 if he
is satisfied that alternate arrangements as stipulated under sub-rule (2) are provided by the
Factory.
(2) (a) The alternate arrangements required in sub-rule (1) shall include a crèche building which
has a minimum accommodation at the rate of 2 sq.m. per child and constructed in accordance
with the plan approved by the Chief
Inspector.
(b) The crèche building shall have-
(i) a suitable wash room for washing of the children and their
clothing;
(ii) adequate supply of and soap clean clothes and towels; and
(iii) adequate number of female attendants who are provided with suitable clean clothes for use
while on duty to look after the children in the crèche.
(3) The exemption granted under sub-rule (1) may at any time be withdrawn by the Chief
Inspector if he finds, after such enquiry as he may deem fit, that the factory has committed a
breach of this rule.
76-B. Welfare Officers

(1) Number of Welfare Officers:- The occupier of every factory where 500 or more workers, are
employed, shall appoint at least one Welfare Officer:
Provided that where a group of factories in close proximity belong to the same management, the
Chief Inspector may exempt the said factories from this rule in so far as it requires the
appointment of a separate Welfare Officer in respect of each such factory subject to such
conditions as he may impose:
Provided further that where the number of workers exceeds, 2,000 one additional Welfare
Officer shall be appointed for every additional 2,000 workers or fraction thereof over 500; and
where there are more than one Welfare Officer, one of them shall be called the Chief Welfare
Officer and the others Assistant Welfare Officers.
(2) Qualifications..- A person shall not be eligible for appointment as Welfare Officer unless he
possesses-
(a) a Degree in Arts/Science/Commerce or in Law of any University;
(b) a Degree or Diploma in Industrial Relations and Personnel Management covering Labour
Welfare, as special subject, of not less than two years duration, conducted or recognised by a
University of the State of Andhra Pradesh, Provided that the one year Post Graduate Diploma
Course in Industrial Relations and Personnel Management awarded by the Osmania University,
Hyderabad upto the academic year 1991-92 shall be treated as recognised and equivalent
qualification to the Diploma in Industrial Relations and Personnel Management covering Labour
Welfare, and
(c) adequate knowledge of Telugu Language,
Provided that the State Government may grant exemption in suitable cases from the condition of
possessing the qualification of a Degree or a Diploma in Social Science from a recognised
Institution.
(3) Recruitment of Welfare Officers
(i) The post of Welfare Officer shall be advertised in two newspapers having a wide circulation
in the State, one of which should be an English newspaper.
(ii) Selection for appointment of the post of Welfare Officer shall be made from among the
candidates applying for the post by a committee appointed by the occupier of the factory.
(iii) The appointment when made shall be notified by the occupier to the Chief Inspector giving
the details of the qualifications, age, pay, previous experience and other relevant particulars of
the Officer appointed and the terms and conditions of his service.
(iv) The required number of Welfare Officers shall be appointed within 120 days from the date
on which such appointments are due to be made under sub-rule (1) of Rule 76-B or from the date
of resignation/ dismissal /termination of services of any Welfare Officer.
(4) Conditions of service of Welfare Officers
(i) Welfare Officers shall be given appropriate status corresponding to the status of a member of
the Executive Staff of the Factory and shall be fixed in a scale of pay which shall not be less
than,-
(a) Rs. 4400-8700-Revised Scale of 1993 (Plus such allowances as applicable to similar pay
scale) obtaining in the concerned factory/ establishment in the case of Chief Welfare Officer; and
(b) Rs.3110-6380-Revised scale of 1993 (Plus such allowances as applicable to similar pay
scale) obtaining in the concerned factory/ establishment in the case of Welfare Officer.
(ii) The conditions of service of Welfare Officer shall be the same as those of the other members
of the executive staff of corresponding status in the factory.
(iii) The services of a Welfare Officer shall not be dispensed with, nor he shall be reverted,
without the written concurrence of the Director of Factories, Hyderabad who shall record reasons
therefor.
(iv) No punishment such as withholding of increments, including spage at any efficiency bar,
reduction to a lower stage in the time scale, suspension dismissal or termination of service,
except censure shall be imposed by the management on a Welfare Officer, except with the
previous concurrence of the Director of Factories.
(v) A Welfare Officer, who has been dismissed from service or whose services have been
terminated in any other manner than as provided in clause (iv) above may within 30 days from
the date of receipt of the order by him, appeal to the State Government against the order of
punishment made by the management with the concurrence of the Director of Factories and the
decision of the State Government thereon shall be final :
Provided that when the management terminates the service or probation of a Welfare Officer the
reasons for such a termination of service or probation shall be reported to the State Government
or such authority, as may be, empowered by them in this behalf.
(5) Duties of Welfare Officers:- The duties of a Welfare Officer sing be-
(i) to establish contacts and hold consultations with a view to maintaining harmonious relations
between the factory management and workers
(ii) to bring to the notice of factory management, the grievances of workers, individual as well as
collective, with a view to securing their expeditious redress and to act as a Liaison Officer
between the management and labour
(iii) to study and understand the point of view of labour in order to help the factory management
to shape and formulate labour policies and to interpret these policies to the workers in language
they can understand
(iv) to advise on the fulfilment by the concerned departments of the factory management of
obligations statutory or otherwise concerning the application of the provisions of the Factories
Act, 1948 and the rules made thereunder and to establish liaison with the Inspector of Factories,
and the medical services concerning medical examination of employees, health records,
supervision of hazardous jobs, sick visiting and convalescence, accident prevention and
supervision of safety committees, systematic plant inspection, safety education, investigation of
accidents, maternity benefits and workmen's compensation;
(v) to advise on fulfilment by the management and the concerned departments of the factory of
their obligations, statutory or otherwise, concerning regulation of working hours, maternity
benefit, compensation for injuries and sickness and other welfare and social benefit measures ;
(vi) to advise and assist the management in the fulfilment of its obligations, statutory or
otherwise concerning prevention of personal injuries and maintaining a safe work environment,
in such factories where a Safety Officer is not required to be appointed under the enabling
provisions under Section 40-B
(vii) to encourage the fonnation of works and joint production committees, co-operative
societies, and welfare committees and to supervise their work
(viii) to encourage provision of amenities such as canteens, shelters for rest, creches, adequate
latrine facilities, ~rig water, sickness and benevolent scheme payments, pension and
superannuation funds, gratuity, payments, granting of loans and legal advice to workers
(ix) to help the factory management in regulating the grant of leave with wages and explain to
workers the provisions relating to leave with wages and other leave privileges and to guide the
workers in the matter of submission of applications for regulating authorised absence;
(x) to advise on provision of welfare facilities such as housing facilities food-stuffs, social and
recreational facilities and sanitation and on individual personal problems and on the education of
children;
(xi) to advise the factory management on questions relating to training of new starters,
apprentices, workers on transfer and promotion, instructors and supervisors; supervision and
control of notice board and information bulletins; to further the education of workers and
encourage their attendance at technical institutes;
(xii) to suggest measures which will serve to raise the standard of living of workers and in
general, promote their well being;
(xiii) Welfare Officers not to deal with disciplinary cases or appear on behalf of the management
against workers.,- No Welfare Officer shall deal with any disciplinary case against a worker or
appear before a conciliation office, or in a Court or Tribunal on behalf of the Factory
management against any worker or workers.
(6) Powers of exemption:- The State Government may by notification in the Official Gazette
exempt any factory or class or description of factories from the operation of all or any of the
provisions of this Rule subject to compliance with such alternative arrangements, as may be
approved by the State Government.
77. Compensatory holidays,
(1) Except in the case of workers engaged in any work which for technical reasons must be
carried on continuously throughout the day, the compensatory holidays to be allowed under sub-
section (1) of Section 52 of the Act, shall be so spaced that not more than two holidays are given
in one week.
(2) The manager of the factory shall display, on or before the end of the month in which holidays
are lost, a notice in respect of workers allowed compensatory holidays during the following
month and of the dates thereof, at the place at which the Notice of Periods of Work prescribed
under Section 61 is displayed. Any subsequent change in the notice in respect of any
compensatory holiday shall be made not less than three days in advance of the date of holiday.
(3) Any compensatory holiday or holidays to which a worker is entitled shall be given to him
before he is discharged or dismissed and shall not be reckoned as part of any period of notice
required to be given before discharge or dismissal.
(4) The manager shall, in any prescribed muster roll or record of attendance, indicates the days
on which the worker was required to work and the days on which he was allowed compensatory
holidays.
77-A. Adult workers engaged in certain factories exempted from section 58.
Adult workers working in factories specified in the Schedule annexed hereto hall be exempted
from the provisions of Section 5
SCHEDULE
(1) All workers in Newspaper Presses.
(2) All workers in Iron and Steel, Aluminium, Copper and Brass Rolling Mills.
(3) All workers in Hotels and Restaurants.
(4) All workers in Tea Factories.
(5) Workers in public utility transport workshops (where this exemption is considered necessary
by the Chief Inspector).
(6) Any other classes of workers in the auxiliary sections of large factories where steam or
electricity is generated or transformed for use in the factory, who may be declared to be so
exempted in writing by the Chief Inspector on application by the Manager, in consideration of
the essential or continuous nature of the duties involved.
(7) Any special class of workers in any other factory where overlapping shifts are considered
necessary by the Chief Inspector.
(8) All workers in all factories to the extent of thirty minutes where the overlapping of shifts is
intended to facilitate the smooth change-over of shifts without interruption of work provided that
both the groups of workers do not carry out the same work at the same time and subject to
provisions of Section 54.

78-A. Cash Equivalent Of Concessional Sale.
The cash equivalent of the advantage accruing through the concessional sale to a worker of food
grains and other articles shall be computed at the end of every wage period fixed under
provisions of the Payment of Wages Act, 1936 (Central Act NO.IV of 1936). For the purpose of
computing the cash equivalent of the advantage accruing through the concessional sale to a
worker of food grains and other articles, the difference between the value of food grains and
other articles at the average market rates prevailing during the wage period in which there was
overtime work, and the value of food grains and other articles supplied at concessional rates shall
be calculated and allowed for the overtime hours worked ;
Provided that, in the case of factories which are already following a different procedure for
calculating the cash equivalent of the advantage accruing through the concessional sale of food
grains and other articles at the time of commencement of this rule the Chief Inspector may by
order in writing permit them to adopt such different procedure if it is not less favourable than the
one prescribed in this Rule.
8-B. Exemption for Double Employment

An adult worker may be employed in more than one factory on the same day if,-
(a) he is employed or engaged on a part-time basis to do any work; or
(b) he is employed or engaged to carry out any particular work of an occasional nature otherwise
than as a full-time employee ; or
(c) the occupier or owner is unaware that the worker is employed on a full-time basis in any
other factory.
78-C. Overtime slips
Period of overtime work shall be entered in overtime slips in duplicate, a copy of which duly
signed by the manager or by a person duly authorised by him shall be given to the worker
immediately after completion of the overtime work.
85. Omitted
80. Register of Adult workers
Every factory shall maintain a muster roll in such form and in such manner as is convenient for
the factory so that the name of the adult worker, the nature of his work, the group (if any) in
which he is included and the relay to which he is assigned where his group works in shifts shall
be contained in the muster roll together with any other particulars that the manager may include
and such record shall be preserved for a period of three years after last entry.
81. Persons defined to hold positions of supervision or management and confidential

positions
The following persons, by whatever designation called, are defined for the purposes of Section
64(1) exempting them from the provisions of Chapter VI of the Act, namely:-
(a) Managers and persons of managerial cadre, secretaries, administrative officers, accountants,
personnel officers
(b) Engineers, Technologists, Chemists, Metallurgists;
(c) Technical and Scientific personnel engaged in design, research or development;
(d) Stenographers, personnel clerks, private secretaries, cashiers or persons discharging similar
functions;
(e) Any other person declared by the Chief Inspector, upon an application by the occupier or
manager, to be holding a position of supervision or management or confidential positions,
provided that the person shall be deemed to have been so declared if the Chief Inspector has not
communicated a refusal to the applicant within thirty days of the application being sent.
84. Exemption of certain adult workers
(a) All adult workers engaged in the factories specified in Column (I) of the Schedule hereunder
on the work specified in Column (3) shall be exempted from the provisions of Sections specified
in Column (4) subject to the special conditions, if any, specified in Column (5) thereof.
(b) Except in the case of urgent repairs, the exemptions shall be subject to the following general
conditions, namely:-
(i) the total number of hours of work in any day, shall not exceed ten
(ii) the spread over, inclusive of intervals for rest, shall not exceed twelve hours in any one day
(iii) the total number of hours of work in a week including over-time, shall not exceed sixty ;
(iv) the total number of hours of over-time shall not exceed fifty in any one quarter of a calendar
year ;
(v) the total number of hours of work without an interval does not exceed six ;
(vi) In case of exemption from Sec. 55, sufficient time, though not a fixed period to the
satisfaction of the Inspector shall be allowed to enable the workers to have their meals
(vii) Exemption from Sec. 61 wherever specified, shall apply in so far as it relates to the
specification of the periods of rest-interval in Form 11 of the Andhra Pradesh Factories Rules,
1950.
84-A- Savings
Nothing in these rules shall render any person liable to any punishment or penalty whatsoever,
by reason of anything done or omitted to be done by him contrary to the provisions of these rules
between the 15th March, 1984 and the date of publication of the rules in the Andhra Pradesh
Gazette.
86. Register of child workers
The register of child workers shall be in Form No. 14.
87. Record of leave with wages
The manager of every factory shall maintain such muster roll or other record showing the
particular of the leave with wages allowed to the worker and such record shall be preserved for a
period of three years after last entry.
88. Account of leave with wages
The manager shall on a request from any worker, forthwith provide him with an abstract of his
account of leave earned, leave allowed and the balance of leave standing to his credit for the
period not exceeding one year period to the date of such request.
89. Medical Certificate
If any worker is absent from work due to his illness and he wants to avail himself of the leave
with wages due to him to cover the period of illness as far as possible under the provisions of
sub-section (7) of See. 76 of the Act, he shall, if so required by his manager by a notice in
writing, submit a medical certificate signed by a registered Medical practitioner, or by a
registered or recognised Vaid or Hakim stating the cause of the absence and the period for which
the worker is in the opinion of such medical practitioner, Vaid or Hakim, unable to attend to his
work or other reliable evidence to prove that, he was actually sick during the period for which
the leave is to be availed of.
90. Notice to Inspector of involuntary unemployment
Omitted
Before or at the end of the calendar year, a worker may give notice to the Manager of his
(1) Whenever leave with wages is given to any worker, necessary entries shall be made in the
leave with wages register and the Leave Book of the worker concerned.
(2) As far as circumstances permit, members of the same family shall be allowed leave at the
same time.
(3) A worker may exchange the period of his leave with another worker subject to the approval
of the Manager.
(1) The cash equivalent of the advantage accruing through the concessional sale of food grains
and other articles payable to workers proceeding on leave shall be the difference between the
value of the average market rate prevailing, during the month immediately preceding his leave
and the value at the concessional rates allowed of food grains and other article, he is entitled to.
(2) For purpose of the cash equivalent, monthly average market rate of food grains and other
articles shall be computed at the end of every month.
Note:- This rule shall not apply to any Federal Railway Factory whose alternative method of
computation has been approved by the State Government.
he paid to his nominee within one week of the receipt of intimation of death of the worker.
(1) Where an exemption is granted to any factory under Section 84, the manager, shall display at
factory for leave with wages and shall send a copy of it to the Inspector.
(2) No alteration, shall be made in the scheme approved by the State Government at the time of
granting exemption under Section 84 without their previous sanction.
94-A. Exemption of certain factories
CHAPTER - VIII
LEAVE WITH WAGES


91. Notice by worker:-
Before or at the end of the calendar year,a worker may give notice to the Manager of his
92. Grant of leave with wages:-
1. Whenever leave with wages is given to any worker, necessary entries shall
be made in the leave with wages register and the Leave Book of the worker
concerned.
2. As far as circumstances permit, members of the same family shall be
allowed leave at the same time.
3. A worker may exchange the period of his leave with another worker
subject to the approval of the Manager.
92-A. Mode of computation of cash value of wages:-
1. The cash equivalent of the advantage accruing through the concessional
sale of food grains and other articles payable to workers proceeding on leave
shall be the difference between the value of the average market rate prevailing,
during the month immediately preceding his leave and the value at the
concessional rates allowed of food grains and other article, he is entitled to.
2. For purpose of the cash equivalent, monthly average market rate of
food grains and other articles shall be computed at the'end of every month.
Note:-This rule shall not apply to any Federal Railway Factory whose alternative
method of computation has been approved by the State Government.
93.Payment of wages if the worker dies:-

be paid to his nominee within one week of the receipt of intimation of death of the worker.
CHAPTER - VIII
LEAVE WITH WAGES
94-A. Exemption of certain

factories

94.Factories exempted under Section 84:-
(1)Where an exemption is granted to any factory under Section 84, the manager, shall display at
factory for leave with wages and shall send a copy of it to the Inspector. No alteration, shall be
made in the scheme approved by the State Government at the time of granting exemption under
Section 84 without their previous sanction.
94-A. Exemption of certain factories:-
95. Dangerous operations
(1) The following operations when carried on in any factory are declared to be dangerous
operations under Section 87.
1 . Manufacture of aerated water and processes incidental thereto.
2. Electrolytic plating or oxidation of metal articles by use of an electrolyte containing chromic

acid or other chromium compounds.
3. Manufacture and repair of electric accumulators.
4. Glass manufacture.
5. Grinding or glazing of metals.
6. Manufacture and treatment of lead and certain compounds of lead.
7. Generation of gas from the dangerous petroleum.

8. Cleaning or smoothing of articles by a jet of stand, metal shot or grit or other abrasive
propelled by a blast of compressed air or steam.
9. Liming and tanning of raw hides and skins and process incidental thereto.
10. Cellulose spraying.
11. Graphite powdering and incidental processes.
12. Certain lead process carried on in printing presses and type foundries.
13. Cashew nut manufacturing operations.
14. Manufacture of Pottery.
15. Chemical Works.
16. Compression of Oxygen and Hydrogen produced by the electrolysis of water.
17. Manufacture of articles from refractory materials including manufacture of refractory bricks.
18. Handling and processing of asbestos, manufacture of any article of asbestos and any other
process manufacture or otherwise in which asbestos is used in any form.
19. Cleaning or smoothing, roughening etc., of articles by a jet of sand, metal short or grit or
other propelled by a blast of compressed air or steam.
20. Handling and manipulation of corrosive substances.
21. Manufacture or manipulation of Carcinogenic Dye Intermediates.
22. Process of extracting vegetable oil from oil cakes in solvent extraction plant.
23. Carbon Disulphide Plants.
24. Manufacture and Manipulation of dangerous pesticides.
25. Manufacture, handling and use of Benzene.
26. Manufacture or manipulation of manganese and its compounds.
27. Operations involving High Noise Levels.
28. Manufacture of Rayon Viscose Process.
29. Highly Flammable Liquids and Flammable Compressed Gases.

30. Operations in Foundries.
(1 -A) First employment means employment for the first time in a hazardous process or
operation so notified under Section 87 or re-employment therein after cessation of employment
in such process or operation for a period exceeding three calendar months.
(2) The provisions specified in the schedules annexed hereto shall apply to any class or
description of factories wherein dangerous operations specified in each schedule are carried out.
(3) (Omitted by G.O.Ms.No.978, dated 4-5-1960].
(4) Notwithstanding the provisions specified in the schedules annexed to this rule, the Inspector
may issue of orders in writing to the manager or occupier or both, direct them to carry out such
measures, within such time as may be specified in such order with a view to removing conditions
dangerous to the health of the workers, or to suspend any process, where such process
constitutes, in the opinion of the Inspector, imminent danger of poisoning or toxicity.
(5) Any register or record of medical examinations and texts connected therewith required to be
carried out under any of the schedules annexed thereto in respect of any worker shall be kept
readily available to the Inspector and shall be preserved till the expiry of one year after the
worker ceases to be in employment of the factory
96. Notification of accidents and dangerous occurrences
(1) When any accident which results in the death of any person or which results in such bodily
injury to any person as likely to cause his death, or any dangerous occurrence specified in the
Schedule takes place in a factory, the manager of the factory shall forthwith send a notice thereof
by telephone, special messenger or telegram to the Inspector, and Deputy Chief Inspector.
(2) Any notice given as required under sub-rule (I) shall be confirmed by the manager of the
factory to the authorities mentioned in these sub-rules within 12 hours of the accident or the
dangerous occurrence by sending them a written report by way of a copy of the accident report
prescribed under Employees State Insurance Regulations or Form No. 18 in the case of an
accident or dangerous occurrence causing death or bodily injury to any person and in Form No.
18-A in the case of a dangerous occurrence which has not resulted in injuries to any person.
(3) When any accident or dangerous occurrence specified in the Schedule takes place in a factory
and it causes such bodily injury to any person as prevents the person injured from working for a
period of 48 hours or more immediately following the accident or the dangerous occurrence, as
the case may be, the manager of the factory shall send a report thereof to the Inspector by way of
a copy of the accident report prescribed under Employees State Insurance Regulations or Form
No. 18 within 24 hours after the expiry of 48 hours from the time of the accident or the
dangerous occurrence,
Provided that if in the case of an accident or dangerous occurrence, death occurs of any person
injured by such accident or dangerous occurrence after the notices and reports referred to in the
foregoing sub-rules have been sent, the Manager of the factory shall forthwith send a notice
thereof by telephone, special messenger or telegram to the authorities and person mentioned in
sub-rule (I) and also have this information confirmed in writing within 12 hours of the death.
Provided further that, if the period of disability from working for a period of 48 hours or more
referred to in sub-rule (4) does not occur immediately following the accident, or the dangerous
occurrence, but later, or occurs in more than one spell the report referred to shall be sent to the
Inspector by way of a copy of the accident report prescribed under Employees State Insurance
Regulations or Form No. 181 within 24 hours immediately following the hour when the actual
total period of disability from working resulting from the accident or the dangerous occurrence
becomes 48 hours.
97. Notice of poisoning or disease
A notice in Form No. 19 should be sent forthwith both to the Chief Inspector and to the
certifying Surgeon, by the manager of factory in which there occurs a case of lead, phosphorus,
mercury, manganese, arsenic, carbon disulphide or benzene poisoning; or poisoning by nitrous
fumes, or by halogens derivatives of the hydrocarbons of the aliphatic series or of chrome
ulceration, anthrax, silicosis, toxic anaemic, toxic jaundice, primary opitheliomatous cancer of
the skin, or pathological manifestations due to radium or other radio-actives substance or X-rays.
98. Procedure in appeals
(1) An appeal presented under Section 107 shall lie to the Chief Inspector or in cases where the
order appealed against is an order passed by that officer, to the State Government or to such
authority as the State Government may appoint in this behalf and shall be in the form of a
memorandum setting forth concisely the grounds of objection to the order and bearing court-fee
stamp in accordance with Article 3 of Schedule 11 to the Andhra Court Fees and Suits Valuation
Act, 1956 (Andhra Act VII of 1956) and shall be accompanied by a copy of the order appealed
against certified correct and attested by the Inspector concerned and duly stamped under the
same Act.
Note..- Under Articles 3 and 9 of Schedule 11 to the Andhra Court Fees and Suits Valuation Act,
1956 (Andhra Act VII of 1956), the scale of Court- Fees stamps to be affixed to an appeal is Rs.5
and in respect of certified copy of the order, Re. 1 for every 360 words or fraction of 360 words.
(2) Appointment of assessors On receipt of the memorandum of appeal, the appellate authority,
shall if it thinks fir or if the appellant has requested that the appeal should be heard with the aid
of assessors, call upon the body declared under sub-rule (3) to be representative of an industry
concerned, to appoint an assessor within a period of 14 days. If an assessor is nominated by such
body, the appellate authority shall appoint a second assessor itself. It shall then fix a date for the
hearing of the appeal and shall give due notice of such date to the appellant and to the Inspector
whose order is appealed against and shall call upon the two assessors to appear upon such date to
assist in the hearing of the appeal.
(3) The appellant shall state in the memorandum presented under sub-rule (1) whether he is a
member of one or more of the following bodies. The body empowered to appoint the assessor
shall:-
(a) if the appellant is a member of one such bodies, be that body;
(b) if he is a member of such bodies, be the body which the appellant desires should appoint such
assessor; and
(c) if the appellant is not a member of any of the aforesaid bodies or if he does not state in the
memorandum which of such bodies he desires should appoint the assessor, be the body which the
appellate authority considers as the best fitted to represent the industry concerned.
(1) The Southern India Chamber of Commerce
(2) The Kakinada Chamber of Commerce
(3) The Andhra Chamber of Commerce
(4) The Adoni Factory Owners Association
(5) The South India Mill Owners Association
(6) The South Indian Tanners and Dealers Association
(7) Employers Federation of Southern India, Madras
(8) The Hindustan Chamber of Commerce, Madras
(9) The South Indian Sugar Mills Association
(10) Institution of Plant Engineers
(11) Federation of Andhra Pradesh Chambers of Commerce and Industry
(12) All India Manufacturers Organisation.
(4) Remuneration of assessors:- An assessor appointed in accordance with provisions of sub-

rules (2) and (3) shall receive for the hearing of the appeal, a fee to be fixed by the appellate
authority, subject to a maximum of fifty rupees per diem. He shall also receive the actual
travelling expenses. The fees and travelling expenses shall be paid to the assessor by
Government; but where assessors have been appointed at the request of the appellant and the
appeal has been decided wholly or partly against him, the appellate authority may direct that the
fees and travelling expenses of the assessor shall be paid, whole or in part by the appellant.
100. Returns
The manager of every factory shall furnish to the Inspector having jurisdiction over the area
where the factory is located, the annual return in the prescribed Form AR on or before the 31st
January of the year subsequent to that to which the return relates,
Provided that such return shall be deemed to have furnished to the Inspector if sent by registered
post or otherwise acknowledged by the Inspector in writing.
101. Service of notices
The dispatch by post under registered cover of any notice or order shall be deemed sufficient
service on the occupier, owner or manager of a factory of such notice or order.
102. Information required by the Inspector
The occupier, owner or manager of factory shall furnish any information that an Inspector may
require for the purpose of satisfying himself whether any provision of the Act has been complied
with or whether any order of an Inspector has been duly carried out. Any demand by an Inspector
for any such information, if made during the course of an inspection, shall be complied with
forthwith if the information is available in the factory, or, if made in writing, shall be complied
with within seven days of receipt thereof.
102-A. Availability of registers etc. for inspection
The registers, records and notices maintained and exhibited under the provisions of these rules
shall always be available at or as near as practicable to the site of employment and shall be
produced or caused to be produced for inspection at all reasonable hours by any Inspector having
jurisdiction over the factory.
102-B Permissible levels of certain chemical substances in work environment
Without prejudice to the requirements in any other provisions in the Act or the rules, the
requirements specified in the following Schedule shall apply to all factories.
103. Muster roll
(1) The manager of every factory shall maintain a muster roll of all the workers employed in a
factory in the prescribed From No. 25 or an attendance record showing the following
information.
(a) The name of the worker
(b) The ticket number or token of the worker, if any
(c) The group if any, in which he is included and the relay to which he is allotted
(d) The record of his attendance for each working day indicating the days of annual leave,
National and festival holidays allowed, compensatory holidays, leave on Medical grounds and
any other leave with wages that he may be allowed;
(2) The attendance record may be in the form of an attendance sheet or a register or a card for
each worker or any monthly abstract obtained from any electronic or other acquisition of relevant
data.
(3) In any factory where workers below the age of 18 years are employed, a separate attendance
record of such workers shall be maintained showing additionally the age of the person and
indicating whether or not a certificate of fitness has been obtained in respect of that particular
worker.
107. Maximum number of persons that may be employed in work rooms
(1) The maximum number of workers who may be employed in each workroom or work-hall
shall be posted prominently by means of a notice painted on the internal wall in each such room
or hall. When determining the maximum number of persons permissible in addition to the
breathing space required to be provided by Section 16(2), floor space of 25 square feet in the
case of existing factories and 36 square feet in factories built after the commencement of the Act,
shall also be provided for each worker working at any one time in the room, but such floor space
shall be exclusive of the space occupied by machinery, fixtures and materials in the room.
(2) The Chief Inspector may for reasons to be recorded in writing, relax the provisions of this
rule to such extent as he may consider necessary, wherein in his opinion, such relaxation can be
made having regarding to the health of the persons employed in any room.
108. Intimation of intended closure of factory
The occupier or manager of every factory shall report to the Inspector, any intended closure of
the factory or any Section or Department thereof immediately it is decided to do so, intimating:-
(i) the reason for the closure;
(ii) the number of workers on the register on the date of the report;
(iii) the number of workers likely to be affected by the closure; and,
(iv) the probable period of the closure.
(v) the information as to the particulars and quantity of stored chemicals and action taken or
proposed to be taken to ensure safety from those chemicals while in storage during such closure
shall also be furnished along with the report of intended closures.
An intimation shall also be sent to the Inspector before the factory or section or Department
thereof, as the case may be, starts working again.
109. Language in the registers and records
The registers and records maintained in a factory under the provisions of the Act and Rules shall
be either in English language or any language understood by the majority of the workers in the
factory.

A.P.Factory Rules 1950

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

A.P.Factory Rules 1950

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

A.P.Factory Rules 1950

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CHAPTER I

1. Short title, extent and commencement

In these rules, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context-

(a) "Act" means the Factories Act, 1948.

(b) "Appendix " means an appendix appended to these rules.

(d) "Belt" includes any driving strap or rope.

(e) "Degrees" (or temperature) means degrees of the Fahrenheit scale.

(h) "Fume " includes gas or vapour.

(p) "Section" means a section of the Act.

RULES 3 TO 11 PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (1 ) OF SECTION 6

3. Submission and Approval of plans

(1) In the case of any factory where,

(b) the installed power is proposed to be or extended to 75 H.P. or more ;

For small scale industries Rs. 100/-

For other industries Rs. 1000/-

3-A. Approval of Plans

(7) A licence granted shall be caused to be produced on demand by the Inspector.

9. Procedure on death or disability of licensee

10. Loss of Licence

11. Payment of Fee

FORM PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (I) OF SECTION 7

12. Notice of Change of occupier or manager

12-A. Exemption from Section 7-A(3)

12-B. Guidelines, instructions and records

Licence to work a Factory

3. Full name of Factory

4. Full Address/location of factory

5. Full postal address for communications

6. Maximum horse power installed regular /

7. Maximum number of workers to be

8. Full name, father's name, age & residential

This licence shall be valid until it has been duly cancelled.

Date Inspector of Factories

EXEMPTIONS UNDER SUB-SECTION (2) OF SECTION 11

15. Exemption from Section 11(1)(d)

RULES PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (2) OF SECTION 12

17. Disposal of trade wastes and effluents

RULES PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTION 13 (2)

RULES PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTION 13 (3)

17-B. Ventilation and Temperature

(2) Provision of the thermometers.

(i) covered by Section 15; or

(ii) in which temperature and humidity are controlled by refrigeration.

17-D. Powers of Chief Inspector to exempt

RULES 18 TO 28 PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (1) OF SECTION 15

18. When artificial humidification not allowed

There shall be no artificial humidification in any room of a factory-

19. Provision of Hygrometer

In all departments of a factory wherein artificial humidification is adopted hygrometers shall be

20. Exemption from maintenance of hygrometers

21. Copy of Schedule to Rule 18 to he affixed near every hygrometer

22. Temperature to be recorded at each hygrometer

23. Specifications of hygrometers

(9) A distinctive number shall be indelibly marked upon the thermometer.

24. Thermometers to be maintained in efficient order

25. An inaccurate thermometer not to be used without fresh Certificate

26. Hygrometer not to be affixed to wall, etc., unless protected by wood

27. No reading to he taken within 15 minutes of renewal of water

28. How to introduce steam for humidification

(b) Such pipes shall be as short as is reasonably practicable